Abery, B.H., Arndt, K., Greger, P., Tetu, L., Eggebeen, A., Barosko, J., & Rudrud, L. (1994). Self-determination for youth with disabilities: A family education curriculum . Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration Abery, B.H., McGrew, K., & Smith, J. (1994). Validation of an ecological model of self-determination for children with disabilities (Technical Report No. 2). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration. Abery, B.H., & Eggebeen, A . (1995). Findings from a field-test of a self-determination capacity building curriculum (Technical Report No. 3). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration. Abery, B.H., Stancliffe, R.J., Smith, J., McGrew, K., & Eggebeen, A. (1995a). Minnesota opportunities and exercise of self-determination scale - Adult edition. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration, Research and Training Center on Community Living. Abery, B.H., Stancliffe, R.J., Smith, J., McGrew, K., & Eggebeen, A. (1995b). Minnesota self-determination skills, attitudes, and knowledge evaluation scale - Adult edition. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration, Research and Training Center on Community Living. Abery, B.H., & Stancliffe, R.J. (1996). The ecology of self-determination. In D.J. Sands & M.L. Wehmeyer (Eds.), Self-determination across the life span: Independence and choice for people with disabilities (pp. 111 – 145). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes. Abery, B.H., Simunds, E., & Cady, R. (2002). The Minnesota health care self-determination scales . Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration. Abery, B.H., & Stancliffe, R.J. (2003). A tripartite theory of self-determination. In M.L. Wehmeyer, B.H. Abery, D.E. Mithaug, & R.J. Stancliffe (Eds.), Theory in self-determination: Foundations for educational practice (pp. 43 – 78). Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas Publisher. Abery, B.H., Simunds, E., & Cady, R. (2006). The impact of health care coordination on the lives of adults with physical disabilities (Technical Report No. 2). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, Institute on Community Integration. Abery, B.H., & Ticha, R. (2012). Direct support professionals: Core competencies and their impact on self-determination . Paper presented at the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities World Congress, Halifax, N.S., Canada Adamek, M.S., & Darrow, A. (2005). Music in Special Education . Silver Springs: MD, The American Music Therapy Association Adams, D. & Oliver, C. (2011). The expression and assessment of emotions and internal states in individuals with severe or profound intellectual disabilities. Clinical Psychology Review , Volume 31(3), pp. 293 – 306 Adams, G., Tallon, R., & Stangl, J. (1980). Environmental influences on self stimulatory behaviour. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 85, pp. 171 - 175 Adams, M., & Oldfield, A. (1990). The effects of music therapy on a group of profoundly mentally handicapped adults. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 34(2), pp. 107 - 125. Ager, A., & O’May, F. (2001). Issues in the definition and implementation of “best practice” for staff delivery of interventions for challenging behaviour. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 26(3), pp. 243 - 256 Agrotou, A. (1998). Psychodynamic Group Music Therapy with Profoundly Learning Disabled Residents and their Carers: Developing a Theory and Practice for Practice for the Realisation of Therapeutic Aims for Residents and the Acquirement of Therapist's Skills by Carers. Unpublished Doctoral Thesis. University of Sheffield. Agrotou, A. (1999). Sounds and Meaning: Group Music Therapy with People with Profound Learning Difficulties and their Carers . London: Lumiere. Aharoni, H. (2005). Adapted physical activities for the intellectually challenged adolescent: psychomotor characteristics and implications for programming and motor intervention . International Journal of Adolescent Medicine and Health , Volume 17(1), pp. 33 - 47 Aiken, J.M., & Salzberg, C.L. (1984). The effects of a sensory extinction procedure on stereotypic sounds of two autistic children. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 14(3), pp. 291 - 299 Ainscow, M., & Tweddle, D. (1979). Preventing classroom failure: An objectives approach . Wiley Aird, R. (2001). The Education and Care of Children with Severe, Profund and Multiple Learning Disabilities . David Fulton Publishers Aitken, S., Buultjens, M., & Spungin, S. (Eds)(1990). Realities and Opportunities. Early Intervention with Visually Handicapped Infants and Young Children . American Foundation for the Blind: New York. Aitken, S., & Buultjens, M. (1991). Visual Assessments of Children with Multiple Impairments: A Survey of Ophthalmologists. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness , Volume 85(4), Volume 170 - 173 Aitken, S., & Buultjens, M. (1992). Vision for Doing: Assessing Functional Vision of Learners who are Multiply Disabled . Sensory Series No. 2. Moray House Publications Aitken, S., Buultjens, M., Clark, C., Eyre, J. T., & Pease, L. (2000). Understanding deafblindness. Teaching children who are deafblind: Contact communication and learning , pp. 1 - 34 Aldridge, D., Gustorff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995a). A preliminary study of creative music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. The Arts in Psychotherapy , Volume 22(3), pp. 189 - 205. Aldridge, D., Gustroff, D., & Neugebauer, L. (1995b). A pilot study of music therapy in the treatment of children with developmental delay. Complementary Therapies in Medicine , Volume 3(4), pp. 197 - 205. Algozzine, B., Browder, D., Karvonen, M., Test, D.W., & Wood, W.M. (2001). Effects of interventions to promote self-determination for individuals with disabilities. Review of Educational Research , Volume 71(2), pp. 219 – 277. All, A.C., Loving, G.L., & Crane, L.L. (1999). Animals, horseback riding, and implications for rehabilitation therapy. Journal of Rehabilitation , Volume 65(3), pp. 49 – 57 Allen, C. (2001). A Framework for Learning: For Adults with Profound and Complex Learning Difficulties . David Fulton Allen, D., Mcdonald, L., Dunn, C., & Doyle, T. (1997). Changing care staff approaches to the prevention and management of aggressive behaviour in a residential treatment unit for persons with mental retardation and challenging behaviour. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 18(2), pp.101 - 112 Alvin, J., & Warwick, A. (1991). Music Therapy for the Autistic Child . Oxford: Oxford University Press Amaral, I., & Celizic, M. (2015). Quality indicators in the education of children with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities. Da Investigação às Práticas , Volume 5(2), pp. 112 - 125 Amen, D.G. (2010). Change your brain: Change your body . Three Rivers Press Amen, D.G. (2016). Change Your Brain, Change Your Life: Revised and Expanded Edition: The breakthrough programme for conquering anxiety, depression, anger and obsessiveness. Piatkus Amen, D.G. (2017). Memory Rescue: Supercharge Your Brain, Reverse Memory Loss, and Remember What Matters Most . Tyndale Momentum Amsterdam, B. (1972). Mirror self-image reactions before the age 2. Developmental Psychobiology , Volume 5, pp. 297 – 305 Anderson, J.R. (1994). The monkey in the mirror: The strange conspecific. In Self-awareness in animals and humans: Developmental perspectives , ed. R. W. Mitchell, S.T. Parker, & M.L. Boccia, pp. 315 - 329. New York: Cambridge University Press Angell, A. (2010). Selective Eaters and Tactile Sensitivity A Review of Classification and Treatment Methods That Address Anxiety and Support a Child’s Need for a Sense of Control . Childhood Obesity and Nutrition . Volume 2(5), pp. 299 - 303 Antaki, C., Finlay, W., Walton, C., & Pate, L. (2008). Offering choices to people with intellectual disabilities: an interactional study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 52(12), pp. 1165 - 1175 Apostolova, L.G., & Thompson, P.M. (2007). Brain Mapping as a Tool to Study Neurodegeneration. Neurotherapeutics: The Journal of the American Society for Experimental NeuroTherapeutics. Volume 4, pp. 387 – 400 Appleton, P.L., Mincham, P.E., Ellis, N.C., Elliott, C.E., Boll, V., & Jones, P. (1994). The self-concept of young people with spina bifida: A population-based study. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology , Volume 36, pp. 198 - 215 Aquilla, P., Sutton, S., & Yack, E. (2003). Building Bridges Through Sensory Integration . Future Horizons. Arendt, R., MacLean, W. E., Jr., & Baumeister, A. (1988). Critique of sensory integration therapy and its application in mental retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 92, pp. 401 - 411 Ari, C., & D’Agostino, D.P. (2016). Contingency checking and self-directed behaviors in giant manta rays: Do elasmobranchs have self-awareness? Journal of Ethology , Volume 34(2), pp.167 – 174 Arkwright, N. (1998). An Introduction to Sensory Integration . San Antonio, Texas: therapy Skill Builders Armstrong, L.E., Ganio M.S., Casa D.J., Lee E.C., McDermott B.P., Klau J.F., Jimenez L., Le Bellego L., Chevillotte E., & Lieberman H.R. (2012) Mild dehydration affects mood in healthy young women. Journal of Nutrition . Volume 142. pp. 382 - 388 Arthur, M., Hook, J., & Butterfield, N. (1995). Behavior state: Exploring issues in best practice for students with the most severe and multiple disabilities. Australasian Journal of Special Education , Volume 19, pp. 37 - 44 Arthur, M. (2000). Behavior states and a half-full glass: A response to Mudford, Hogg, and Roberts. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 105(6), pp. 509 - 511 Arthur, M., & Foreman, P. (2002). Educational programming for students with high support needs: Report data from teachers, paraprofessionals and other professionals working in Australian schools. Developmental Disabilities Bulletin , Volume 30, pp.115 – 39 Arthur, M. (2003). Socio-communicative variables and behavior states in students with profound and multiple disabilities: Descriptive data from school settings. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 38(2), pp. 200 - 219 Arthur, M. (2004). Patterns amongst behavior states, sociocommunicative, and activity variables in educational programs for students with profound and multiple disabilities. Journal of Development and Physical Disabilities , Volume 16(2), pp. 125 - 149 Arthur-Kelly, M., Bochner, S., Center, Y., & Mok, M. (2007). Socio-communicative perspectives on research and evidence-based practice in the education of students with profound and multiple disabilities. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 19(3), pp. 161 – 76. Arthur-Kelly, M., Foreman, P., Bennett, D., & Pascoe, S. (2008).Interaction, inclusion and students with profound and multiple disabilities: towards an agenda for research and practice. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, Volume 8(3), pp. 161 – 166 Arthur-Kelly, M., Bennett, D., Neilands, J., & Foreman, P. (2014). Case Reflections on Communication Support for Students with Multiple and Severe Disability in Australian General Classrooms. Journal of International Special Needs Education , Volume 17(2), pp. 70 - 78 Arthur-Kelly, M., Foreman, P., Maes, B., Colyvas, K., & Lyons, G. (2017). Observational Data on Socio-Communicative Phenomena in Classrooms Supporting Students with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disability (PIMD): Advancing Theory Development on Learning and Engagement Through Data Analysis. Advances in Neurodevelopmental Disorders , pp. 1 - 13 Ashby, E. (2011). Resourceful, skillful and flexible: Art therapy with people who have severe learning disabilities and challenging behaviour. In - A. Gilroy (Ed.) Art therapy research in practice, pp.159 – 180. London: Routledge. Ashby, M., Lindsay, W.R., Pitcaithly, D., Broxholme, S., & Geelen, N. (1995). Snoezelen: Its effects on concentration and responsiveness in people with profound multiple handicaps. British Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 58(7), pp. 303 - 307. Augusta, C., Burd, C., Pica, M., & Schroeder, T. (2012). “Sing a song of six paints”: A collaborative approach to art and music in the classroom. Closing the Gap Magazine , Volume 30(6), pp. 24 - 28 Ault, M.M., Guy, B., Rues, J., Noto, L., & Guess, D. (1994). Some educational implications for students with profound disabilities at risk for inadequate nutrition and the nontherapeutic effects of medication. Mental Retardation , Volume 32(3), pp. 200 - 205 Ayres, A.J. (1963). The development of perceptual–motor abilities: A theoretical basis for treatment of dysfunction (Eleanor Clarke Slagle Lecture). American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 17, pp. 221 – 225 Ayres, A.J. (1964). Tactile Functions: Their Relations to Hyperactive and Perceptual Motor Behaviour. American Journal of Occupation Therapy, Volume 18(1), pp. 221 - 225 Ayres, A.J. (1970). Sensory Integration and the Child . Western Psychological Services Ayres, A.J. (1972). Improving academic scores through sensory integration. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 5, pp. 338 – 343. Ayres, A.J. (1973). Sensory Integration and Learning Disorders . Western Psychological Services. Ayres, A.J. (1974). The Development of Sensory Integrative Theory and Practice: A Collection of the Works of A. Jean Ayres. Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co Ayres, A.J. & Tickle, L. (1980). Hyper-responsivity to Touch and Vestibular Stimulation as a Predictor or Responsivity to sensory Integrative Procedure by Autistic Children. American Journal of Occupation Therapy , Volume 34, pp. 375 - 381 Ayres, A.J., Erwin, P.R., & Mailloux, Z. (2004). Love, Jean: Inspiration for Families Living With Dysfunction of Sensory Integration. Crestport Press Azeredo, M. (2007). Real-time composition of image and sound in the (re)habilitation of children with special needs: A case study of a child with cerebral palsy. Digital Creativity , Volume 18(2), pp. 115 - 120. Azrin, N.H., Hutchinson, R.R., & Sallery, R.D. (1964). Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior , Volume 7, pp. 223 - 228. Azrin, N.H., & Foxx, R.M. (1971). A rapid method of toilet training the institutionalized retarded. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 4, pp. 89 - 99 Azrin, N.H., Schaeffer, R.M., & Wesolowski, M.D. (1976). A rapid method of teaching profoundly retarded persons to dress by a reinforcement - guidance method. Mental Retardation . Volume 14(6), pp. 29 - 33 Bach-y-Rita, P., & Kercel, S.W. (2003). Sensory substitution and the human–machine interface . Trends in Cognitive Sciences , Volume 7(12), pp. 541 - 546 Bailey, B.A. Hare, D.J., Hatton, C., & Limb, K. (2006). The response to challenging behaviour by care staff: Emotional responses, attributions of cause and observations of practice. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 50(3), pp. 199 – 211 Bailey, J.S., & Meyersen, L. (1969). Vibration as a reinforcer with a profoundly retarded child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 2, pp. 135 - 137 Bailey, M. (1983). Structuring a Curriculum for Profoundly Mentally Handicapped Children . Jordanhill Project. Glasgow Baillargeon, R., Spelke, E.S., & Wasserman, S. (1985). Object permanence in five-month-old infants . Cognition , Volume 20(3), pp. 191 - 208 Baker, D.J., Fox, J., & Albin, R.W. (1995). Staff support strategies to increase the involvement of individuals with disabilities in meal preparation. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 10(4), pp. 197 - 210 Baker, F.A., Berlowitz, D.J., Grocke, D., & Tamplin, J. (2014). Thematic analysis of the experience of group music therapy for people with chronic quadriplegia. Topics in Spinal Cord Injury Rehabilitation , Volume 20(3), pp. 236 - 247. Baker, L.B., Conroy, D.E., & Kenney, W.L. (2007). Dehydration impairs vigilance-related attention in male basketball players. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise . Volume 39. pp. 976 - 983 Balcombe, J. (2016). What a Fish Knows: The Inner Lives of Our Underwater Cousins . Scientific American Baldwin, J.M. (1895). Mental development in the child and the race: Methods and processes . New York: Macmillan Bambara, L.M., Ager, C., & Koger, F. (1994). The effects of choice and task preference on the work performance of adults with severe disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 27(3), pp. 555 - 556. Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change, Psychological Review , Volume 84(2), pp. 191 – 215 Bang, C. (2009). A world of sound and music: Music therapy for deaf, hearing impaired and multi-handicapped children and adolescents. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education , Volume 1(2), pp. 93 - 103. Baniel, A., & Sharp, N. (2013). Leveraging the Power of the Brain to Change Itself to Transform Clinical Outcomes With Adults and Children With Special Needs With the Anat Baniel Method. Global Advances in Health and Medicine . Volume 2 (supplement). S96 Baniel, A. (2016). Keynote Address: Thinking Outside the Box: The Anat Baniel Method (ABM). 2016 Hemispherectomy Conference and Family Reunion. Omni Interlocken Resort. Broomfield, Colorado Bannerman, D.J., Sheldon, J.B., Sherman, J.A., & Harchik, A.E. (1990). Balancing the right to habilitation with the right to personal liberties: The rights of people with developmental disabilities to eat too many doughnuts and take a nap. J ournal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 79 - 89. Bannerman-Haig, S. (1997). Facilitating Change: Dance/Movement Therapy for Children and Adolescents with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties, Dance and the Child. UK Chapter , Journal 4, Focus on Dance Movement Therapy 2 Bannerman-Haig, S. (2006). Stretching, tension and kicking: Aspects of infantile movement in dance movement therapy with children and adolescents in special education, in Payne,H. Dance Movement Therapy. Theory, Research and Practice , 2nd Edition (First edition published in 1992), pp. 87 - 100 Bar-David, Y., Urkin J., & Kozminsky, E. (2005) The effect of voluntary dehydration on cognitive functions of elementary school children. Acta Paediatrica . Volume 94. pp. 1667 - 1673 Baranek, G.T., & Berkson, G. (1994). Tactile Defensiveness in Children with Developmental Disabilities: responsiveness and habituation. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 24(4), pp. 457 - 471 Baranek, G.T., Foster, L.G., & Berkson, G. (1997). Sensory Defensiveness in Persons With Developmental Disabilities . The Occupational Therapy Journal of Research , Volume 17(3), pp. 173 - 185 Baranek, G.T. (2002). Efficacy of Sensory and Motor Interventions for Children with Autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume (32(5), pp. 397 – 422 Barber, M. (1994). Contingency Awareness: putting research into the classroom. In - J. Coupe O’Kane & B. Smith (eds), Taking Control:enabling people with learning difficulties . London: David Fulton. Barber, M. (2007). Imitation, interaction and dialogue using Intensive Interaction: tea party rules, Support for Learning , Volume 22 (3): pp.124 – 130. Barksdale, A.L. (2003). Music therapy and leisure for persons with disabilities . Sagamore Publishing Barnes, D. (1976). From Communication to Curriculum . Penguin Baron-Cohen, S., Leslie, A., & Frith, U. (1985). Does the autistic child have a “theory of mind”? Cognition , Volume 21, pp. 37 - 46. Baron-Cohen, S. (1989). The autistic child's theory of mind: A case of specific developmental delay. Journal of Psychology and Psychiatry , Volume 30, pp. 285 - 297. Baron-Cohen, S. (2000). The cognitive neuroscience of autism: Evolutionary approaches. In The New Cognitive Neurosciences (2nd ed.), ed. M. Gazzaniga, pp. 1249 - 1257. Cambridge, MA: MIT press Barrera, F.J., Violo, R.A., & Graver, E.E. (2007). On the form and function of severe self-injurious behavior. Behavioral Interventions, Volume 22(1), pp. 5 - 33 Bartheld, C.S., Bahney, J., & Herculano ‐ Houzel, S. (2016). The search for true numbers of neurons and glial cells in the human brain: a review of 150 years of cell counting . Journal of Comparative Neurology , Volume 524(18), pp. 3865 - 3895 Bartlo, P., & Klein, P.J. (2011). Physical activity benefits and needs in adults with intellectual disabilities: Systematic review of the literature. American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 116(3), pp. 220 – 232 Basil, C. (1986). Social interaction and learned helplessness in nonvocal severely handicapped children . Presentation at 4th Biennial Conference on AAC, Cardiff Basil, C. (1992). Social interaction and learned helplessness in severely disabled children, AAC , Volume 8, pp. 188 - 199 Bass, M.M., Duchowny, C.A., & Liabra, M.M. (2009). The effect of therapeutic horseback riding on social functioning in children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders . Volume 39. pp.1261 – 1267 Battro, A.M., Fischer, K.W., & Lena, P.J. (Eds.)(2008). The Educated Brain: Essays in Neuroeducation . Cambridge University Press Bauer, B. (1977a). Tactile sensitivity: development of a behavioral responses checklist. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 31(6), pp. 357 - 361 Bauer, B. (1977b). Tactile-sensitive behavior in hyperactive and non-hyperactive children. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 31(7), pp. 446 - 453 Baumeister, A.A., & MacLean, W.E. (1984). Deceleration of self-injurious and stereotypic responding by exercise. Applied Research in Mental Retardation , Volume 5, pp. 385 - 393 Baumeister, R.F. (1999). The nature and structure of the self: An overview. In R. Baumeister (Ed.), The self in social psychology (pp. 1–21). Philadelphia, PA: Psychology Press Baumeister, R.F., & Vohs, K.D. (2007). Self-Regulation, Ego Depletion, and Motivation. Social and Personality. Psychology Compass , Volume 1(1). pp. 115 – 128 Beadle ‐ Brown, J., Hutchinson, A., & Whelton, B. (2012). Person ‐ Centred Active Support – Increasing Choice, Promoting Independence and Reducing Challenging Behaviour. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , 2012, Volume 25(4), pp. 291 - 307 Beadle ‐ Brown, J., Leigh, J., Whelton, B., Richardson, L., Beecham, J., Baumker, T., & Bradshaw, J. (2016). Quality of life and quality of support for people with severe intellectual disability and complex needs. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 29(5), pp. 409 - 421 Beange, H., Gale, L., & Stewart, L. (1995). Project renourish: a dietary intervention to improve nutritional status in people with multiple disabilities. Australia and New Zealand Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume 20(3), pp. 165 - 174 Beange, H., McElduff, A., & Baker, W. (1995). Medical disorders of adults with mental retardation: a population study. American Journal on Mental Retardation . Volume 99(6), pp. 595 - 604 Begley, A., & Lewis, A. (1998). Methodological issues in the assessment of the self-concept of children with Down syndrome. Child Psychology and Psychiatry Review , Volume 3, pp. 33 - 40 Begley, S. (2009). The Plastic Mind . Ballantine Books: New York Belfiore, P.J., Browder, D.M., & Mace, F.C. (1993). Effects of community and center-based settings on the alertness of persons with profound mental retardation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 26(3), pp. 401 - 402 Belfiore, P.J., Browder, D.M. & Mace, C.J. (1994). Assessing choice-making and preference in adults with profound mental retardation across community and center-based settings. Journal of Behavioral Education . Volume 4(2), pp. 217 – 226 Bellamy, G., Croot, L., Bush, A., Berry, H., & Smith, A. (2010). A study to define: profound and multiple learning disabilities (PMLD). Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 14, pp. 221 – 235 Belva, B.C., Matson, J.L., Sipes, M., & Bamburg, J.W. (2012). An examination of specific communication deficits in adults with profound intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 33(2), pp. 525 - 529 Ben-Artzi, E., Mikulincer, M., & Glaubman, H. (1995) The multifaceted nature of self-consciousness: Conceptualization, measurement, and consequences, Imagination, Cognition and Personality , Volume 15(1), pp. 17 – 43 Benda, W., McGibbon, N.H., & Grant, K.L. (2003) Improvements in Muscle Symmetry in Children with Cerebral Palsy After Equine-Assisted Therapy (Hippotherapy). The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine . Volume 9(6), pp. 817- 825. Benson, G., Abbeduto, L., Short, K., Bibler-Nuccio, J., & Maas, F. (1993). Development of a theory of mind in individuals with mental retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 98, pp. 427 - 433 Benson, J.D., Beeman, E., Smitsky, D., & Provident , I. (2011). The Deep Pressure and Proprioceptive Technique (DPPT) Versus Nonspecific Child-Guided Brushing: A Case Study. Journal Of Occupational Therapy, Schools, & Early Intervention . Volume 4(3-4), pp. 204 - 214. Benton, D., & Burgess, N. (2009) The effect of the consumption of water on the memory and attention of children. Appetite . Volume 53. pp. 143 - 146 Bergouignan, L., Nyberg, L., & Ehrsson, H.H. (2014). Out-of-body induced hippocampal amnesia. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences , Volume 111(12), pp. 4421 – 4426 Bergström, H., Hagströmer, M., Hagberg, J., & Elinder, L.S. (2013). A multi-component universal intervention to improve diet and physical activity among adults with intellectual disabilities in community residences: a cluster randomised controlled trial . Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 34(11), pp. 3847 - 3857 Berrol, C.F. (1981). A neurophysiologic approach to dance/movement therapy: Theory and practice. American Journal of Dance Therapy , Volume 4(1), pp. 72 - 84 Bersani, H.A., & Heifetz, I.J. (1985). Perceived stress and satisfaction of direct care staff members in community residences for mentally retarded adults. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 90, pp. 289 - 295 Bertolami, M.D., & Martino, L.A. (2002). Music therapy in a private school for visually impaired and multiply handicapped children. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy , Volume 2(1), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/69/59. Beveridge, M., & Berry, P. (1977). Observing interactions in severely mentally handicapped children. Research in Education . Volume 17, pp. 13 - 22 Beveridge, M., & Hurrell, P. (1979). Teachers' responses to severely mentally handicapped children. Journal of Child Psychiatry . Volume 21, pp. 175 - 181 Beveridge, M. (Ed.) (1982). Children thinking through language . London: Edward Arnold Beveridge, M., & Conti- Ramsden, G. (1987). Children with language disabilities . Open University Press: ISBN 0-335-10279-4 Beveridge, M., Conti- Ramsden, G., & Leudar, I. (Eds.)(1988). Languages and communication in mentally handicapped people . London: Chapman and Hall Bexkens, A., Ruzzano, L., Collot d'Escury ‐ Koenigs, A.M.L., Van der Molen, M.W., & Huizenga, H.M. (2014). Inhibition deficits in individuals with intellectual disability: a meta ‐ regression analysis. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(1), pp. 3 - 16 Bhaumik, S., Watson, J.M., Thorp, C.F., Tyrer, F., & McGrother, C.W. (2008). Body mass index in adults with intellectual disability: distribution, associations and service implications: a population ‐ based prevalence study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 52(4), pp. 287 - 298 Bidabe, L., & Lollar, J.M. (1995). MOVE (Mobility Opportunities Via Education). 3rd edition. Kern Country Superintendent of Schools, Bakersfield. Biddiss, E., Blain-Moraes, S., Chesser, S., Kingsnorth, S., & McKeever, P. (2013). Biomusic: A novel technology for revealing personhood of people with profound multiple disabilities. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 29(2), pp. 159 - 173 Bigby, C., Clement, T., Mansell, J., & Beadle-Brown, J. (2009). ‘It’s pretty hard with our ones, they can’t talk, the more able bodied can participate’: Staff attitudes about the applicability of disability policies to people with severe and profound intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 53, pp. 363 – 376 Birch, T., Cross, A., Dumble, M., & Park, K. (2000): Switching on to Stories: AAC Use and Storytelling with Children with Severe and Profound Learning Disabilities . Communication Matters . Volume 14 (2), pp. 2 - 4 Birdi, K.S. (2005). No idea? Evaluating the effectiveness of creativity training. Journal of European Industrial Training , Volume 29(2), pp. 102 - 111 Biringer, F., & Anderson., J.R. (1993). Self-recognition in Alzheimer’s disease: Use of mirror and video techniques and enrichment. In Recent Advances in Aging Science (Volume 1), ed. I. Beregi, & K. Rajczi, pp. 697 - 705. Bologna: Monduzzi Editore. Bizub, A.L., Ann, J., & Davidson, L. (2003). It’s like being in another world: Demonstrating the benefits of therapeutic horseback riding for individuals with psychiatric disability. Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal , Volume 26(4), pp. 377 – 384 Blacher J., & McIntyre L.L. (2006). Syndrome specificity and behavioural disorders in young adults with intellectual disability: cultural differences in family impact. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 50, pp. 184 – 98 Blades, M. (2000). Autism: an interesting dietary case history. Nutrition & Food Science , Volume 30(3), pp. 137 - 140 Blaich, C., Wise, K., Pascarella, E.T., & Roksa, J. (2016). Instructional Clarity and Organization: It's Not New or Fancy, But It Matters. C hange: The Magazine of Higher Learning , Volume 48(4), pp. 6 - 13 Blakemore, S., & Frith, U. (2005). The Learning Brain: lessons for education. Blackwell Publishing Blanchard, K., & Johnson, S. (1983). The One Minute Manager . Fontana Blanchard, K., & Lorber, R. (1984). Putting the One Minute Manager to Work . Fontana Blanchard, K., Zigarmi, P., & Zigarmi, D. (1987). Leadership and the One Minute Manager . Fontana Blanchard, K. (1999). Catch People Doing Something Right . Executive Excellence Publications Blank, M., & Marquis, M.S. (1987). Directing Discourse , (Communication Skill Builders) Winslow Press Block, N. (1995). On a confusion about a function of consciousness. Behavioral and Brain Sciences , Volume 18, pp. 227 – 247 Bloomberg, K., West, D., & Iacono, T.A. (2003). Picture it: An evaluation of a training program for carers of adults with severe and multiple disabilities. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , Volume 28, pp. 260 – 282 BMJ (2015). Get up and stand up for at least 2 hours daily during working hours . British Journal of Sports Medicine . Press Release Boat, B. (2006). Clinical approaches to assessing and utilising animal-related experiences in therapeutic interventions with children, adolescents and their caregivers. In - Fine A.H. (ed.), Handbook on Animal Assisted Therapy: Theoretical Foundations and Guidelines for Practice . (3rd ed.). Elsevier, London Bobzien, J.L. (2011). A review of curricular approaches and quality of life indicators in the United States for individuals displaying profound multiple disabilities. Social Welfare: Interdisciplinary Approach , Volume 1(2), pp. 8 – 22 Bobzien, J.L. (2014). Academic or Functional Life Skills? Using Behaviors Associated with Happiness to Guide Instruction for Students with Profound/Multiple Disabilities . Education Research International . Volume 2014, Article ID 710816, 12 pages Bodde A.E., & Dong-Chul S. (2009). A review of social and environmental barriers to physical activity for adults with intellectual disabilities. Disability and Health Journal , Volume 2, pp. 57 - 66 Boe, R.B. (1977). Economical procedures for the reduction of aggression in a residential setting. Mental Retardation , Volume 15, pp. 25 - 28 Bolte Taylor, J. (2008). My Stroke of Insight . Hodder and Stoughton Booker, M. (2011). Developmental Drama: Dramatherapy Approaches for People with Profound or Severe Multiple Disabilities, Including Sensory Impairment . Jessica Kingsley Publishers Booth, P., Taylor, B., & Edmonds, C.J. (2012) Water supplementation improves visual attention and fine motor skills in schoolchildren. Education and Health . Volume 30. pp. 75 - 79 Borthwick-Duffy, S.A., Eyman, R.K., & White, J.F. (1987). Client characteristics and residential placement patterns. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 92, pp. 24 - 30 Borthwick-Duffy, S.A. (1990). Quality of life of persons with severe or profound mental retardation. In R. L. Schalock (Ed.), Quality of life: Perspectives and issues (pp. 177 - 189). American Association on Mental Retardation. Borthwick-Duffy, S.A. (1994).Prevalence of Destructive Behaviours. In T.Thompson & D.B. Gray (Eds.) Destructive Behaviour in Developmental Disabilities: Diagnoses and Treatment. pp. 3 - 23. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Bosch, J.J., & Ringdahl, J. (2001). Functional Analysis of problem behaviour in children with mental retardation: what is it and why should pediatric nurses care?. The American Journal of Maternal/Child Nursing , Volume 26(6), pp. 307 - 311 Bott, C., Farmer, R., & Rhode, J. (1997). Behaviour problems associated with lack of speech in people with learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 41, pp. 3 - 7 Bouhadiba, Z., Dacher, J., Monroe, M., Vanhulle, C., Menard, J., & Kalifa, G. (2000). MRI of the brain in the evaluation of children with developmental delay. European Journal of Radiology , Volume 81. pp. 870 – 873 Bower, T.G.R., & Wishart, J.G. (1972). The effects of motor skill on object permanence. Cognition , Volume 1(2-3), pp. 165 - 172 Bower, T.G.R., & Paterson, J.G. (1972). Stages in the development of the object concept. Cognition , Volume 1(1), pp. 47 - 55 Boxall, K., & Ralph, S. (2009) Research ethics and the use of visual images in research with people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 34(1), pp. 45 - 5. Boxall, K. (2010). Involving people with profound and multiple learning difficulties in research: barriers and possibilities . Disability Studies Conference Proceedings , University of Lancaster, September Boxhill, E.H. (1981). A continuum of awareness: Music therapy with the developmentally handicapped. Music Therapy , Volume 1(1), pp. 43 - 49 Boxhill, E.H. (1985). Music therapy for the developmentally disabled . Austin, TX: PRO-ED. Bradley, A. & Ouvry, C. (1999). Unit Six: Planning for everyday good practice. In J. Harris (ed.), Better Choices: Fuller Lives. Working with people with profound learning disability and complex support needs . First Draft Publications. BILD Bradley, H. (1998). Assessing and Developing Successful communication, in Lacey, P., & Ouvry, C. (1998). People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities – A collaborative approach to meeting complex needs. London: David Fulton Publishers Bradley, J. (2012). The effect of choice for people with learning disabilities: A systematic review, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities Bradshaw, J. (2001). Communication Partnerships with People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(2), pp. 6 – 15 Bradshaw, J. (2001b). Complexity of staff communication and reported level of understanding skills in adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45, pp. 233 – 243 Braitenberg, V. (2001). Brain size and number of neurons: an exercise in synthetic neuroanatomy. Journal of Computational Neuroscience , Volume 10(1), pp. 71 - 77 Bray, N., & Turner, L. (1986):The rehearsal deficit hypothesis. in - International Review of Research in Mental Retardation , Volume 14, pp. 47 - 71, Ellis, N. & Bray N. (Eds.). New York: Academic Press Bray, N., & Turner, L. (1987): Production anomalies (not strategic deficiencies) in mentally retarded individuals. Intelligence , Volume 11, pp. 49 - 60 Bray, N. (1990): A cognitive model for Minspeak, 5th Annual Minspeak conference proceedings . November 14th -15th, Seattle, Washington Wooster, OH: PRC Breau, L.M., Camfield, C.S., McGrath, P.J., & Finley, G.A. (2003). The incidence of pain in children with severe cognitive impairments . Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine , Volume 157(12), pp. 1219 - 1226 Breau, L.M., Camfield, C.S., Symons, F.J., Bodfish, J. W., McKay, A., & Finley, G.A. (2003). Pain and self-injurious behaviour in neurologically impaired children. Journal of Pediatrics , Volume 142(5), pp. 498 - 503 Breau L.M., Camfield C.S., Symons F.J., Bodfish J.W., MacKay A., Finley G.A., & McGrath, P.J. (2003). Relation between pain and self-injurious behavior in nonverbal children with severe cognitive impairments. Journal of Pediatrics . Volume 142(5), pp. 498 – 503. Breau, L.M., & Burkitt, C. (2009). Assessing pain in children with intellectual disabilities . Pain Research & Management: The Journal of the Canadian Pain Society , Volume 14(2), pp. 116 -120 Brett-Green, B.A., Miller, L.J., Schoen, S.M., & Nielson, D.M. (2010). An exploratory event-related potential study of multisensory integration in sensory over-responsive children. Brain Research , Volume 1321, pp. 67 – 77 Bright, T., Bittick, K., & Fleeman, B. (1981). Reduction of self injurious behavior using sensory integrative techniques. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 35, pp. 167 – 172 Briscoe, G. (2002). Language, inner speech, and consciousness . Paper presented at the Association for the Scientific Study of Consciousness. Barcelona, Spain Brodin, J. (2005). Diversity of aspects on play in children with profound multiple disabilities. Early Child Development and Care , Volume 175, pp. 635 - 646 Brody, J.F., Thomas, J.A., Brody, D.M., & Kucherawy, D.A. (1977). Comparison of sensory integration and operant methods for production of vocalization in profoundly retarded adults. Perceptual and motor skills , Volume 44(3 supplement), pp. 1283 - 1296 Broesch, T., Callaghan, T., Henrich, J., Murphy, C., & Rochat, P. (2011). Cultural variations in children’s mirror self-recognition. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology , Volume 40(6), pp. 1019 - 1031 Brotherson, S.E. (2005). Understanding brain development in young children . Fargo, ND: NDSU Extension Service Browder, D.M., Cooper, K.J., & Lim, L. (1998). Teaching adults with severe disabilities to express their choice of settings for leisure activities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 33, pp. 228 - 238 Browder, D.M, Wakeman, S.Y., Spooner, F., Ahlgrim-Delzell, L., & Algozzine, B. (2006). Research on reading instruction for individuals with significant cognitive disabilities, Exceptional Children, Volume 72(4), pp. 392 – 408 Browder, D.M, Wakeman, S.Y., Flowers, C., Rickelman, R.J., Pugalee, D., & Karvonen, M. (2007). Creating access to the general curriculum with links to grade-level content for students with significant cognitive disabilities: an explication of the concept, Journal of Special Education , Volume 41(1), pp. 2 – 16 Browder, D.M., Gibbs, S., Ahlgrim-Delzell, L., Courtade, G.R.,. Mraz, M., & Flowers, C. (2009). Literacy for students with severe developmental disabilities: what should we teach and what should we hope to achieve? Remedial and Special Education , Volume 30(5), pp. 269 – 282 Browder, D.M., & Spooner, F. (2011). Teaching Students with Moderate and Severe Disabilities . Guilford Publications Browder, D. M., Wood, L., Thompson, J., & Ribuffo, C. (2014). Evidence-based practices for students with severe disabilities (Document No. IC-3). Retrieved from University of Florida, Collaboration for Effective Educator, Development, Accountability, and Reform Center website: http://ceedar.education.ufl.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/IC-3_FINAL_03-03-15.pdf Brown, F. (1991). Creative daily scheduling: A nonintrusive approach to challenging behaviors in community residences. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 16, pp. 75 - 84 Brown, F. Appel, C., Corsi, L. & Wenig, B. (1993). Choice diversity for people with severe disabilities. Education & Training in Mental Retardation , Volume 28, pp. 318 - 326. Brown, F., Gothelf, C.R., Guess, D., & Lehr, D.H. (1998). Self-determination for individuals with the most severe disabilities: Moving beyond chimera. Journal of the Association for Person with Severe Handicaps , Volume 23, pp. 17 – 26 Brown, I., & Brown, R.I. (2003). Quality of Life and Disability .. Jessica Kingsley Brown, I., & Brown, R.I. (2009). Choice as an aspect of quality of life for people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , volume 6 (1), pp.11 - 18 Brown, J.D. (2009). The Self . Routledge Brown, L., Falvey, M., Vincent, L., Kage, N., Johnson, F., Fettara-Pattish, P., & Gruenewald, L. (1980). Strategies for generating comprehensive, longitudinal and chronological age appropriate individual educational plans for adolescent and young severely handicapped students. In L. Brown, M. Falvey, D. Baumgart, I. Pumpian, J. Schroeder, & L. Gruenewald (Eds.), Strategies for teaching chronological age appropriate functional skills to adolescent and young adult severely handicapped students (pp. 10 - 34). Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin-Madison and Madison Metropolitan School District. Brown, L.S., & Jellison, J.A. (2012). Music research with children and youth with disabilities and typically developing peers: A systematic review. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 49(3), pp. 335 - 364 Brown, N., McLinden, M., & Porter, J. (1998). Sensory needs in P. Lacey & C. Ouvry (eds), People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities: A collaborative approach to meeting complex needs . London: David Fulton, pp. 29 - 38 Brown, R.I., Bayer, M.B., & Brown, P.M. (1992). Empowerment and Developmental Handicaps: Choices and Quality of Life . Toronto: Captus Press Brown, S. (1994). Autism and music therapy - is change possible and why music? Journal of British Music Therapy , Volume 8(1), pp. 15 - 25 Browning, M. (1983). Identifying the Needs of Profoundly Mentally Handicapped Children . Jordanhill Project. Glasgow Brownson, T. (2012). Seventy amazing facts about your brain . Biak.us Brouns, B., Tap, R., Waninge, A., & Van der Woude, L.H.V. (2015). Applicability of a measurement method to determine the degree of daily movement of children with intellectual disabilities. Dutch magazine for care for people with intellectual disabilities . Volume 2. pp.121 - 131 Bruce, D.J. (1958). The Effect of Listeners' Anticipations on the Intelligibility of Heard Speech. Language and Speech , Volume 1(2), pp. 79 - 97 Bruce, S.M., Trief, E., & Cascella, P.W. (2011). Teachers’ and Speech-Language Pathologists’ Perceptions about a Tangible Symbols Intervention: Efficacy, Generalization, and Recommendations. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 27 (3) , Pages 172 - 182 Bruininks, R.H., Olsen, K.M., Larson, S.A., & Lakin, K.C. (1994). Challenging behavior among persons with mental retardation in residential settings. In T. Thompson & D.B. Gray (Eds.), Destructive Behavior in Developmenal Disabilties: Diagnosis and Treatment . pp. 24 - 48. Thousand Oaks: Sage Brylewski J., & Wiggs, L. (1999). Sleep problems and daytime challenging behaviour in a community-based sample of adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 43, pp. 504 – 512 Bubic, A., Striem-Amit, E., & Amedi, A. (2010). Large-Scale Brain Plasticity Following Blindness and the Use of Sensory Substitution Devices, in M.J. Naumer, & J. Kaiser (eds.), Multisensory Object Perception in the Primate Brain , chapter 18, pp. 351 - 380, Springer Science+Business Media Buie, T. (2013). The relationship of autism and gluten . Clinical Therapeutics , Volume 35(5), pp. 578 - 583 Bull, S., & O’Farrell, K. (Eds.). (2012). Art therapy and learning disability: ‘Don’t guess my happiness’ . Hove, Routledge. Bullivant, M. (2015). Self-injurious Behaviour in Cornelia de Lange Syndrome. PMLD Link . Volume 27(2), Issue 81, pp. 23 - 25 Bullivant, M., & Jones, A.P. (2016). Sensory Stories Webpage . TalkSense Website Bundy, A.C., Lane, S.J., & Murray, E.A. (2002). Sensory Integration: Theory and Practice . Second Edition. Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Bunnell, T. (2007). Music Makes a Difference: A Practical Guide to Developing Music Sessions with People with Learning Disabilities . Keswick: M&K Update. Bunning, K. (1998). To engage or not to engage? Affecting the interactions of learning disabled adults. International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders , Volume 33(Supplement), pp. 386 - 391 Burton, M., Kagan, C. & Clements. P. (1995). Social Skills for People with Learning Disabilities . Therapy in Practice Volume 48. Chapman and Hall Bustad, L.K., & Hines, L. (1984). Historical perspectives of the human-animal bond. In - Anderson. R.K., Hart, B.L., & Hart, L.A. (eds.). The Pet Connection: Its Influence on Our Health and Quality of Life . Minneapolis: Centre to Study Human-Animal Relationships and Environments. University of Minnesota, Minnesota. pp.15 - 29 Butté, C. (2007). An Inquiry into the Use of Interpersonal Touch in Dance Movement Therapy with Adults with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties/Disabilities . Unpublished Master's Thesis. Dissertation DMT045L407Y. Roehampton University, London Butté, C., & Unkovich, G. (2009). Foundations of Dance Movement Psychotherapy Practice in Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties. E-Motion , Volume 19(4), pp. 25 -33 Buultjens, M., & Aitken, S. (1987). Assessment of vision in multiply impaired children. British Journal of Special Education , Volume 14(3), pp. 112 - 114 Byers, R. (1996). Classroom Processes in B. Carpenter, R. Ashdown, & K. Bovair (eds), Enabling Access - effective teaching and learning for learners with learning difficulties. London: David Fulton. Byers, R. (1998) Managing the learning environment. In: P. Lacey and C. Ouvry (eds.), People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities: a collaborative approach to meeting complex needs . London: David Fulton Publishers. Byers, R. (1999). Experience and achievement: initiatives in curriculum development for learners with severe and profound and multiple learning difficulties. British Journal of Special Education , Volume 26(4), pp. 184 - 188 Caldwell, P. (1991) Stimulating People with Profound Handicaps. How can we work together? British Journal of Mental Subnormality . Volume 37,(2), pp. 92 - 100 Caldwell, P. (1997). 'Getting in touch' with people with severe learning disabilities. British Journal of Nursing , Volume 6(13), pp. 751 - 756 Caldwell, P. (1998). Person to Person: Establishing Contact and Communication with People with Profound Disabilities . Pavilion Publishing (Brighton) Ltd Caldwell, P. (2006a). Finding You Finding Me: Using Intensive Interaction to get in touch with people whose severe learning disabilities are combined with autistic spectrum disorder. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers Caldwell, P. (2006b). Speaking the other's language: Imitation as a gateway to relationship. Infant and Child Development , Volume 15, pp. 275 - 282 Cambridge, P., & Carnaby, S. (2000). A personal touch: managing the risks of abuse during intimate and personal care. The Journal of Adult Protection , Volume 2(4), pp. 4 - 16 Cameron, L. & Bell, D. (2001). Enhanced Interaction Training: A method of multi-disciplinary staff training in Intensive Interaction to reduce challenging behaviour in adults who have learning disabilities and who also have a severe communication disorder, Working with People who have a Learning Disability , Volume 18, (3), pp. 8 - 15 Cameron, L., & Murphy, J. (2002). Enabling young people with learning disability to make choices at a time of transition. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 30, pp. 105 – 112 Cammaerts, M.C., & Cammaerts, R. (2015). Are Ants (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) Capable of Self Recognition? Journal of Science . Volume 5(7), pp. 521 - 532 Campo, S.F., Sharpton, W.R., Thompson, B., & Sexton, D. (1997). Correlates of the quality of life of adults with severe or profound mental retardation. Mental Retardation , Volume 35(5), pp. 329 - 337 Cannella, H.I., O’Reilly, M.F., & Lancioni, G.F. (2005). Choice and preference assessment research with people with severe to profound developmental disabilities: a review of the literature. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 26, pp.1 – 15 Carmeli, E., Orbach, I., Zinger-Vaknin, T., Morad, M., & Merrick, J. (2008) Physical training and well-being in older adults with mild intellectual disability: A residential care study, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 21, pp. 457 – 465 Carnaby, S., & Cambridge, P. (2002). Getting personal: an exploratory study of intimate and personal care provision for people with profound and multiple intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 46(2), 120 - 132 Carnaby, S., & Cambridge, P. (2006). Intimate and personal care with people with learning disabilities . Jessica Kingsley Publishers Carnaby, S., & Pawlyn, J. (2009). Profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: meeting complex needs through complex means, in - J. Pawlyn & S. Carnaby (eds), Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities: Nursing Complex Needs . Oxford: Wiley Blackwell Carpenter, B., Egerton, J., Cockbill, B., Bloom, T., Fotheringham, J., Rawson, H., & Thistlewaite, J. (2015). Engaging Learners with Complex Learning Difficulties and Disabilities . Oxon: Routledge Carpenter, B., Egerton, J., Cockbill, B., Bloom, T., Fotheringham, J., Rawson, H., & Thistlewaite, J. (2015). Mental health and children with Complex Learning Difficulties and Disabilities, in - Carpenter B. et al (Ed.), Engaging Learners with Complex Learning Difficulties and Disabilities . Oxon: Routledge Carr, E.G., Newsom, C.D., & Binkoff, J.A. (1976). Stimulus control of self-destructive behavior in a psychotic child. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology , Volume 4, pp. 139 - 153 Carr, E.G. (1977). The motivation of self-injurious behaviour: A review of some hypotheses. Psychological Bulletin , Volume 84 (4), pp. 800 –816 Carr, E.G., & McDowell, J.J. (1980). Social control of self-injurious behavior of organic etiology. Behavior Therapy , Volume 11, pp. 402 - 409 Carr, E.G., Newsom, C.D., & Binkoff, J.A. (1980). Escape as a factor in the aggressive behavior of two retarded children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 13, 101 - 117 Carr, E.G., & Durand, V.M. (1985a). Reducing behavior problems through functional communication training. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 18(2), pp. 111 - 126 Carr, E.G., & Durand, V.M. (1985b). The social communicative basis of severe behaviour problems in children, in S. Reiss and R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical Issues in Behaviour Therapy . Academic Press, New York, pp. 219 - 54 Carr, E.G., & Newsom, C.D. (1985). Demand-related tantrums: Conceptualisation and treatment. Behavior Modification , Volume 9, pp. 403 - 426 Carr, E.G., Robinson, S., & Palumbo, L.W. (1990). The wrong issue: Aversive versus nonaversive treatment. The right issue: Functional versus nonfunctional treatment. In A. Repp & N. Singh (Eds.), Perspectives on the use of nonaversive and aversive interventions for persons with developmental disabilities , pp. 361-379. Sycamore, IL: Sycamore. Carr, E.G., Robinson, S., Taylor, J.C., & Carlson, J.I. (1990). Positive approaches to the treatment of severe behavior problems in persons with developmental disabilities: A review and analysis of reinforcement and stimulus-based procedures. Monograph of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps, Volume 4. Carr, E.G., Taylor, J.C., & Robinson, S. (1991). The effects of severe behavior problems in children on the teaching behavior of adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24, pp. 523 - 535 Carr, E.G., & Carlson, J.I. (1993). Reduction of severe behavior problems in the community using a multicomponent treatment approach. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 26, pp. 157 - 172 Carr, E.G. (1994). Emerging themes in the functional analysis of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis . Volume 27(2), pp. 393 - 399 Carr, E.G., Levin, L., McConnachie, G., Carlson, J.I., Smith, C.E., & Kemp, D.C. (1994). Communication-based intervention for problem behavior . Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Carr, E.G., Levin, L, McConnachie, G., Carlson, J.I., Kemp, D.C., & Smith, C.E. (1997). Communication-baased Intervention for Problem Behavior: A User's Guide for Producing Positive Change . Paul H. Brookes Carr, E.G., Yarbrough, S.C., & Langdon, N.A. (1997). Effects of idiosyncratic stimulus variables on functional analysis outcomes . Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis . Volume 30(4), pp. 673 - 686 Carsrud, A.L., Carsrud, K.B., & Standifer, J.T. (1980). Social variables affecting mental health in the geriatric mentally retarded: An exploratory study. Mental Retardation , Volume 18, pp. 88 - 90 Carsrud, A.L. (1986). Effects of structured social interaction with geriatric mentally retarded clients: An exploratory study. Journal of Psychology and Aging , Volume 1(1), pp. 78 - 79 Carter, E.W., Lane, K.L., Pierson, M.R., & Glaeser, B. (2006). Self-determination skills and opportunities of transition-age youth with emotional disturbance and learning disabilities. Exceptional Children , Volume 72, pp. 333 – 346 Carter, S. (1982). Music Therapy for Handicapped Children: Mentally Retarded . Washington D.C.: National Association for Music Therapy. Cartwright, C., & Wind-Cowie, S. (2005). Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . Continuum International Publishing Case-Smith, J. (1991). The effects of tactile defensiveness and tactile discrimination on in-hand manipulation skills. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 45, pp. 811 – 825 Cataldo, M.F., & Harris, J. (1982). The biological basis for self-injury in the mentally retarded. Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 2, pp. 21 - 39 Cavet, J. (1989). Occupational and Leisure Activities for People with Profound Retardation and Multiple Impairments: A study of Creative Activities to Facilitate Social Integration . Hester Adrian Research Centre. University of Manchester. Cavet, J. (1995). Leisure provision in Europe. In - J. Hogg & J. Cavet (Eds), Making leisure provision for people with profound learning and multiple disabilities . London: Chapman & Hall, pp. 49 - 64 CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)(2003). Prevalence of physical activity, including lifestyle activities among adults – USA . Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report , Volume 52(32). pp. 764 - 769 Cecchi, G.A., Petreanu, L.T., Alvarez-Buylla, A., & Magnasco, M.O. (2001). Unsupervised learning and adaptation in a model of adult neurogenesis. Journal of Computational Neuroscience , Volume 11(2), pp. 175 - 182 Çetrez İscan, G., Nurcin, E., & Fazlioglu, Y. (2016). Effect of most-to-least prompting procedure on dressing skill of students with Autism. Educational Research and Reviews , Volume 11(18), pp. 1766 - 1774 Chadwick, D.D., & Joliffe, J. (2009). A pilot investigation into the efficacy of a signing training strategy for staff working with adults with intellectual disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, Volume 37, pp. 34 - 42 Chadwick, O., Piroth, N., Walker, J., Bernard, S., & Taylor, E. (2000). Factors affecting the risk of behaviour problems in children with severe intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 44, pp. 108 – 123 Chadwick, O., Kusel, Y., & Cuddy, M. (2008). Factors associated with the risk of behaviour problems in adolescents with severe intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 52(10), pp. 864 – 876 Chambers, C.R., Wehmeyer, M.L., Saito, Y., Lida, K.M., Lee, Y., & Singh, V. (2007). Self-determination: What do we know? Where do we go? Exceptionality , Volume 15, pp. 3 – 15 Chan, J.S., & Yau, M.K. (2002). A study on the nature of interactions between direct care staff and persons with developmental disabilities in institutional care. The British Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume 48(94), pp. 39 - 51 Chan, J.S., & Chien, W.T. (2017). A randomised controlled trial on evaluation of the clinical efficacy of massage therapy in a multisensory environment for residents with severe and profound intellectual disabilities: a pilot study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 61(6), pp. 532 - 548 Chandler, C. (2005). Animal Assisted Therapy in Counselling . Routledge, Taylor and Francis Group, New York Chao, W.L. (2007). Face Recognition . GICE, National Taiwan University Chapman, J.W. (1988). Learning disabled children’s self-concepts. Review of Educational Research , Volume 58(3), pp. 347 - 371 Chase, K.M. (2004). Music therapy assessment for children with developmental disabilities: A survey study. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 41(1), pp. 28 - 54 Chesebro, J.L. (2003). Effects of teaching clarity and nonverbal immediacy on student learning, receiver apprehension, and affect. Communication Education , Volume 52(2), pp. 135 - 147 Chesner, A. (1995). Dramatherapy for people with Learning Disabilities . Jessica Kingsley: London Chiang, J.Y.K. (2008). Music therapy for young children who have special needs: The music Therapy experience from the perspectives of carers and professionals. Master's Degree Dissertation: New Zealand School of Music, Wellington Cian, C., Koulmann, N., Barraud, P.A., Raphel, C., Jimenez, C., & Melin, B. (2000). Influences of variations in body hydration on cognitive function: Effect of hyper-hydration, heat stress, and exercise-induced dehydration. Journal of Psychophysiology . Volume 14. pp. 29 - 36 Cipani, E. (1981). Modifying food spillage behavior in an institutionalized retarded client. Journal of behavior therapy and experimental psychiatry , Volume 12(3), pp. 261 - 265 Clark, F.A., Miller, L.R., Thomas, J.A., Kucherway, O,A,, & Azin S.P. (1978). A comparison of operant and sensory integration methods on vocalizations and other developmental parameters in profoundly retarded adults. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 32, pp. 86 - 93 Clark, F.A., & Shuer, J. (1978). A clarification of sensory integrative therapy and its application to programming with retarded people. Mental Retardation , Volume 16, pp. 227 - 232 Clark, P. (1988). Adapting signs for deaf-blind children. Talking Sense , Volume 34(1), pp. 16 - 17 Clark, S. (1991). Children with Profound / Complex Physical and Learning Difficulties . NCSE (Reprint 1993 by NASEN) Clayton, J., Burdge, M., Denham, A., Kleinert, H.L., & Kearns, J. (2006). A four-step process for accessing the general curriculum for students with significant cognitive disabilities, Teaching Exceptional Children , Volume 38(5), pp. 20 – 27 Clayton, K., Fleming, J.M., & Copley, J. (2003). Behavioral Responses to Tactile Stimuli in Children with Cerebral Palsy. Physical & Occupational Therapy In Pediatrics , Volume 23(1), pp. 43 - 62 Clement, T., & Bigby, C. (2009). Breaking out of a distinct social space: Reflections on supporting community participation for people with severe and profound intellectual disability. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disability , Volume 22(3), pp. 264 - 275 Close, W., Carpenter, M., & Cibiri, S. (1986). An evaluation study of sensory motor therapy for profoundly retarded adults. Canadian Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 53(5), pp. 259 - 264 Cobb, B., Lehmann, J., Newman-Gonchar, R., & Alwell, M. (2009). Self-determination for students with disabilities: A narrative meta-synthesis. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 32, pp. 1 08 – 114 Cobigo, V., Morin, D., & Lachapelle, Y. (2007). Assessing Work Task Preferences among Persons with Intellectual Disabilities: An Integrative Review of Literature. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 42(3), pp. 286 – 300 Codling, M., & MacDonald, N. (2009). Epilepsy: Implications for people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. In J. Pawlyn, & S. Carnaby (Eds.), Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities Nursing Complex Needs . pp. 134 – 146. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, Coffey, E. (2014). The Effect of Equine Assisted Therapy on the Social Functioning of Children with Autism . Dissertation psychology degree at Dublin Business School, School of Arts, Dublin. Cole, C.L., & Levinson, T.R. (2002). Effects of within-activity choices on the challenging behavior of children with severe developmental disabilities. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions , Volume 4(1), pp. 29 - 37 Coleman, M. (2002). Creating your own multisensory environment. Eye Contact , Volume 32, pp. 31 - 32 Collacott R.A., Cooper S.A., Branford D., & McGrother C. (1998). Epidemiology of self-injurious behaviour in adults with learning disabilities. British Journal of Psychiatry. Volume 173, pp. 428 – 432 Colley, A. (2013). Personalised Learning for Young People With Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . Jessica Kingsley Conyers, C., Doole, A., Vause, T., Harapiak, S., Yu, C.T., & Martin, G.L. (2002). Predicting the relative efficacy of three presentation methods for assessing preferences of persons with developmental disabilities . Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 35(1), pp. 49 – 58 Cook, J. (1996). Early sensory skills . Winslow Press Cooke, J., & Williams, D. (1985). Working with children’s language . Winslow Press Cooley, E.J., & Ayers, R.R. (1988). Self-concept and success-failure attributions of non-handicapped students and students with learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 21(3), pp. 174 - 178 Coombes, K. (1986). Voice in cerebral palsied children. In - M. Fawcus (Ed.). Voice disorders and their management . Croom Helm Cooper, S.A., Smiley, E., Jackson, A., Finlayson, J., Allan, L., Mantry, D., & Morrison, J. (2009). Adults with intellectual disabilities: prevalence, incidence and remission of aggressive behaviour and related factors. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53, pp. 217 - 232 Cornish, E. (2002). Gluten and casein free diets in autism: a study of the effects on food choice and nutrition. Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics , Volume 15(4), pp. 261 - 269 Corno, L, & Mandinach., E.B. , (1983). The Role of Cognitive Engagement in Classroom Learning and Motivation, Educational Psychologist , Volume 18(2), pp. 88 - 108 Cortright, B. (2015). The Neurogenesis diet and lifestyle: Upgrade your brain, Upgrade your life . Psyche Media Costandi, M. (2016). Neuroplasticity . MIT Press, Essential Knowledge Series Coupe, J., Barton, L., Barber, M., Collins, L., Levy, D., & Murphy, D. (1985). Affective Communication Assessment . Manchester Education Committee Coupe O'Kane, J., & Smith, B. (eds) (1994). Taking Control: Enabling People with Learning Difficulties. London: David Fulton. Coupe O' Kane, J., & Goldbart, J. (1998). Communication Before Speech - Development and Assessment (2nd edition). London: David Fulton. Courchesne, E., & Pierce, K. (2005). Why the frontal cortex in autism might be talking only to itself: local over-connectivity but long-distance disconnection . Current Opinion in Neurobiology , Volume 15(2), pp. 225 - 230 Courtemanche, A.B. (2010). Positive relationship development and the acquisition of communication and task compliance for individuals with profound intellectual developmental disabilities . Doctoral dissertation, University of Kansas Crabbe, M. (2007). The Intensive Interaction research project… and beyond’, Royal College of Speech and Language Therapy Bulletin , August 2007, pp.12 - 13 Creber, P. (1972). Lost for words: Language and educational failure . Penguin Books Creedon, M.P., & Baranek, G.T. (1988). Touch another way: Recognizing and managing tactile defensiveness at home and in the classroom. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Autism Society of America . pp. 49 – 54 Cripps, C., Tsiris, G., & Spiro, N. (Eds.). (2016). Research and resources for music therapy 2016: A compilation developed by the Nordoff Robbins research team . London: Nordoff Robbins Croce, R., & Horvat, M. (1992). Effects of reinforcement based exercise on fitness and work productivity in adults with mental retardation. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 9(2), pp. 148 - 178 Crocker, A.G., Mercier, C., Lachapelle, Y., Brunet, A., Morin, D., & Roy, M.E. (2006). Prevalence and types of aggressive behaviour among adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability , Volume 50, pp. 652 - 661 Crome, L. (1960). The brain and mental retardation . British Medical Journal , Volume 1(5177), pp. 897 - 904 Cromby, J.J., Standen, P.J., Newman, J., & Tasker, H. (1996). Successful transfer to the real world of skills practised in a virtual environment by students with severe learning difficulties . In - Proceedings 1st European Conference for Disability , Virtual Reality and Assoc. Tech., Maidenhead, UK. Crosby, K.G., & Blatt, B. (1968). Attention and mental retardation . The Journal of Education , Volume 150(3), pp. 67 - 81 Crosby, K. (2002). Communication through music for pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties. The SLD Experience , Volume 32. pp. 19 – 21 Csorba, J., Radvanyi, K., Regenyi, E., & Dinya, E. (2011). A study of behaviour profiles among intellectually disabled people in residential care in Hungary. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(5), pp. 1757 – 1763 Culham, A. (2004). Getting in Touch with our Feminine Sides? Men's Difficulties and Concerns with Doing Intensive Interaction, British Journal of Special Education , Volume 31 (2), pp.81 - 88 Cullen, C. (1992). Staff training and management for intellectual disability services. International review of research in mental retardation , Volume 18, pp. 225 - 245 Cummins, R.A. (1991). Sensory Integration and Learning Disabilities: Ayres' Factor Analyses Reappraised. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 24(3), pp. 160 - 168 Cunningham, C., & Glenn, S. (2004). Self-awareness in young adults with Down syndrome: I. Awareness of Down syndrome and disability. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 51(4), pp. 335 - 361 Cunningham, R.D. (1996). Neuroimaging studies in children with developmental delay. Journal of Pediatrics . Volume 128(2), pp. 302 Cuskelly, M., & de Jong, I. (1996). Self-concept in children with Down syndrome. Down Syndrome: Research and Practice , Volume 4, pp. 59 - 64 Cuvo, A.J., May, M.M., & Post, T.M. (2001). Effects of living room, Snoezelen room, and outdoor activities on stereotypic behavior and engagement by adults with profound mental retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 22(3), pp. 183 - 204 Dairo, Y.M., Collett, J., Dawes, H., & Oskrochi, G.R. (2016). Physical activity levels in adults with intellectual disabilities: A systematic review . Preventive Medicine Reports, Volume 4, pp. 209 - 219 Dale, F.J. (1990). Stimulation Guide for Multi-Sensory Impaired Children . Chapman and Hall: London Dalrymple, A.J. (1989). Sensory extinction of stereotyped object-dropping: Identification of a reinforcer for skill training. Behavioral Interventions. Volume 4(2), pp. 99 – 111 Dalton, P. (1994). Counselling people with communication problems . London: Sage Publications. ISBN 0-8039-8895-8 D’anci, K.E., Vibhakar, A., Kanter, J.H., Mahoney, C.R., & Taylor, H.A. (2009). Voluntary dehydration and cognitive performance in trained college athletes. Perceptual and Motor Skills . Volume 109:. pp. 251 - 269 Dattilo, J., & Rusch, F.R. (1985). Effects of choice on leisure participation for persons with severe handicaps. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 10(4), pp. 194 - 199 Dattilo, J. (1986). Computerized assessment of preference for severely handicapped individuals. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 19, pp. 445 - 448 Daveson, B., & Edwards, J. (1998). A role for music therapy in special education. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 45(4), pp. 449 - 457 David, N., Newen, A., & Vogeley, K. (2008). The ‘‘sense of agency” and its underlying cognitive and neural mechanisms . Consciousness and Cognition . Volume 17, pp. 523 – 534 Davidson, P.W., Cain, N.N., Sloane-Reeves, J.E., Van Speybroech, A., Segel, J., Gutkin, J., Quijano, L.E., Kramer, B.M., Porter, B., & Shoham, I. (1994). Characteristics of community-based individuals with mental retardation and aggressive behavioral disorders. American Journal of Mental Retardation . Volume 98(6). pp. 704 - 716 Davidson, P.W., Houser, K.D., Cain, N.N., Sloane-Reeves, J., Quijano, L., Matons, L., Giesow, V., & Ladrigan, P.M. (1999). Characteristics of older adults with intellectual disabilities referred for crisis intervention. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 43(1). pp. 38 - 46 Davies, C.A., & Jenkins, R. (1997). She has different fits to me: How people with learning difficulties see themselves. Disability and Society , Volume 12, pp. 95 - 109 Davies, L., & Oliver, C. (2013). Age related prevalence of aggression and self-injury in persons with an intellectual disability . Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 34, pp. 764 – 775 Davis, J. (2001). A Sensory Approach to the Curriculum: For Pupils with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . David Fulton Publishers Davis, P.K., Young, A., Cherry, H., Dahman,D., & Rehfeldt, R.A. (2004). Increasing the happiness of individuals with profound multiple disabilities: replication and extension, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 37(4), pp. 531 – 534 Davis, S., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (1991). Ten steps to independence: Promoting self-determination in the home . Arlington, TX: The Arc of the United States. De Bildt, A., Sytema, S., Kraijer, D., Sparrow, S., & Minderaa, R. (2005). Adaptive functioning and behaviour problems in relation to level of education in children and adolescents with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49(9), pp. 672 - 681 De Bono, E. (1985). Six Thinking Hats: An Essential Approach to Business Management . Little, Brown, & Company. De Oliveira, M.F., Pinto, F.C.G., Nishikuni, K., Botelho, R.V., Lima, A.M., & Rotta, J.M. (2011). Revisiting hydrocephalus as a model to study brain resilience. Frontiers in human neuroscience , Volume 5, Article 181, pp. 1 - 4 De Vries, C., Yu, C.T., Sakko, G., Wirth, K.M., Walters, K.L., Carole, Marion, C. & Martin, G. (2005). Predicting the relative efficacy of verbal, pictorial, and tangible stimuli for assessing preferences of leisure activities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 110, pp. 145 – 154 De Waele, I., & Van Hove, G. (2005). Modern times: An ethnographic study on the quality of life of people with a high support need in a Flemish residential facility. Disability & Society , Volume 20(6), pp. 625 – 639 De Winter, C.F., Jansen, A.A.C., & Evenhuis, H.M. (2011). Physical Conditions and Challenging Behaviour in People with Intellectual Disability: A Systematic Review. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 55(7), pp. 675 - 698 Dean, E.C., & Aitken, S. (1986). Functional communication in blind multiply-impaired children: a case study. Insight , Volume 4(1), pp. 7 - 11 Deb, S., Thomas, M., & Bright C . (2001). Mental disorder in adults with intellectual disability. 2: The rate of behaviour disorders among a community-based population aged between 16 and 64 years. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45, pp. 506 - 514 Dee, L., Byers, R., Hayhoe, H., & Maudslay, L. (2002). Enhancing Quality of Life – facilitating transitions for people with profound and complex learning difficulties: a literature review . London: Skill/Cambridge: University of Cambridge. DeLeon, I.G., & Iwata, B.A. (1996). Evaluation of a multiple-stimulus presentation format for assessing reinforcer preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 29, pp. 519 - 533 Delfour, F., & Marten, K. (2001). Mirror image processing in three marine mammal species: killer whales (Orcinus orca), false killer whales (Pseudorca crassidens) and California sea lions (Zalophus californianus), Behavioral Processes , Volume 53(3), pp. 181 - 190 deLissovoy, V. (1963). Head banging in early childhood: A suggested cause. Journal of Genetic Psychology , Volume 102, pp. 109 - 114 DeLong, G.R., & Heinz, E.R. (1997). The clinical syndrome of early-life bilateral hippocampal sclerosis. Annals of Neurology . Volume 42. pp. 11 – 17 Deng, W., Aimone, J.B., & Gage, F.H. (2010). New neurons and new memories: how does adult hippocampal neurogenesis affect learning and memory? Nature Reviews Neuroscience , Volume 11(5), pp. 339 - 350 Dennis, R. (2002). Nonverbal narratives: Listening to people with severe intellectual disability. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 27(4), pp. 239 - 249 Densem, J. F., Nuthall, G. A., Bushnell, J., & Horn, J. (1989). Effectiveness of a sensory integrative therapy program for children with perceptual-motor deficits. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 22, pp. 221 - 229 Denton, D.M. (1970). Remarks in support of total communication. Communication symposium . Maryland school for the deaf. Frederick, MD. Diamond, M.C., Krech, D., & Rosenzweig, M.R. (1964). The Effects of an Enriched Environment on the Histology of the Rat Cerebral Cortex. J ournal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology . Volume 123. pp. 111 - 120 Diamond, M.C., Law, F., Rhodes, H., Lindner, B., Rosenzweig, M.R., Krech, D., & Bennett, E. (1966). Increases in cortical depth and glia numbers in rats subjected to enriched environment. Journal of Comparative Neurology . Volume 128 (1). pp. 117 – 125 Diamond, M.C., Rosenzweig, M.R., Bennett, E.L., Lindner, B., & Lyon, L. (1972). Effects of environmental enrichment and impoverishment on rat cerebral cortex. Journal of Neurobiology , Volume 3(1). pp. 47 - 64 Dickerson, L. (1995). Techniques for the integration of people who use alternative communication devices in the workplace. 3rd Annual Pittsburgh Employment Conference Proceedings . pp. 27 - 34. Pittsburgh: Shout Press Didden, R., Korzilius, H., van Aperlo, B., van overloop, C., & de Vries, M. (2002). Sleep problems and daytime problem behaviours in children with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 46, pp. 537 – 547 Diego, M.A., Jones, N.A., Field, T., Hernandez-Reif, M., Schanberg, S., Kuhn, C., Galamaga, M., McAdam, V., & Galamaga, R. (1998). Aromatherapy positively affects mood, EEG patterns of alertness and math computations. International Journal of Neuroscience , Volume 96(3-4), pp. 217 - 224 Dieringer, S.T., Gumm, E., & Porretta, D. (2013). Using music therapy principles to enhance physical activity participation in children and adolescents with disabilities. PALAESTRA: Forum of Sport, Physical Education, and Recreation for Those with Disabilities , Volume 27(3), pp. 42 - 46 Dimaggio, G., Lysaker, P.H., Carcione, A., Nicolo, G., & Semerari, A. (2008). Know yourself and you shall know the other...to a certain extent: multiple paths of influence of self-reflection on mind reading, Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 17, pp. 778 – 789 Diorio, M.S., & Konarski, E.A. (1984). Evaluation of a method for teaching dressing skills to profoundly mentally retarded persons. American Journal of Mental Deficiency . Volume 89(3), pp. 307 - 309 Dixon-Ibarra, A., Lee, M., & Dugala, A. (2013). Physical activity and sedentary behavior in older adults with intellectual disabilities: a comparative study . Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 30(1), pp. 1 - 19 Dobson, S., Dodsworth, S., & Miller, M. (2000). Problem solving in small multidisciplinary teams: a means of improving the quality of the communication environment for people with profound learning disability. British Journal of Learning Disability , Volume 28(1), pp. 25 - 30 Dobson, S., Upadhyaya, S., & Stanley, B. (2002). Using an interdisciplinary approach to training to develop the quality of communication with adults with profound learning disabilities by care staff. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders , Volume 37(1), pp. 41 – 57 Doidge, N. (2007). The brain that changes itself: Stories of personal triumph from the frontiers of brain science . Penguin Došen, A. (2007). Integrative treatment in persons with intellectual disability and mental health problems. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 51(1), pp. 66 – 74 Dosman, C., Adams, D., Wudel, B., Vogels, L., Turner, J., & Vohra, S. (2013). Complementary, holistic, and integrative medicine: autism spectrum disorder and gluten-and casein-free diet. Pediatrics in Review:American Academy of Pediatrics , Volume 34(10), e36 - 41 Dote-Kwan, J., & Chen. D. (1999). Developing meaningful interventions. In D. Chen (Ed.), Essential elements in early communication visual impairments and multiple disabilities (pp. 287-336). New York: American Foundation for the Blind Press Dowey, A., Toogood, S., Hastings, R.P., & Nash, S. (2007). Can brief workshop interventions change care staff understanding of challenging behaviours? Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 20(1), pp. 52 – 55 Dowling, J. (2011): Therapeutic storytelling, PMLD Link , Volume 23 (3), Issue 70. pp. 28 - 29 Dowling, S., Hassan, D., McConkey, R., & Breslin, G. (2012). Examining the relationship between physical activity and the health and wellbeing of people with intellectual disabilities: A literature review . Special Olympics Ireland and the University of Ulster Downing, J.E. (Ed.) (2002). Including students with severe and multiple disabilities in typical classrooms: Practical strategies for teachers (2nd ed.). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Downing, J.E., & Chen, D. (2003). Using tactile strategies with students who are blind and have severe disabilities . Teaching Exceptional Children , Volume 36(2), pp. 56 - 61 Downs, C., Morgan, M., Ouvry, C. & Porter, J. (2001). Interpreting the communication of people with profound and multiple learning difficulties. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 29, pp. 12 - 16 Draganski, B., Gaser, C., Busch, V., Schuierer, G., Bogdahn, U., & May, A. (2004). Neuroplasticity: changes in grey matter induced by training. Nature , Volume 427(6972). pp.311 - 312 Draheim, C.C., Williams, D.P., & McCubbin, J.A. (2002). Prevalence of physical inactivity and recommended physical activity in community-based adults with mental retardation. Mental Retardation , Volume 40(6), pp. 436 – 444 Dubois, A., Capdevila, X., Bringuier, S., & Pry, R. (2010). Pain expression in children with intellectual disability. European Journal of Pain. Volume 14, pp. 654 – 660 Duggan, D. (1978). Goals and methods in dance therapy with severely multiply-handicapped children. American Journal of Dance Therapy . Volume 2(1), pp. 31 - 34 Duggan, D. (1995). The 4’s: A Dance Therapy Program for Learning-Disabled Adolescents, in Levy, F. J. (ed.), Dance and Other Expressive Arts Therapies: When Words are not enough , London: Routledge Duggan, D., Stratton-Gonzalez, S., & Gallant, C. (2009). Dance Education for Diverse Learners: A Special Education Supplement to the Blueprint for Teaching and Learning in Dance . NYC Department of Education Duker, P.C., & Jutten, W. (1997). Establishing gestural yes-no responding with individuals with profound mental retardation. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(1), pp. 62 - 75 Dunbar, R. (1996). Grooming, gossip and the evolution of language . Faber and Faber. ISBN 0-571-17396-9 Duncan, D., Matson, J.L., Bamburg, J.W., Cherry, K.E., & Buckley, T. (1999). The relationship of self-injurious behavior and aggression to social skills in persons with severe and profund learning disability. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 20, pp. 441 - 448 Dunlap, G., Kern-Dunlap, L., Clarke, S., & Robbins, F.R. (1991). Functional assessment, curricular revision, and severe behavior problems. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24, pp. 387 - 397 Dunn, W. (2001). The sensations of everyday life: Empirical, theoretical, and pragmatic considerations. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 55, pp. 608 - 620. Durand, V.M., & Kishi, G. (1987). Reducing severe behavior problems among persons with dual sensory impairments: An evaluation of a technical assistance model. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 12, pp. 2 - 10 Durand, V.M., & Crimmins, D.B. (1988). Identifying the variables maintaining self-injurious behaviour. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 18, 99 - 117 Durand, V.M., & Crimmins, D.B. (1991). Teaching functionally equivalent responses as an intervention for challenging behaviour, in B. Remington (Ed.), The Challenge of Severe Mental Handicap: a behaviour analytic approach . London: Wiley. Dutt, A.S.K. (2010). The effects of skill training on preference for individuals with severe to profound multiple disabilities . PhD (Doctor of Philosophy) thesis, University of Iowa Duval, S., & Wicklund, R.A. (1972). A Theory of Objective Self Awareness . New York: Academic Press. Dyer, K., Schwartz, I.S., & Luce, S.C. (1984). A supervision program for increasing functional activities for severely handicapped students in a residential setting. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 17(2), pp. 249 - 259 Dyer, K., Dunlap, G., & Winterling, V. (1990). Effects of choice making on the serious problem behaviors of students with severe handicaps. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23(4), pp. 515 - 524 Dykens, E.M., Rosner, B.A., Ly, T., & Sagun, J. (2005). Music and anxiety in Williams syndrome: A harmonious or discordant relationship? American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 110(5), pp. 346 - 358 Edmonds, C.J., & Burford, D. (2009) Should children drink more water?: the effects of drinking water on cognition in children. Appetite . Volume 52. pp. 776 - 779 Edmonds, C.J., & Jeffes, B. (2009). Does having a drink help you think? 6-7-Year-old children show improvements in cognitive performance from baseline to test after having a drink of water. Appetite . Volume 53. pp. 469 - 472 Edmonds, C.J., Crombie, R., & Gardner, M.R. (2013). Subjective thirst moderates changes in speed of responding associated with water consumption . Frontiers in Human Neuroscience . Volume 7. Article 363 Edmonds, C.J., Crombie, R., Ballieux, H., Gardner, M.R., & Dawkins, L. (2013). Water consumption, not expectancies about water consumption, affects cognitive performance in adults. Appetite . Volume 60. pp. 148 - 153 Ehrsson, H.H. (2007). The experimental induction of out-of-body experiences. Science , Volume 317, pp. 1048 – 1048 Eiland, L., & Romeo R.D. (2013). Stress and the developing adolescent brain. Neuroscience , Volume 249. pp. 162 – 171 Einarsson, I.O., Ólafsson, Á., Hinriksdóttir, G., Jóhannsson, E., Daly, D., & Arngrímsson, S.A. (2015). Differences in physical activity among youth with and without intellectual disability . Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise , Volume 47(2), pp. 411 - 418 Elbaum, B., & Vaughn, S. (2001). School-Based Interventions to Enhance the Self Concept of Students with Learning Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis. The Elementary School Journal , Volume 101(3), Special Issue: Instructional Interventions for Students with Learning Disabilities , pp. 303 - 329 Elder, J.H., Shankar, M., Shuster, J., Theriaque, D., Burns, S., & Sherrill, L. (2006). The gluten-free, casein-free diet in autism: results of a preliminary double blind clinical trial. Journal of autism and developmental disorders , Volume 36(3), pp. 413 - 420 Elder, J.H. (2008). The gluten-free, casein-free diet in autism: an overview with clinical implications. Nutrition in Clinical Practice , Volume 23(6), pp. 583 - 588 Elder, J.H., Kreider, C.M., Schaefer, N.M., & de Laosa, M.B. (2015). A review of gluten-and casein-free diets for treatment of autism: 2005–2015 . Nutrition and Dietary Supplements , Volume 7, pp. 87 - 101 Elgie, S. & Maguire, N. (2001). Intensive Interaction with a woman with multiple and profound disabilities: a case study’, Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(3), pp.18 - 24 Elgie, S., & Hastings, R.P. (2002). Staff definitions of challenging behavior. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 37(2), pp. 202 – 208 Ellingford, J., James, I., Mackenzie, L., & Marsland, L. (2007): Using dolls to alter behaviour in patients with dementia. Nursing Times , Volume 103 (38). pp.36 - 37 Ellis, D. (Ed.)(1986). Sensory impairments in mentally handicapped people . Taylor & Francis. Emerson, E., Barrett, S., Bell, C., Cummings, R., Hughes, H., McCool, C., Toogood, A., & Mansell, J. (1987). The Special Development Team: Developing Services for People with Severe Learning Difficulties and Challenging Behaviours. University of Kent at Canterbury Emerson, E., Toogood, A., Mansell, J., Barrett, S., Bell, C., Cummings, R., & McCool, C. (1987). Challenging behaviour and community services: 1 Introduction and Overview, Mental Handicap , Volume 15, pp. 166 - 169 Emerson, E., Cummings, R., Barrett, S., Hughes, H., & McCool, C., & Toogood, A. (1988). Challenging Behaviour and community services: 2. Who are the people who challenge services? Mental Handicap , Volume 16, pp. 16 - 19 Emerson, E., Cummings, R., Hughes, H., Toogood, A., McCool, C., & Barrett, S. (1989). Challenging behaviour and community services. 6. Evaluation and overview. Mental Handicap, Volume 17, pp. 104 - 108 Emerson, E., & McGill, P. (1989). Normalisation and applied behaviour analysis: Values and technology in services for people with learning difficulties. Behavioural Psychotherapy , Volume 17, pp. 101 - 117 Emerson, E. (1990). Designing individualised community-based placements as an alternative to institutions for people with severe mental handicap and severe problem behaviour, in W.I. Fraser (Ed.), Key Issues in Mental Retardation Research. Routledge, London, pp. 395 - 404. Emerson, E. (1992). Self-injurious behaviour: an overview of recent developments in epidemiological and behavioural research. Mental handicap Research . Volume 4, pp. 49 - 81 Emerson, E., Beasley, F., Offord, G., & Mansell, J. (1992) Specialised housing for people with seriously challenging behaviours. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 36, pp. 291 - 307 Emerson, E., & McGill, P. (1993). Developing services for people with severe learning disabilities and seriously challenging behaviours: South East Thames Regional Health Authority, 1985-1991. In I. Fleming & B. Stenfert Kroese (Eds.), People with Severe Learning Difficulties who also Display Challenging Behaviour . Manchester: Manchester University Press Emerson, E., McGill, P. and Mansell, J. (Eds.)(1994). Severe Learning Disabilities and Challenging Behaviours . London: Chapman and Hall. Emerson, E. (1995). Challenging Behaviour: Analysis and Intervention in People with Learning Disabilities . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Emerson, E., Cullen, C., Hatton, C. & Cross, B. (1996). Residential Provision for People with Learning Disabilities: Summary Report . Manchester: Hester Adrian Research Centre, Manchester University. Emerson, E., Forrest, J., Cambridge, P., & Mansell, J. (1996). Community support teams for people with learning disabilities and challenging behaviours: results of a national survey. Journal of Mental Health , 5(4), pp. 395 - 406 Emerson, E., Alborz, A., Kiernan, C., Mason, H., Reeves, D., Swarbrick, R., & Mason, L. (1997). The Treatment & Management of Challenging Behaviour: HARC Challenging Behaviour Project Report 5 . Manchester: Hester Adrian Research Centre. Emerson, E., Robertson, J., Gregory, N., Hatton, C., Kessissoglou, S., Hallam, A., & Hillery, J. (2000). Treatment and Management of Challenging Behaviours in Residential Settings. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 13(4), pp. 197 - 215 Emerson, E., Robertson, J., Gregory, N., Hatton, C., Kessissoglou, S., Hallam, A., Knapp, M., Jarbrink, K., Walsh, P.N., & Netten, A. (2000). The quality and costs of community-based residential supports, village communities and residential campuses in the United Kingdom . American Journal of Mental Retardation , Volume 105(2), pp. 81 - 102 Emerson, E., Robertson, J., Gregory, N., Kessissoglou, S., Hatton, C., Hallam, A., Knapp, M., Jarbrink, K., Netten, A. & Linehan, C. (2000). The quality and costs of community-based residential supports and residential campuses for people with severe and complex disabilities. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 25(4), pp. 263 - 279 Emerson, E. (2001). Challenging Behaviour: Analysis and Intervention in People with Severe Intellectual Disabilites. Second Edition. Cambridge University Press Emerson, E., Kiernan, C., Alborz, A., Reeves, D., Mason, H., Swarbrick, R., Mason, L., & Hatton, C. (2001). The prevalence of challenging behaviors: a total population study. Research In Developmental Disabilities . Volume 22(1). pp. 77 - 93 Emerson, E. (2005). Underweight, obesity and exercise among adults with intellectual disabilities in supported accommodation in Northern England . Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49(2), pp. 134 – 143 Emerson, E., & Baines, S. (2011). Health inequalities and people with learning disabilities in the UK. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 16(1), pp. 42 - 48 Emerson, E., & Einfeld, S. (2011). Challenging Behaviour . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Erikson, E.H. (1950). Childhood and society . WW Norton & Company European Food Safety Authority (2011). Scientific Opinion on the substantiation of health claims related to water and maintenance of normal physical and cognitive functions, maintenance of normal thermoregulation and basic requirement of all living things . Download http://www.efsa.europa.eu/en/efsajournal/pub/2075.htm Evans, L. (1982). Total Communication: Structure and Strategy . Washington, DC: Galludet College Press Evenhuis, H.M., & Nagtzaam, L.M.D. (1999). Onderzoeksprogramma chronisch zieken. Wetenschap en geneeskunde voor mensen met een verstandelijke handicap: Een nieuw ontgonnen gebied in de Nederlandse gezondheidszorg . Den Haag: NOW-MW Evenhuis, H.M., Theunissen, M., Denkers, I., Verschuure, H., & Kemme, H. (2001). Prevalence of visual and hearing impairment in a Dutch institutionalized population with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45(5), pp. 457 - 464 Eyman, R.K., & Call, T. (1977). Maladaptive behavior and community placement of mentally retarded persons. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 82, pp. 137 -144 Fadda, R., Rapinett, G., Grathwohl, D., Parisi, M., Fanari, R., Calo, C.M., & Schmitt, J. (2012). Effects of drinking supplementary water at school on cognitive performance in children. Appetite . Volume 59. pp. 730 - 737 Fahey, A., & Carr, A. (2002). Prevention of adjustment difficulties in children with sensory impairments. In: A. Carr (ed.) Prevention: What works with Children and Adolescents? A Critical Review of Psychological Prevention Programmes for Children, Adolescents and their Families . East Sussex: Brunner-Routledge. Farlow, L.J., & Snell, M.E. (2003). Teaching Basic Self-Care Skills. In - M. Snell & F. Brown (Eds.), Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities . pp. 331 - 377. Ohio: Merill Prentice Hall, Colombus. Farrell, M. (2006). The Effective Teacher's Guide to Moderate, Severe and Profound Learning Difficulties: Practical Strategies . Taylor & Francis Farrell, P. (1991). Behavioural and interactive teaching for children with severe learning difficulties: Match or mismatch? Educational and Child Psychology , Volume 8(2), pp. 61 - 68 Farrell, P. (1997). Teaching Pupils with Learning Difficulties: Strategies and Solutions . London: Cassell. Farrer, C., & Frith, C.D. (2002). Experiencing oneself vs another person as being the cause of an action: the neural correlates of the experience of agency, Neuroimage , Volume 15(3), pp. 596 – 603 Favell, J.E., & Cannon, P.R. (1976). Evaluation of entertainment materials for severely retarded persons. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 81, pp. 357 – 361 Favell, J.E., McGimsey, J.F., & Schell, R.M. (1982). Treatment of self-injury by providing alternate sensory activities. Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 2, pp. 83 - 104 Favell, J.E., Realon, R.E., & Sutton, K.A. (1996). Measuring and increasing the happiness of people with profound mental retardation and physical handicaps. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 11(1), pp. 47 - 58 Felce, D., de Kock, U., & Repp, A.C. (1986). An eco-behavioural comparison of small community-based houses and traditional large hospitals for severely and profoundly mentally handicapped adults. Applied Research in Mental Retardation , Volume 7, pp. 393 - 408. Felce, D., Saxby, H., de Kock, U., Repp, A., Ager, A., & Blunden, R. (1987). To what behaviors do attending adults respond?: A replication. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 91, pp.496 - 504 Felce, D., & Repp, A. (1992). The behavioral and social ecology of community houses. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 13, pp. 27 - 42 Felce, D., Bowley, C., Baxter, H., Jones, E., Lowe, K., & Emerson, E. (2000). The effectiveness of staff support: evaluating active support training using a conditional probability approach. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 21(4), pp. 243 - 255 Felce, D., Lowe, K., Beecham, J., & Hallam, A. (2000). Exploring the relationships between costs and quality of services for adults with severe intellectual disabilities and the most severe challenging behaviours in Wales: A multivariate regression analysis. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 25(4), pp. 307 - 326 Felce, D., Jones, E., & Lowe, K. (2002). Active support: planning daily activities and support for people with severe mental retardation. In S. Holburn & P.M. Vietze (Eds.), Person centered planning. Research, practice and future directions (pp.247-269). Baltimore: P.H.Brookes Fernandez-Jaen, A. (2006). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and mental retardation. Revista de Neurologia , Volume 42, Supplement 2, 25 - 27 FEU/Mencap (1994). Learning for Life . FEU/Mencap; London. Feuerstein, R., Feuerstein, R.S., Falik, L.H., & Rand, Y. (2006). Creating and Enhancing Cognitive Modifiability: The Feuerstein Instrumental Enrichment Program . Jerusalem, Israel: ICELP Press Feuerstein, R., Feuerstein, R.S., & Falik, L.H. (2010). Beyond Smarter: Mediated Learning and the Brain’s Capacity to Change . New York: Teacher’s College Press Feuillet, L., Dufour, H., & Pelletier, J. (2007). Brain of a white-collar worker. The Lancet , Volume 370(9583), pp. 262 Field, S. (1996). Self-determination instructional strategies for youth with learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 29, pp. 40 – 52 Field, S., Martin, J.E., Miller, R.J., Ward, M.J., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (1998). A practical guide for teaching self-determination . Reston, VA: Council for Exceptional Children.
Field, S., Sarver, M.D., & Shaw, S.F. (2003). Self-determination: A key to success in post secondary education for students with learning disabilities. Remedial and Special Education , Volume 24, pp. 339 – 349. Filipek, P.A. (1999). Neuroimaging in the developmental disorders: the state of the science. The Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and allied disciplines . Volume 40(1), pp. 113 – 128 Filippi, C.G., Uluğ, A.M., Deck, M.D., Zimmerman, R.D., & Heier, L.A. (2002). Developmental delay in children: assessment with proton MR spectroscopy . American Journal of Neuroradiology , Volume 23(5), pp. 882 - 888 Fine, A. (Ed) (2010). Handbook on Animal Assisted Therapy: Theoretical Foundations and Guidelines for Practice (3rd ed). Elsevier, London Finlay, W.M.L., & Lyons, E. (1998). Social identity and people with learning difficulties: Implications for self-advocacy groups. Disability and Society , Volume 13, pp. 37 - 51 Finlay, W.M.L., & Lyons, E. (2000). Social categorisations, social comparisons and stigma:Presentations of self in people with learning difficulties. British Journal of Social Psychology , Volume 39, pp. 129 - 146 Finlay, W.M.L., Antaki, C., Walton, C., & Stribling, P. (2008). The dilemma for staff in "playing a game" with a person with profound intellectual disabilities: empowerment, inclusion and competence in interactional practice. Sociology of Health & Illness , Volume 30(4), pp. 531 - 549 Finlayson, J., Jackson, A., Cooper, S.A., Morrison, J., Melville, C., Smiley, E., Allan, L., & Mantry, D. (2009). Understanding predictors of low physical activity in adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 22(3), pp. 236 - 247 Firth, G. (2006). Intensive Interaction – a Research Review’, Mental Health and Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, Volume 3(1), pp. 53 - 58 Firth, G. (2008). A Dual Aspect Process Model of Intensive Interaction, British Journal of Learning Disabilities, Volume 37, pp. 43 – 49 Firth, G., Elford, H., Leeming, C., & Crabbe, M. (2008). Intensive Interaction as a Novel Approach in Social Care: Care Staff’s Views on the Practice Change Process, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 21, pp. 58 - 69 Fisch, L. (1969). Hearing loss and cerebral palsy. In - Blencowe, S. (Ed.). Cerebral palsy and the young child . Livingstone Fisher, A.F., & Dunn, W.D. (1983). Tactile Defensiveness: Historical Perspectives, new Research – A Theory Grows. Sensory Integration Special Interest Section Newsletter , Volume 6(2), pp. 1 - 2 Fisher, D., & Frey, N. (2014). Checking For Understanding: Formative Assessment Techniques for your Classroom . ASCD Fisher, A.V., Godwin, K.E., & Seltman, H. (2014). Visual environment, attention allocation, and learning in young children: When too much of a good thing may be bad . Psychological Science , Volume 25(7), pp. 1362 - 1370 Fisher, W.W., Piazza, C.C., Bowman, L.G., Hagopian, L.P., Owens, J.C., & Slevin, I. (1992). A comparison of two approaches for identifying reinforcers for persons with severe and profound disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 25, pp. 491 – 498 Fisher, W.W., Piazza, C.C., Bowman, L.G., & Amari, A. (1996). Integrating caregiver report with a systematic choice assessment to enhance reinforcer identification. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 101, pp. 15 - 25 Fisher, W.W., Thompson, R.H., Piazza, C.C., Crosland, K., & Gotjen, D. (1997). On the relative reinforcing effects of choice and differential consequence. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 30, pp. 423 - 438 Flaherty, A.W. (2003). Writing like crazy: a word on the brain. Chronicle of Higher Education , Volume 50(13), pp. 1 - 6 Flaherty, A.W. (2004). The Midnight Disease. Press Release. Houghton Mifflin Company Flaherty, A.W. (2015). The midnight disease: The drive to write, writer's block, and the creative brain . Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. Flora, S.R., & Polenick, C.A. (2013). Effects of Sugar Consumption on Human Behavior and Performance. The Psychological Record , Volume 63, pp. 1 – 12 Fodstad, J., & Matson, J. (2008). A comparison of feeding and mealtime problems in adults with intellectual disabilities with and without autism. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 20(6), pp. 541 - 550 Foote, A.L., & Crystal, J.D. (2007). Metacognition in the Rat. Current Biology . Volume 17(6), pp. 551 – 555 Foreman, P., & Arthur, M. (2002). Parental perspectives on educational programmes for students with high support needs. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 17, pp. 175 – 184 Foreman, P., Arthur-Kelly, M., Pascoe, S., & Smyth King, B. (2004). Evaluating the Educational Experiences of Students with Profound and Multiple Disabilities in Inclusive and Segregated Classroom Settings: An Australian Perspective. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 29(3), pp. 183 - 193 Foreman, P., Arthur ‐ Kelly, M., Bennett, D., Neilands, J., & Colyvas, K. (2014). Observed changes in the alertness and communicative involvement of students with multiple and severe disability following in ‐ class mentor modelling for staff in segregated and general education classrooms. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(8), pp. 704 - 720 Forster, S., & Iacono, T. (2008). Disability support workers’ experience of interaction with a person with profound intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 33(2), pp. 137 - 147 Forster, S. (2010). Age-appropriateness: Enabler or barrier to a good life for people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities? Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , Volume 35(2): pp. 129 – 131 Forster, S. (2011). An ethical dilemma of too much listening and responding. PMLD Link , Volume 23(1). pp. 5 - 6 Forster, S., Gray, K.M., Taffe, J., Einfeld, S.L., & Tonge, B.J. (2011). Behavioural and emotional problems in people with severe and profound intellectual disability, Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 55(2), pp. 190 – 198 Fowler, C.H., Konrad, M., Walker, A.R., Test, D.W., & Wood, W.M. (2007). Self-determination interventions’ effects on the academic performance of students with developmental disabilities. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 42, pp. 270 – 285 Fowler, S. (2007). Sensory Stimulation . Jessica Kingsley Publishers Fowler, S. (2008). Multisensory Rooms and Environments: Controlled Sensory Experiences for People with Profound and Multiple Disabilities: A Guide to Controlled Sensory Experiences . Jessica Kingsley Publishers Fox, R.A., & Rotatori, A.F. (1982). Prevalence of obesity among mentally retarded adults . American Journal of Mental Deficiency . Volume 87(2), pp. 228 - 230 Fox, R.A., & Wade, E. (1998). Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder among adults with severe and profound mental retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 19(3), pp. 275 - 280 Foxall, E.L. (2002). The use of horses as a means of improving communication abilities of those with autism spectrum disorders: an investigation into the use and effectiveness of the horse as a therapy tool for improving communication in those with autism . Unpublished manuscript. Coventry, UK: Coventry University. Fragala, M.S., Beyer, K.S., Jajtner, A.R., Townsend, J.R., Pruna, G.J., Boone, C.H., Bohner, J.D., Fukuda, D.H., Stout, J.R., & Hoffman, J.R. (2014). Resistance exercise may improve spatial awareness and visual reaction in older adults . The Journal of Strength & Conditioning Research , Volume 28(8), pp.2079 - 2087 Fragkouli, A. (2013). Music therapy in special schools: The assessment of the quality of relationship. Approaches: Music Therapy & Special Music Education , Volume 5(2), pp. 152 - 165. Retrieved from: http://approaches.gr/musictherapy-in-special-schools-the-assessment-of-the-quality-of-relationship-aspasia-fragkouli/. Francis, D., Diorio, J., Plotsky, P.M., & Meaney, M.J. (2002). Environmental enrichment reverses the effects of maternal separation on stress reactivity. Journal of Neuroscience , Volume 22(18), pp. 7840 - 7843 Fraser, W.I., Leudar, I., Gray, J., & Campbell, I. (1986) Psychiatric and behaviour disturbance in mental handicap. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 30, pp. 49 - 57 Frey, G.C. (2004). Comparison of physical activity levels between adults with and without mental retardation . Journal of Physical Activity and Health , Volume 1(3), pp. 235 - 245 Frey G.C., Buchanan A.M., & Rosser Sandt D.D. (2005). ‘‘I’d Rather Watch TV’’ an examination of physical activity in adults with mental retardation. Mental Retardation . Volume 43, pp. 241 - 254 Frey G.C., Stanish H., & Temple V.A. (2008). Physical activity of youth with intellectual disability. Review and research agenda. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly . Volume 25, pp. 95 – 117 Frymier, A.B., & Mongeau, P.A. (1997). Communicating with Touch in the Teacher/Student Relationship . Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Eastern Communication Association (Baltimore, MD, April 10-13) Fuglestad, A.J., Rao, R., & Georgieff, M.K. (2008). The Role of Nutrition in Cognitive Development . In - C. Nelson & M. Collin (Eds), Handbook of Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience . pp. 623 - 641. MIT Press; 2nd revised edition Fulton, K., Woodley, K. & Sanderson, H. (2008). Supported Decision Making: A guide for supporters , Paradigm Furniss, F., & Biswas, A.B. (2012). Recent research on aetiology, development and phenomenology of self-injurious behaviour in people with intellectual disabilities: a systematic review and implications for treatment. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 56(5), pp. 453 - 475 Fyson, R., & Cromby, J. (2010). Memory, sexual abuse and the politics of learning disability. In - Haaken, J. & Reavey, P., Memory Matters: contexts for understanding sexual abuse recollections , (pp. 157 - 174) Hove, Routledge Fyson, R., & Cromby, J. (2013). Human rights and intellectual disabilities in an era of ‘choice’ . Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 57(12), pp. 1164 - 1172 Gabrielli, O., Salvolini, U., Bonifazi, V., Ciferri, L., Lanza, R., Rossi, R., Coppa, G.V., & Giorgi, P.L. (1993). Morphological studies of the corpus callosum by MRI in children with malformative syndromes. Neuroradiology , Volume 35(2), pp. 109 - 112 Gabrielli, O., Coppa, G.V., Manzoni, M., Carloni, I., Kantar, A., Maricotti, M., & Salvolini, U. (1998). Minor cerebral alterations observed by magnetic resonance imaging in syndromic children with mental retardation. European Journal of Radiology , Volume 27(2), pp. 139 - 144 Gabrielli, O., Bruni, S., Coppa, G.V., Carloni, I., Polonara, G., Regnicolo, L., Salvolini, S., & Salvolini, U. (2002). White-matter alterations and callosal abnormalities in syndromic patients with mental retardation. Journal of Child Neurology , Volume 17(3), pp.164 - 168 Gaddes, W.H. (1985). Learning Disabilities and Brain Function: A Neuropsychological Approach . Second Edition. New York: Springer Science and Business Media Gal, E., Dyck, M., & Passmore, A. (2009). The relationship between stereotyped movements and self-injurious behavior in children with developmental or sensory disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30(2), pp. 342 – 352 Gallagher, S. (2000). Philosophical conceptions of the self: Implications for cognitive science. Trends in Cognitive Sciences , Volume 4(1), pp. 14 – 21 Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1970). Chimpanzees: self-recognition. Science , Volume 167: pp. 86 - 87 Gallup, G.G., Jr., McClure, M.K., Hill, S.D., and Bundy, R.A. (1971). Capacity for self-recognition in differentially reared chimpanzees. Psychological Record , Volume 21: pp. 69 - 74 Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1979). Self-recognition in chimpanzees and man: A developmental and comparative perspective . New York: Plenum Press. Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1982). Self-awareness and the emergence of mind in primates. American Journal of Primatology , Volume 2, pp. 237 - 248 Gallup, G.G. Jr. (1985). Do minds exist in species other than our own? Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews , Volume 9, pp. 631 - 641 Gallup, G.G., Jr., and Suarez, S.D. (1986). Self-awareness and the emergence of mind in humans and other primates. In - J. Suls and A. Greenwald (eds.), Psychological Perspectives on the Self (Vol. 3), pp. 3-26. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum. Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1987). Self-awareness. In J.R. Mitchell (ed.) Comparative Primate Biology, Behavior, Cognition, and Motivation , Volume 2B, pp. 3 - 16. New York: Liss. Gallup, G.G., Jr. (1994). Self-recognition: research strategies and experimental design. In S.T. Parker, R.W. Mitchell & M.L. Boccia (Eds.), Self-awareness in animals and humans: developmental perspectives , pp. 35-50. New York: Cambridge University Press. Gallup, G.G., Jr., Povinelli, D.J., Suarez, S.D., Anderson, J.R., Lethmate, J., and Menzel, E. (1995). Further reflections on self-recognition in primates. Animal Behaviou r, Volume 50: pp. 1525 - 1532 Ganio, M.S., Armstrong, L.E., Casa, D.J., McDermott, B.P., Lee, E.C., Yamamoto, L.M., Marzano, S., Lopez, R.M., Jimenez, L., Le. B.L., Chevillotte, E., & Lieberman, H.R . (2011). Mild dehydration impairs cognitive performance and mood of men. British Journal of Nutrition . Volume 106. pp. 1535 - 1543 Gardner, A. & Rikberg Smyly, S. (1997). How do we stop doing and start listening: responding to the emotional needs of people with learning disabilities, British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 25, pp. 26 - 30 Gardner, J.M. (1985). Using microcomputers to help staff reduce violent behavior. Computers in Human Services , Volume 1, pp. 53 - 61 Garretson, M.D. (1976). Total Communication, In - A bicentennial monograph on hearing impairment: Trends in the USA , Frizina, D.R. (Ed.), pp. 88 - 95, Washington, DC: Alexander Graham Bell Association for the Deaf Gaskell, G., Dockrell, J., & Rehman, H. (1995) Community care for people with challenging behaviors and mild learning disability: An evaluation of an assessment and treatment unit. British Journal of Clinical Psychology , Volume 34(3), pp. 383 - 395 Gaylord-Ross, R.J. (1982). Curricular considerations in treating behavior problems of severely handicapped students. In K.D. Gadow and I. Bialer (Eds.), Advances in Learning and Behavioral Disabilities , Volume 1. JAI Press, Greenwich CT, pp.193 - 224 Geake, J. (2009). The Brain at School, Educational Neuroscience in the classroom . Open University Press. Geary, D.C. (2000). From infancy to adulthood: The development of numerical abilities . European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry , Volume 9 (Supplement 2), S11 - S16 George, M.S., Costa, D.C., Kouris, K., Ring, H.A., & Ell, P.J. (1992). Cerebral blood flow abnormalities in adults with infantile autism. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease , Volume 180(7), pp. 413 - 417 Gergely, G. (2001). The obscure object of desire: ‘Nearly but clearly not, like me’: Contingency preference in normal children versus children with autism. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic , Volume 65, pp. 411 - 426 Gergely, G., & Watson, J.S. (1999). Early social-emotional development: Contingency perception and the social-biofeedback model. In P. Rochat (Ed.). Early social cognition: Understanding others in the first months of life (pp. 101 - 136). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Gerrity, Kevin W., Hourigan, Ryan M., & Horton, Patrick W. (2013). Conditions that facilitate music learning among students with special needs: A mixed-methods inquiry. Journal of Research in Music Education , Volume61(2), 144 - 159 Ghaem, O., Mellet, E., Crivello, F., Tzourio, N., Mazoyer, B., Bethoz, A., & Denis, M. (1997). Mental navigation along memorized routes activates the hippocampus, precuneus, and insula. NeuroReport , Volume 8. pp. 739 – 744 Gilbert, D. (2006). Stumbling on to happiness . New York: Alfed. A. Knopf Gleason, J.J. (1993). The creation of meaning: what persons with severe or profound multiple developmental disabilities do in context. Australia and New Zealand Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume 18(3), pp. 157 - 167 Gledhill, K. (2009). Life experience packages (LEPs). Information Exchange , Volume 79, pp. 21 - 22 Glenn, S. (1987). Interactive approaches to working with children with profound and multiple learning difficulties, In Smith, B. (Ed), Interactive Approaches to the Education of Children with Severe Learning Difficulties. Birmingham: Westhill College Glenn, S.M., & Cunningham, C.C. (2001). Evaluation of self by young people with Down syndrome. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 48, pp. 163 - 177 Glenn, S.M, & Cunningham, C.C. (2004). Self-awareness in Young Adults with Down Syndrome: II. Self-understanding. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 51(4), pp. 363 - 381 Godwin, K.E., Almeda, M.V., Seltman, H., Kai, S., Skerbetz, M.D., Baker, R.S., & Fisher, A.V. (2016). Off-task behavior in elementary school children . Learning and Instruction , Volume 44, pp. 128 - 143 Goldbart, J. (1994). Opening the communication curriculum to students with PMLDs. In - Jean Ware (Ed.), Educating Children with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . pp. 15 - 62. David Fulton Publishers Golden, J., & Reese, M. (1996). Focus on communication: Improving interaction between staff and residents who have severe or profound mental retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 17(5), pp. 363 - 382 Goldsmith, H.H., Van Hulle, C.A., Arneson, C.L., Schreiber, J.E., & Gernsbacher, M.A. (2006). A Population-Based Twin Study of Parentally Reported Tactile and Auditory Defensiveness in Young Children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, Volume 34(3), pp. 378 – 392 Gomez-Pinilla, F. (2008). Brain foods: The effects of nutrients on brain function, Nature Reviews Neuroscience . Volume 9. pp. 568 -578 González, M.J., Miranda-Massari, J.R., Rodríguez Gómez, J., Ricart, C.M. & Rodriguez-Pagán, D. (2012). Energy Drinks and Health: A Brief Review of their Effects and Consequences. Ciencias de la Conducta . Volume 27(1). pp. 23 - 34 Goode, D. (2010). A world without words: The social construction of children born deaf and blind . Temple University Press. Goodman, K. (2007). Music Therapy Group work with Special Needs Children . Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas Goodman, L. (1990). Time and learning in the special education classroom . Suny Press Goodwin, D.L., Krohn, J., & Kuhnle, A. (2004). Beyond the wheelchair: The experience of dance. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 21(3), pp. 229 - 247 Goodwin, M., & Edwards, C. (2009). I’m Creative Too. PMLD Link, Volume Goodwin, M., & Edwards, C. (2012). Playing or Playing Up? Behaviours and Schema with Young People with Severe Learning Disabilities. Bristol: Share – Short Breaks Network Magazine Goodwin, M. (2013). Listening and responding to children with PMLD – towards a framework and possibilities. SLD Experience , Volume 65, pp. 21 - 27 Goodyer, I. (1995). Parents who don’t want peace and quiet. Article in - Times Educational Supplement . September 15, 1995, no 4133, page 13 Goold, L., & Hummell, J. (1993). Supporting the receptive communication of individuals with Significant Multiple Disabilities: selective use of touch to enhance comprehension. North Rocks, Australia: North Rocks Press Gopinathan, P.M., Pichan, G., & Sharma, V.M. (1988). Role of dehydration in heat stress-induced variations in mental performance. Archives of Environmental Health , Volume 43. pp.15 - 17 Goss, P. (2006). Meaning-led learning for pupils with severe and profound and multiple learning difficulties. British Journal of Special Education . Volume 33 (4), pp. 210 - 219 Goswami, U. (2008). Cognitive Development: The Learning Brain . Hove: Psychology Press Got, I.L.S., & Cheng, S.T. (2008). The effects of art facilitation on the social functioning of people with developmental disability. Art Therapy: Journal of the American Art Therapy Association , Volume 25(1), pp. 32 – 37 Gourgouvelis, J., Yielder, P., & Murphy, B. (2017). Exercise Promotes Neuroplasticity in Both Healthy and Depressed Brains: An fMRI Pilot Study. Neural Plasticity , Volume 2017, 13 pages Grace, J. (2014). Sensory Stories for Children and Teens with Special Educational Needs . Jessica Kingsley Publishers Grace, J. (2017). Sensory-Being for Sensory Beings: Creating Entrancing Sensory Experiences . Routledge Graham, A., & Reid, G. (2000). Physical fitness of adults with an intellectual disability: A 13-year follow-up study . Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport , Volume 71(2), pp. 152 - 161 Graham, J. (2004). Communicating with the uncommunicative: music therapy with pre-verbal adults. British Journal Learning Disability , Volume 32(1), pp. 24 - 29 Grandgeorge, M., Tordjman, S., Lazartigues, A., Lemonnier, E., Deleau, M., & Hausberger, M. (2012). Does pet arrival trigger prosocial behaviors in individuals with autism? PLoS ONE , Series 7: e41739 Grandin, T. (1992). An inside view of autism. In E. Schopler & G.B. Mesibov (Eds), High Functioning Individuals with Autism . Plenum Press, New York. Grandin, T. (1992). My Experiences with Visual Thinking Sensory Problems and Communication Difficulties . Center for the Study of Autism Grandin, T. (1996). Thinking in Pictures . New York: Vintage Books, Random House. Grandjean, A.C. (2007). Dehydration and cognitive performance. Journal of the American College of Nutrition . Volume 26 (Supplement). pp. 549 - 554 Granlund, M., & Olsson, C. (1991). Investigating communicative functions in profoundly retarded persons: A comparison of two methods of obtaining information about communicative behaviours. Mental Handicap Research , Volume 6(2), pp. 112 - 119 Granlund, M., Steensson, A.L., Sundin, M., & Olsson, C. (1992). Inservice training in collaborative problem solving and goal setting for special education teacher consultants working with profoundly impaired persons. British Journal of Mental Subnormality , Volume 38(Part 2), pp. 94 - 113 Granlund, M., Terneby, J., & Olsson, C. (1992a). Creating communicative opportunities through a combined in-service training and supervision package. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 7(3), pp. 229 - 252 Granlund, M., Terneby, J., & Olsson, C. (1992b). Subject characteristics and the communicative environment of profoundly retarded adults. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research , Volume 36(4), pp. 323 - 338 Granlund, M., Björck-Åkesson, E., Brodin, J., & Olsson, C. (1995). Communication intervention for persons with profound disabilities: A Swedish perspective. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 11(1), pp. 49 - 59 Granlund, M., & Olsson, C. (1999). Efficacy of communication intervention for pre-symbolic communicators. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 15, pp. 25 - 37 Grant, A. (2013). Give and Take: A Revolutionary Approach to Success . Viking Books Grant, G.W.B., & Moores, B. (1977). Resident characteristics and staff behavior in two hospitals for mentally retarded adults. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 82(3), pp. 259 - 265 Gray, B., & Ridden, G. (1999). Lifemaps of people with learning disabilities, Jessica Kingsley Publishers Gray, R., & McAnespie, L. (2004) Consulted or excluded? Learning Disability Practice , Volume 7 (6), pp. 30 - 32 Greathead, S., Yates, R., Hill, V., Kenny, L., Croydon, A., & Pellicano, E. (2016). Supporting Children With Severe-to-Profound Learning Difficulties and Complex Communication Needs to Make Their Views Known: Observation Tools and Methods. Topics in Language Disorders . Volume 36(3), pp. 217 - 244 Green, C.W., Reid, D.H., White, L.K., Halford, R.C., Brittain, D.P., & Gardner, S M . (1988). Identifying reinforcers for persons with profound handicaps: Staff opinion versus systematic assessment of preferences . Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 21(1), pp. 31 - 43 Green, C.W., Reid, D.H., Canipe, V.S., & Gardner, S.M. (1991). A comprehensive evaluation of reinforcer identification processes for persons with profound multiple handicaps. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24, pp. 537 - 552 Green, C W., Reid, D.H., Perkins, L.I., & Gardner, S.M. (1991). Increasing habilitative services for persons with profound handicaps: An application of structural analysis to staff management. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24, pp. 459 – 471 Green, C.W., Gardner, S.M., Canipe, V.S., & Reid, D.H. (1994). Analyzing alertness among people with profound multiple disabilities: implications for provision of training. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 27(3), pp. 519 - 531 Green, C.W., & Reid, D.H. (1996). Defining, validating, and increasing indices of happiness among people with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 29(1), pp. 67 – 78 Green, C.W., Gardner, C.M., & Reid, D.H. (1997). Increasing indices of happiness among people with profound multiple disabilities: a program replication and component analysis. Journal of Applied Behaviour Analysis , Volume 30 (2) pp. 217 - 228 Green, C.W., & Reid, D.H. (1999). A behavioral approach to identifying sources of happiness and unhappiness among individuals with profound multiple disabilities, Behavior Modification , Volume 23(2), pp. 280 – 293 Green, C.W., Middleton, S., & Reid, D.H. (2000). Embedded evaluation of preferences sampled from person-centered plans for people with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 33 (4), pp. 639 - 642 Green, C.W., Reid, D.H., Rollyson, J.H. & Passante, S.C. (2005). An enriched teaching program for reducing resistance and indices of unhappiness among individuals with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 38(2), pp. 221 – 233 Greenspan, S.I. (1996). The Challenging Child: Understanding, Raising, and Enjoying the Five 'Difficult' Types of Children . Da Capo Press Griffin, J.C., Ricketts, R.W.,& Williams, D.E. (1986). Reaction to Richmond et al.: propriety of mechanical restrainst and protective devices as tertiary techniques. In K.D. Gadow (Ed.), Advances in Learning and Behavioural Disabilities .(Volume 5. London, JAI Press Griffiths, C.R. (2010). Attuning: A Theory of Interaction of People with Severe and Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disability and Their Carers . Doctoral dissertation, Trinity College Dublin Griffiths, M. (1994). Transition to Adulthood: The Role of Education for Young People with Severe Learning Difficulties. David Fulton; London. Griffiths, M., & Tennyson, C. (1997). The Extended Curriculum: Meeting the Needs of Young People . David Fulton Publishers Gron, G., Wunderlich, A.P., Spitzer, M., Tomczak, R., & Riepe, M.W. (2000). Brain activation during human navigation: gender-different neural networks. Nature Neuroscience , Volume 3. pp. 404 – 408 Gross, D.W., Li, L.M., & Andermann, F. (1998) Catastrophic deterioration and hippocampal atrophy after childhood status epilepticus. Annals of Neurology , Volume 43(5). pp. 687- 692 Grove, N., Porter, J., Bunning, K., & Olsson, C. (1999). See What I Mean: Interpreting the Meaning of Communication by People with Severe and Profound Learning Difficulties: Theoretical and Methodological Issues. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 12 (3), pp. 190 - 203 Grove, N. (2001). See What I Mean: Guidelines to Aid Understanding of Communication by People with Severe and Profound Learning Disabilities. BILD Publications Guenther, K. (2016). ‘It’s All Done With Mirrors’: V.S. Ramachandran and the Material Culture of Phantom Limb Research. Medical History . Volume 60(3). pp. 342 - 358 Guess, D., Benson, H. A., & Siegel-Causey, E. (1985). Concepts and issues related to choice-making and autonomy among persons with severe disabilities. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 10 (2), pp. 79 - 86 Guess, D., Mulligan-Ault, M., Roberts, S., Struth, J., Siegel-Causey, E., Thompson, B., Bronicki, G.B., & Guy, B. (1988). Implications of biobehavioral states for the education and treatment of students with the most profoundly handicapping conditions. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 13(3), pp. 163 - 174 Guess, D., & Carr, E.G. (1991). Emergence and Maintenance of of stereotypy and self-injury. American Journal on Mental Retardation. Volume 96, pp. 299 - 319 Guess, D., Roberts, S., Siegel-Causey, E., Ault, M., Guy, B., & Thompson, B. (1993). Analysis of behavior state conditions and associated environmental variables among students with profound handicaps. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 97(6), pp. 634 - 653 Guess, D., Roberts, S., Siegel-Causey, E., & Rues, J. (1995). Replication and extended analysis of behavior state, environmental events, and related variables among individuals with profound disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 100(1), pp. 36 – 50 Guess, D., & Siegel-Causey, D. (1995). Attractor dimensions of behavior state changes among individuals with profound disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 99(6), pp. 642 - 663 Guess, D., Roberts, S., & Rues, J. (2002). Longitudinal analysis of state patterns and related variables among infants and children with significant disabilities. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 27(2), pp. 112 – 124 Gunnar, M.R., & Vazquez, D. (2006). Stress neurobiology and developmental psychopathology. In D. Cicchetti & D. Cohen, (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology, volume 2: Developmental neuroscience (2nd edition). New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc Gunnar, M.R., & Quevedo, K. (2007). The Neurobiology of Stress and Development . Annual Review of Psychology . Volume 58. pp. 145 - 173 Gunsett, R.P., Mulick, J.A., Fernald, W.B., & Martin, J.L. (1989). Brief report: Indications for medical screening prior to behavioral programming for severely and profoundly mentally retarded clients. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 19, pp. 167 - 172 Gupta, S.K., & Ratnam, B.V. (2009). Cerebral Perfusion Abnormalities in Children with Autism and Mental Retardation: A Segmental Quantitative SPECT Study. Indian Pediatrics . Volume 46. pp. 161 -164 Gutowski, S.J. (1996). Response acquisition for music or beverages in adults with profound multiple handicap. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities . Volume 8(3), pp. 221 – 231 Hackett, S.S., & Critchley, S. (2012). From art therapy to arts in health: Bridging the gap for people with learning disabilities. Newsbriefing , November, pp. 12 – 13. Hackett, S., Rothwell, K., Lyle, C., Bourne, J., Downing, L., & Morison, C.J. (2016). Art, drama and music therapies , In - Nigel Beail, (Ed.), Psychological therapies and people who have intellectual disabilities , Chapter 10, pp. 93 -98. Commissioning Team for the Faculties for Intellectual Disabilities of the Royal College of Psychiatrists and the Division of Clinical Psychology of the British Psychological Society Hagopian, L.P., Long, E.S., & Rush, K.S. (2004). Preference assessment procedures for individuals with developmental disabilities. Behavior Modification , Volume 28(5), pp. 668 – 677 Haith, M.M. (1972). The forgotten message of the infant smile. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly , Volume 18, pp. 321 - 322 Hall, S., Oliver, C., & Murphy, G. (2001). The early development of self-injurious behaviour: An empirical study. Americal Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 106, pp.189 - 199 Halle, J.W., & Spradlin, J.E. (1993). Identifying stimulus control of challenging behavior. In J. Reichle & D.P. Wacker (Eds.), Communicative alternatives to challenging behavior: Integrating functional assessment and intervention strategies , pp. 83–109. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Hamilton, M.T., Hamilton, D.G., & Zderic, T.W. (2007). Role of low energy expenditure and sitting in obesity, metabolic syndrome, type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. Diabetes , Volume 56, pp. 2655 – 2667 Hamlin, J.K., Wynn, K., & Bloom, P. (2007). Social evaluation by preverbal infants . Nature , Volume 450(7169), pp. 557 - 559 Happe, F.G., Brownell, H., Winner, E. (1999). Acquired "theory of mind" impairments following stroke. Cognition , Volume 70, pp. 211 - 240 Haring, N., Liberty, K., & White, O. (1981). An Investigation of Phases of Learning and Facilitating Instructional Events for the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped (final project report). Seattle: University of Washington College of Education. Harlow, H.F. (1959). The development of learning in the rhesus monkey. American Scientist . Harlow, H.F. (1964). Early social deprivation and later behavior in the monkey. In - Abrams, A., Gurner, H.H., & Tomal, J.E.P. (Eds.), Unfinished tasks in the behavioral sciences , pp.154 - 173, Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins Harlow, H.F., Dodsworth, R.O., & Harlow, M.K. (1965). Total social isolation in monkeys. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences , Volume 54(1), pp. 90 - 97 Harlow, H.F., & Harlow, M.K. (1969). Effects of various mother-infant relationships on rhesus monkey behaviors. Determinants of Infant Behavior , Volume 4, pp. 15 - 36 Harlow, H.F., Harlow, M.K., & Suomi, S.J. (1971). From thought to therapy: lessons from a primate laboratory. American Scientist . Volume 59(5), pp. 538 – 549 Harlow, H.F., & Suomi, S.J. (1971). Social recovery by isolation-reared monkeys. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences , Volume 68(7), pp. 1534 - 1538 Harlow, H.F., & Suomi, S.J. (1974). Induced depression in monkeys. Behavioral Biology , Volume 12(3), pp. 273 - 296 Harris, C., & Card, B. (2012). A pilot study to evaluate nutritional influences on gastrointestinal symptoms and behavior patterns in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Complementary Therapies in Medicine , Volume 20(6), pp. 437 - 440 Harris, J., Cook, M., & Upton, G. (1996). Pupils with Severe Learning Difficulties who Present Challenging Behaviour: a whole school approach to assessment and intervention . Kidderminster: BILD. Harris, L.P. (1977). Self-recognition among institutionalized profoundly retarded males: A replication. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society , Volume 9, pp. 43 - 44 Harris, P. (1993). The nature and extent of aggressive behaviour among people with learning difficulties (mental handicap) in a single health district. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 37, pp. 221 - 242 Harris, S.L., & Wolchik, S.A. (1979). Suppression of self stimulation: Three alternative strategies. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 12, pp. 185 – 198 Hart, J., Bock, K.A., Cartaxo, A., Converse, J., & Ferro, P. (2015). Round table Discussion: The impact of GI and nutritional issues on autism. Alternative and Complementary Therapies , Volume 21(2), pp. 84 - 89 Hart, P. (2006). Using imitation with congenitally deafblind adults: Establishing meaningful communication partnerships. Infant and Child Development , Volume 15, pp. 263 - 274 Harter, S. (1990). Self and identity development. In S. Feldman & G. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The developing adolescent (pp. 352 –387). Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Hassiotis, A.A. & Hall, I. (2008). Behavioural and cognitive behavioural interventions for outwardly directed aggressive behaviour in people with learning disabilities. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (3), Art. No. CD003406. Hastings, R.P.,& Remington, P.B. (1994). Staff behaviour and its implications for people with learning disabilities and challenging behaviours, British Journal of Clinical Psychology , Volume 33(4), pp. 423 – 438 Hastings, R.P., Remington, P.B., & Hopper, G.M. (1995). Experienced and inexperienced health care workers’ beliefs about challenging behaviours. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 39(6), pp. 474 – 483 Hastings, R.P. (1997). Measuring staff perceptions of challenging behaviour: The Challenging Behaviour Attributions Scale (CHABA), Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41(6), pp. 495 – 501 Hastings, R.P. (2002). Do challenging behaviors affect staff psychological well-being? Issues of causality and mechanism. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 107(6), pp. 455 – 467 Hastings, R.P., & Brown, T. (2002) Behavioural knowledge, causal beliefs and self-efficacy as predictors of special educator’s emotional reactions to challenging behaviour. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 24, pp. 323 – 332 Hastings, R.P. (2005). Staff in special education settings and behaviour problems: Toward a framework for research and practice. Educational Psychology , Volume 25(2/3), pp. 207 – 221 Hatch-Rasmussen, C. (1995). Sensory integration . Center for the Study of Autism at www. autism. org/si. html. Hatton, C., Brown, R., Caine, A., & Emerson, E. (1995) Stressors, coping strategies and stress-related outcomes among direct care staff in staffed houses for people with learning disabilities. Mental Handicap Research , Volume 8(4), pp. 252 - 271 Hatton, C., Emerson, E., Robertson, J., Henderson, D., & Cooper, J. (1996). Factors associated with staff support and resident lifestyle in services for people with multiple disabilities: a path analytic approach. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 40(5), pp. 466 - 477 Hatton, C., Emerson, E., Rivers, M., Mason, H., Swarbrick, R., Mason, L., Kiernan, C., Reeves, D., & Alborz, A. (2001). Factors associated with intended staff turnover and job search behaviour in services for people with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45(3), pp. 258 - 270 Hatton, C. (2004). Choice. In E. Emerson, C. Hatton, T. Thompson, & T.R. Parmenter (Eds.), The international handbook of applied research in intellectual disabilities (pp. 335 – 351). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons Hayashida, N., Hiramatsu, K., Katayama, S., Koga, M., Kudo, T., Mori, S., Orita, M., Shinkawa, T., Takamura, N., & Togo, M. (2012). Monitoring the autonomic nervous activity as the objective evaluation of music therapy for severely and multiply disabled children. The Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine , Volume 227(3), pp. 185 - 189 Hayes, T. (2016). Music Therapy in the Context of the Special School. In - J. Edwards (Ed.), Oxford Handbook of Music Therapy , pp. 176 - 185. Oxford: Oxford University Press Healy, D., & Noonan Walsh, P. (2007). Communication among nurses and adults with severe and profound intellectual disabilities: predicted and observed strategies. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 11(2), pp. 127 - 141 Healy, J. (1994). Your Child's growing Mind: A Practical Guide ot Brain Development from Birth to Adolescence . New York: Doubleday Heath, G.W., & Fenten, P.H. (1997). Physical activity among persons with disabilities – a public health perspective. Exercise and Sports Science Reviews . Volume 25, pp. 195 – 234 Heaton, P., & Wallace, G.L. (2004). Annotation: The savant syndrome . Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry , Volume 45(5), pp. 899 - 911 Heimlich, K. (2001). Animal-assisted therapy and the severely disabled child: A quantitative study . Journal of Rehabilitation . Volume 67(4). pp. 48 - 54 Heller, S. (2004). Too Loud Too Bright Too Fast Too Tight: What to Do If You are Sensory Defensive in an Overstimulating World. Harper Collins: Reprint edition Heller, S. (2015). Uptight & Off Center: How Sensory Processing Disorder Throws Adults Off Balance & How to Create Stability . Symmetry Heller, T., Miller, A.B., & Factor, A. (1999). Autonomy in residential facilities and community functioning of adults with mental retardation. Mental Retardation , Volume 37(6), pp. 449 - 457 Helm, D.T. (2000). The measurement of happiness. The American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 105(5), pp. 326 – 335 Hemmings, C.P., Gravestock, S., Pickard, M., & Bouras, N. (2006). Psychiatric symptoms and problem behaviours in people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 50, pp. 269 - 276 Henderson, E. (2005). Journeys Toward Communication. PMLD Link . Volume 17(1), Issue 50, pp. 19 - 21 Henry, D.B., Duvdevany, I., Keys, C.B., & Balcazar, F.E. (2004). Attitudes of American and Israeli staff toward people with intellectual disabilities. Mental Retardation , Volume 42(1), pp. 26 - 36 Herbert, M.R., & Buckley, J.A. (2013). Autism and dietary therapy: case report and review of the literature. Journal of Child Neurology , Volume 28(8), pp. 975 - 982 Hermelin, B., O’Connor, N., & Lee, S. (1987). Musical inventiveness of five idiot-savants. Psychological Medicine , Volume17(3), pp. 695 - 694 Hermelin, B., & O’Connor N. (1991). Talents and preoccupations in idiot-savants. Psychological Medicine , Volume 21(4), pp. 959 - 964 Herzog, H. (2011). The impact of pets on human health and psychological well-being: fact, fiction or hypothesis? Current Directions in Psychological Science . Volume 20(4), pp. 236 - 239 Hewett, D. (2006). The most important and complicated learning: that’s what play is for! ICAN Talking Point , March. www.talkingpoint.org.uk Hewett, D . (2007). Do touch: physical contact and people who have severe, profound and multiple learning difficulties, Support for Learning , Volume 22 (3), pp.116 -123 Hewett, D. & Nind, M. (1988). Developing an Interactive Curriculum for Pupils with Severe and Complex Learning Difficulties, in Smith, B. (Ed), Interactive Approaches to the Education of Children with Severe Learning Difficulties . Birmingham: Westhill College. Hewett, D. (1989). The Most Severe Learning Difficulties: Does Your Curriculum Go Back Far Enough?’ in Ainscow, M. (Ed), Special Education in Change . London: David Fulton. Hewett, D., & Nind, M. (1989). Interaction as Curriculum at Harperbury School, PMLD Link 5 . Hewett, D., & Nind, M. (1989). Developing an interactive curriculum for pupils with severe and complex learning difficulties: a classroom process. In Interactive approaches to the education of children with severe learning difficulties . Smith, B. (Ed.). Birmingham: Westhill College Hewett, D., & Nind, M. (1992). Returning to the Basics: A Curriculum at Harperbury Hospital School’, in: Booth, T., Swann, W., Masterton, M., & Potts, P. (Eds.), Curricula for Diversity in Education . London: Open University Press/Routledge Hewett, D., & Nind, M. (1993). Access to Communication. Intensive Interaction: an approach to helping learners who are still in the pre-speech stages of communication learning, Information Exchange 37 , May 1993. Hewett, D. (1994). Understanding and writing a methodology of Intensive Interaction – teaching pre-speech communication abilities to learners with severe learning difficulties: a naturalistic inquiry using qualitative evaluation methods . Ph.D Thesis, Cambridge Institute of Education. Hewett, D . (1996). How to do Intensive Interaction, in Collis, M. & Lacey, P. 1996 (eds) Interactive Approaches to Teaching: A Framework for INSET , London: David Fulton. Hewett, D. & Nind, M. (2003). Severe Learning Difficulties: Intensive Interaction, Five to Eleven , Volume 2(10) pp.30 - 32 Hewett, D. (2007): Do touch: physical contact and people who have severe, profound and multiple learning difficulties . Support for Learning , Volume 22 (3), pp. 116 - 123 Higgins, E.T. (1987). Self-Discrepancy: A Theory Relating Self and Affect. Psychological Review . Volume 94(3), pp. 319 - 340 Hile, M.G., & Walbran, B.B. (1991). Observing staff-resident interactions: What staff do, what residents receive. Mental Retardation , Volume 29(1), pp. 35 - 41 Hilgenkamp, T.I.M., Reis, D., van Wijck, R., & Evenhuis, H.M. (2012). Physical activity levels in older adults with intellectual disabilities are extremely low. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 33(2), pp. 477 – 483 Hill, B.K., & Bruininks, R.H. (1984). Maladaptive behavior of mentally retarded individuals in residential facilities. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 88, pp. 380 - 387 Hill, J., Brantner, J., & Spreat, S. (1989). The effect of contingent music on the in-seat behavior of a blind young woman with profound mental retardation. Education and Treatment of Children , Volume 12(2), pp. 165 - 173 Hill, S.D., & Tomlin, C. (1981). Self-recognition in retarded children. Child Development , Volume 52, pp. 145 - 150 Hillery, J. & Mulcahy, M. (1997). Self-injurious behaviour in persons with a mental handicap: an epidemiological study in an Irish population. Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine , Volume 14, pp. 12 - 15 Hirabuki, N., Fujita, N., Fujii, K., Hashimoto, T., & Kozuka, T. (1994). MR appearance of Virchow-Robin spaces along lenticulostriate arteries: spin-echo and two-dimensional fast low-angle shot imaging. American Journal of Neuroradiology , Volume 15(2), pp. 277 - 281 Hirama, H. (1989). Self-injurious behavior: A somatosensory treatment approach . Bethesda, MD: Chess Publications. Hirstwood, R. (1998). Communication in multi-sensory rooms. Focus , Volume 23, pp. 20 - 31 Hobbs, V., How, R., & Lloyd, J. (2006). An Alternative curriculum. Insight , Volume 6. pp. 31 - 33 Hobbs, V. (2009). Maximising the progress of learners with profound and multiple learning difficulties. The SLD Experience . Volume 55(1), pp. 10 - 16 Hobbs, V. (2012). Where are the pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties? The SLD Experience . Volume 64(1), pp. 24 - 28 Hobbs, V. (2012). Assessing the achievements of learners with PMLD, Education Today , Volume 61(3) Hobbs, V. (2014). What do practitioners believe are the elements, conditions, factors and considerations that contribute to the provision of an appropriate and relevant learning environment for pupils with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties? Unpublished report for Associateship, Institute of Education Hodgson, C., & Berry, M. (Eds.)(2011). Adventure Education: An Introduction . Taylor & Francis Hoefkens, A., & Allen, D. (1990). Evaluation of a special behaviour unit for people with mental handicaps and challenging behaviour. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 34, pp. 213 - 228 Hoehn, T.P., & Baumeister, A.A. (1994). A critique of the application of sensory integration therapy to children with learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 27, pp. 338 - 350 Hoffman, M.B., & Rand, Y. (2014). Instrumental enrichment, an intervention program for structural cognitive modifiability: Theory and practice. Thinking and Learning Skills: Volume 1: Relating Instruction To Research , Volume 43. Hoge, G., & Dattilo, J. (1995). Recreation participation patterns of adults with and without mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30(4), pp. 283 - 298 Hogg, J., & Sebba, J . (1986a). Profound Retardation and Multiple Impairment . Volume I, Croom Helm Hogg, J., & Sebba, J . (1986b). Profound Retardation and Multiple Impairment . Volume II, Croom Helm Hogg, J., Sebba, J . , & Lambe, L. (1990). Profound Retardation and Multiple Impairment . Volume III, Medical and Physical care and Managment. Chapman and Hall: London Hogg, J. (1992). The administration of psychotropic and anticonvulsant drugs to children with profound intellectual disability and multiple impairments. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 36(6), pp. 473 - 488 Hogg, J. (1995). The Ecology of Leisure Provision:Context and Engagement, in Hogg, J., & Cavet, J. (Eds.), Making Leisure Provision for People with Profound and Multiple Disabilities , Chapman & Hall Hogg, J., & Cavet, J. (Eds.) (1995). Making Leisure Provision for People with Profound and Multiple Disabilities. London:Chapman & Hall Hogg, J., Cavet, J., Lambe, L., & Smeddle, M. (2001). The use of 'Snoezelen' as multisensory stimulation with people with intellectual disabilities: a review of the research. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 22(5), pp. 353 - 372 Hogg, J., Reeves, D., Roberts, J., & Mudford, O.C. (2001). Consistency, context and confidence in judgements of affective communication in adults with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45(1), pp. 18 - 29 Holburn, S. (1997). A renaissance in residential behavior analysis? A historical perspective and a better way to help people with challenging behavior. The Behavior Analyst , Volume 20(2), pp. 61 - 85 Holburn, S., & Vietze, P. (Eds.). (2002). Person-centered planning: Research, practice, and future directions . Paul H Brookes Publishing Company. Holburn, S., Nguyen, D., & Vietze, P.M. (2004). Computer ‐ assisted learning for adults with profound multiple disabilities. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 19(1), pp. 25 - 37 Holland, T., & Murphy, G. (1990). Behavioural and psychiatric disorder in adults with mild learning difficulties. International Review of Psychiatry , Volume 2, pp. 117 - 136 Holmes, J., Gathercole, S.E., & Dunning, D.L. (2009). Adaptive training leads to sustained enhancement of poor working memory in children . Developmental Science , Volume 12(4), pp. F1 - F7 Holmes, J., & Gathercole, S.E. (2014). Taking working memory training from the laboratory into schools. Educational Psychology , Volume 34(4), pp. 440 - 450 Hong, E. & Perkins, P.G. (1997). Children's Responses to Self-Concept Questionnaires Administered in Differential Contexts. Child Study Journal , Volume 27(2), pp. 111 - 127 Hooper, J, & Lindsay, B. (1990). Music and the Mentally Handicapped - the Effect of Music on Anxiety. Journal of British Music Therapy , Volume 4, pp. 19 - 26 Hooper, J., Lindsay, B., & Richardson, I. (1991). Recreation and music therapy: An experimental study. Journal of British Music Therapy , Volume 5(2), pp. 10-13 Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1992). Improving the quality of life through music: A case study. Mental Handicap , Volume 20(1), pp. 27 - 30 Hooper, J., & Lindsay, B. (1997). The Use of the Somatron on the Treatment of Anxiety Problems with Clients who Have Learning Disabilities. In - C.D.T. Wigram (Ed.), Music, Vibration and Health . Cherry Hill, NJ: Jeffrey Books Hooper, J. (2001). Overcoming the problems of deinstitutionalization: Using music activities to encourage interaction between four adults with a developmental disability. Music Therapy Perspectives , Volume 19(2), pp. 121 - 127 Hooper, J. (2002). Using music to develop peer interaction: An examination of the response of two subjects with a learning disability. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 30, pp. 166 – 170 Hooper, J., McManus, A., & McIntyre, A. (2004). Exploring the link between music therapy and sensory integration: An individual case study. British Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 18(1), pp. 15 - 23 Hooper, J., Wigram, T., Carson, D., & Lindsay, B. (2011). The practical implication of comparing how adults with and without intellectual disability respond to music. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 39(1), pp. 22 - 28 Hoppestad, B.S. (2007). Inadequacies in computer access using assistive technology devices in profoundly disabled individuals: An overview of the current literature. Disability and Rehabilitation: Assistive Technology , Volume 2(4), pp. 189 - 199 Horak, F.B., Shumway ‐ Cook, A., Crowe, T.K., & Black, F.O. (1988). Vestibular function and motor proficiency of children with impaired hearing, or with learning disability and motor impairments. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology , Volume 30(1), pp. 64 - 79 Horner, R.D. (1980). The effects of an environmental “enrichment” program on the behaviour of institutionalized profoundly retarded children. Journal of Applied Behaviour Analysis , Volume 13, pp. 473 – 491 Horner, R.H., Day, H.M., Sprague, J.R., O'Brien, M., & Heathfield, L.T. (1991). Interspersed requests: A nonaversive procedure for decreasing aggression and self injury during instruction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24, pp. 265 - 278 Horner, R.H., & O'Neill, R. (1992). Oregon Community Support: A two year analysis of community support for 11 people with histories of severe problem behaviour. Paper presented at the Association for Behavior Analysis , 18th Annual Convention, 25-28 May, 1992, San Francisco. Horner, R.H., Close, D.W., Fredericks, H.D.B., O'Neill, R.E., Albin, R.W., Sprague, J.R., Kennedy, C.H., Flannery, K.B., & Heathfield, L.T. (1996). Supported living for people with severe problem behaviors: A demonstration. In D. H. Lehr & F. Brown (Eds.), Persons with disabilities who challenge the system . Baltimore: Paul H Brookes. Hostyn, I., & Maes, B. (2009). Interaction between persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities and their partners: A literature review. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 34(4), pp. 296 - 312 Hostyn, I., Daelman, M., Janssen, M.J., & Maes, B. (2010). Describing dialogue between persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities and direct support staff using the scale for dialogical meaning making. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 54(8), pp. 679 - 690 Hostyn, I., Neerinckx, H., & Maes, B. (2011): Attentional processes in interactions between people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities and direct support staff. Research in Developmental Disability . Volume 32 (2): pp. 491 - 503 Houghton, J., Bronicki, G.J.B., & Guess, D. (1987). Opportunities to express preferences and make choices among students with severe disabilities in classroom settings. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 12(1), pp. 18 – 27 Houwen, S., van der Putten, A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2014). A systematic review of the effects of motor interventions to improve motor, cognitive, and/or social functioning in people with severe or profound intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 35, pp. 2093 – 2116 Hove, O. (2004). Weight survey on adult persons with mental retardation living in the community. Research in Developmental Disabilities , 25(1), pp. 9 - 17 Howe, M.B., Brittain, L.A., & McCathren, R.B. (2004). Meeting the Sensory Needs of Young Children in Classrooms . Young Exceptional Children . Volume 8(1), pp. 11 - 19 Howlin, P., Goode, S., Hutton, J., & Rutter, M. (2009). Savant skills in autism: psychometric approaches and parental reports. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences , Volume 364(1522), pp. 1359 - 1367 Hsu, C.L., Lin, C.Y., Chen, C.L., Wang, C.M., & Wong, M.K. (2009). The effects of a gluten and casein-free diet in children with autism: a case report . Chang Gung Medical Journal , Volume 32(4), pp. 459 - 465 Huff, D.M., & Harris, S.C. (1987). Using sensorimotor integrative treatment with mentally retarded adults. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 41, pp. 227 - 231 Hughes, C., Pitkin, S.E., & Lorden, S.W. (1998). Assessing preferences and choices of persons with severe and profound mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 33(4), pp. 299 - 316 Hughes, M.W., Schuster, J.W., Nelson, C.M. (1993). The acquisition of independent dressing skills by students with multiple disabilities. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 5(4), pp. 233 - 252 Hughes, R.N. (1996). Drugs which induce anxiety: caffeine . New Zealand Journal of Psychology . Volume 25(1), pp. 36 - 42 Hui-chuan, Chu (2002). Functional Analysis and Assessment-based Interventions for Aberrant Behavior of Children with Developmental Disabilities. Journal of National Taipei Teachers College . Volume 15, pp. 387 - 432 Hulme, C., & Mackenzie, S. (1992). Working Memory and Severe Learning Difficulties . Hove: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Hulsegge, J., & Verheul, A. (1987). Snoezelen, another world. A practical book of sensory experience environments for the mentally handicapped . Chesterfield: Rompa Humphries, K., Traci, M.A., & Seekins, T. (2009). Nutrition and adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities: systematic literature review results. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 47(3), pp. 163 - 185 Humphries, T., Wright, M., McDougall, B., & Vertes, J. (1990). The efficacy of sensory integration therapy for children with learning disability. Physical and Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics , Volume 10(3), pp.1 - 17 Humphries, T., Wright, M., Snider, L., & McDougall, B. (1992). A comparison of the effectiveness of sensory integrative therapy and perceptual-motor training in treating children with learning disabilities. Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics , Volume 13(I), pp. 31 - 40 Humphries, T.W., Snider, L., & McDougall, B. (1993). Clinical evaluation of the effectiveness of sensory integrative and perceptual motor therapy in improving sensory integrative function in children with learning disabilities. Occupational Therapy Journal of Research , Volume 13, pp. 163 - 182 Humphreys, M., Churchill, R., & Kerr, E. (2014). The Multi-Sensory Project: Art for all the Senses. PMLD Link , Volume 26(3), Issue 79, pp. 2 - 4 Hurwitz, S. (2013). The gluten-free, casein-free diet and autism: limited return on family investment. Journal of Early Intervention , Volume 35(1), pp. 3 - 19 Hutchinson, L.M., Hastings, R.P., Hunt, P.H., Bowler, C.L., Banks, M.E., & Totsika, V. (2014). Who's Challenging Who? Changing attitudes towards those whose behaviour challenges. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(2), pp. 99 - 109 Hydration For Health (2015). Hydration, mood state and cognitive function . Hydration For Health Initiative. Danone Nutricia Research Hylkema, T., & Vlaskamp, C. (2009). Significant improvement in sleep in people with intellectual disabilities living in residential settings by non-pharmaceutical interventions. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53(8), pp. 695 - 703 Hyman, P., Oliver, C., & Hall, S. (2002). Self-Injurious Behaviour, Self-Restraint, and Compulsive Behaviors in Cornelia de Lange Syndrome. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 107(2), pp. 146 – 154 Hyman, S.L., Stewart, P.A., Smith, T., Foley, J., Cain, U., Peck, R., Morris, D.D., & Wang, H. (2010). The gluten free and casein free (GFCF) diet: A double blind, placebo controlled challenge study . Presented at International Meeting for Autism Research, Philadelphia, PA. Hyman, S.L., Stewart, P.A., Foley, J., Cain, U., Peck, R., Morris, D.D., Wang, H., & Smith, T. (2016). The gluten-free/casein-free diet: a double-blind challenge trial in children with autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 46(1), pp. 205 - 220 Imray, P. (2005). Moving towards simple, understandable and workable definitions of severe learning difficulties and profound and multiple learning difficulties. SLD Experience , Volume 42: pp. 33 - 37 Imray, P., & Hinchcliffe, V. (2012). Not fit for purpose: a call for separate and distinct pedagogies as part of a national framework for those with severe and profound learning difficulties, Support for Learning , Volume 27(4), pp. 150 - 157 Imray, P., & Hinchcliffe, V. (2013). Curricula for Teaching Children and Young People with Severe or Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . David Fulton / Nasen Inal, S. (2014). Competitive dance for individuals with disabilities. PALAESTRA: Forum of Sport, Physical Education, and Recreation for Those with Disabilities , Volume 28(1), pp. 32 - 35 Ionatamishvili, N.I., Tsverava, D.M., Loriya, M.S., Sheshaberidze, E.G., & Rukhadze, M.M. (2004). Riding therapy as a method of rehabilitation of children with cerebral palsy. Human physiology , Volume 30(5), pp. 561 - 565 Intagliata, J., & Willer, B. (1982). Reinstitutionalization of mentally retarded persons successfully placed into family-care and group homes. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 87(1), pp. 34 - 39 Irvin, D.S. (2006). Using analog assessment procedures for determining the effects of a gluten ‐ free and casein ‐ free diet on rate of problem behaviors for an adolescent with autism . Behavioral Interventions , Volume 21(4), pp. 281 - 286 Irvine, C. (1998). Addressing the needs of adults with profound and multiple learning disabilities in social services provision, in Hewett, D and Nind, M. (Eds.), Interaction in Action . David Fulton. London Irvine, C. (2001). On the floor and playing…, Royal College of Speech and Language Therapy Bulletin , November, pp. 9 - 11 Irvine, C. (2002). Preliminary findings of an informal longitudinal study into the research/practice interface: noting the influence of extra trees in the wood rather than throwing the baby out with the bathwater, Speech and Language Therapy in Practice Isaacs, E., & Oates, J. (2008). Nutrition and cognition: assessing cognitive abilities in children and young people . European Journal of Nutrition . Volume 47(Supplement 3). pp. 4 – 24 Ivancic, M.T., & Bailey, J.S. (1996). Current limits to reinforcer identification for some persons with profound multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 17(1), pp. 77 - 92 Ivancic, M.T., Barrett, G.T., Simonow, A., & Kimberly, A. (1997). A replication to increase happiness indices among some people with profound multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 18(1), pp. 79 - 89 Iwasaki, K., & Holm, M.B. (1989). Sensory treatment for the reduction of stereotypic behaviors in persons with severe multiple disabilities. Occupational Therapy Journal of Research , Volume 9, pp. 170 – 183 Iwata, B.A., Dorsey, M.F., Slifer, K.J., Bauman, K.E., & Richman, G.S. (1982). Toward a functional analysis of self-injury. Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 2, pp. 3 - 20 Iwata, B.A., Pace, G., Kalsher, M., Cowdery, G., & Cataldo, M. (1990). Experimental analysis and extinction of self-injurous escape behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 11 - 27 Jacobson, J.W. (1982). Problem behaviour and psychiatric impairment within a developmentally disabled population I: behaviour frequency. Applied Research in Mental Retardation , Volume 3, pp. 121 - 139 Jackson, J. (2014). ‘Sit with me, talk to me’: How the use of multi-media advocacy supported a brighter future for a nineteen year old learner coping with PMLD and presenting challenging verbal behaviour. PMLD Link . Volume 26(3), Issue 79, pp. 39 - 44 Jackson, E., & Jackson, N. (1999). Helping people with a learning disability explore choice . London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers Jackson, N., & Jackson, E . (1998). Choice making for people with a learning disability. Learning Disability Practice ; Volume 1(3), pp. 22 – 25 Jacobson, J.W., Foxx, R.M., & Mulick J.A. (2005). Controversial therapies for developmental disabilities. Fad, fashion, and science in professional practice . Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers Jambaqué, I., Hertz-Pannier, L., Mikaeloff, Y., Martins, S., Peudenier, S., Dulac, O., & Chiron, C. (2003). Severe memory impairment in a child with bihippocampal injury after status epilepticus. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology . Volume 48(3). pp 223 - 226 James, J. (1996a). Dramatherapy with people with learning disabilities. In - S. Mitchell (Ed.), Dramatherapy: Clinical Studies . Jessica Kingsley: London. pp. 15 - 32 James, J. (1996b). Poetry in motion: drama and movement therapy with people with learning disabilities. In - J. Pearson (Ed.), Discovering the Self through Drama and Movement . Jessica Kingsley: London. pp. 209 - 221 Janicki, M.P., & Dalton, A.J. (1998). Sensory impairments among older adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 23(1), pp. 3 - 11 Jansen, D.E., Krol, B., Groothoff, J.W., & Post, D. (2004). People with intellectual disability and their health problems: a review of comparative studies. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 48(2), pp. 93 - 102 Jansma, P., McCubbin, J., Combs, S., Decker, J., & Ersing, W. (1987). Fitness and hygiene programming for the severely handicapped: A curriculum-embedded assessment guide . Worthington, OH: Moody's. Janssen, M.J., Riksen-Walraven, J.M., & van Dijk, J.P.M. (2006). Applying the diagnostic intervention model for fostering harmonious interactions between deaf-blind children and their educators: A case study. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness , Volume 100(2), pp. 91 - 105 Jeffree, D., & McConkey, R. (1976). Let me speak . London: Human Horizons Series: Souvenir Press Jellison, J.A. (1979). The music therapist in the educational setting: Developing and implementing curriculum for the handicapped. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 16(3), pp. 126 - 137 Jenkins, J.R., Fewell, R., & Harris, S.R. (1983). Comparison of sensory integrative therapy and motor programming. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 88, pp. 221 - 224 Jenkins, R., Rose, J., & Lovell, C. (1995). Psychological well-being of staff working with people who have challenging behaviour. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41, pp. 502 - 511 Jenson, C.C., Watson, L.S., DeWulf, M., Johnson, S.P., Davis, N.S., & Sottolano, D.C. (1992). Normalization of mealtime for persons with developmental disabilities: Implementation by professional and direct-care staff. Behavioral Residential Treatment , Volume 7, pp. 355 - 371 Jobling, A. (2001). Beyond sex and cooking: Health education for individuals with intellectual disability. Mental Retardation , Volume 39(4), pp. 310 - 321 Jobling, A., Virji-Babul, N., & Nichols, D. (2006). Children with Down Syndrome: Discovering the Joy of Movement. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance . Volume 77(6), pp. 34 - 38 Jockers, D. (2012). Is your brain getting enough of this nutrient? Natural News.com Johnson, C.R., Handen, B.L., Zimmer, M., Sacco, K., & Turner, K. (2011). Effects of gluten free/casein free diet in young children with autism: a pilot study. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 23(3), pp. 213 - 225 Johnson, C.R., Turner, K., Stewart, P.A., Schmidt, B., Shui, A., Macklin, E., Reynolds, A., James, J., Johnson, S.L., Courtney, P.M., & Hyman, S.L. (2014). Relationships between feeding problems, behavioral characteristics and nutritional quality in children with ASD. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 44(9), pp. 2175 - 2184 Johnson, H., Douglas, J., Bigby, C., & Iacono, T. (2012). Social Interaction with Adults with Severe Intellectual Disability: Having Fun and Hanging Out. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 25(4), pp. 329 - 341 Johnson, R.K., Appel, L., Brands, M., Howard, B., Lefevre, M., Lustig, R., Sacks, F., Steffen, L., & Wyllie-Rosett, J. (2009). Dietary sugars intake and cardiovascular health: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association . Circulation , Volume 120(11), pp. 1011 - 1120 Johnson, W.L., & Day, R.M. (1992). The incidence and prevalence of self-injurious behavior. In J.K. Luiselli, J.L. Matson, & N.N. Singh (eds.), Self-Injurious Behavior: Analysis, Assessment and Treatment , pp. 21 -58. New York: Springer-verlag Jones, A.P. (2016). String switch sessions . TalkSense Website (this webpage) Jones, C., & Hastings, R.P. (2003). Staff reactions to self-injurious behaviours in learning disability services: Attributions, emotional responses and helping. British Journal of Clinical Psychology , Volume 42(2), pp. 189 – 203 Jones, E., Perry, J., Lowe, K., Felce, D., Toogood, S., Dunstan, F., Allen, D., & Pagler, J. (1999). Opportunity and the promotion of activity among adults with severe intellectual disability living in community residences: the impact of training staff in active support. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, Volume 43(3), pp. 164 - 178 Jones, E., Perry, J., Lowe, K., Allen, D., Toogood, S., & Felce, D. (2009). Active Support: A handbook for supporting people with learning disabilities to lead full lives . Welsh Centre for Learning Disabilities Applied Research Unit. University of Wales, Cardiff Jones, F., Pring, T., & Grove, N. (2002). Developing communication in adults with profound and multiple learning difficulties using objects of reference. International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders , Volume 37(2), pp. 173 - 184 Jones, M.C., Walley, R.M., Leech, A., Paterson, M., Common, S., & Metcalf, C. (2007). Behavioral and psychosocial outcomes of a 16-week rebound therapy-based exercise program for people with profound intellectual disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(2), pp. 111 – 119 Jones, O., O’Neil, N., Pavlicevic, M., Powell, H., & Sampathianaki, E. (2014). Making music, making friends: Long-term music therapy with young adults with severe learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 18(1), pp. 5 - 19 Jones, P. (2004). 'They are not like us and neither should they be': issues of teacher identity for teachers of pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties. Disability and Society , Volume 19(2), pp. 159 - 169. Jones, P. (2005). Teachers' views of their pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 20(4), pp. 375 - 385 Jones, R. & Williams, H. (1998). Reducing Stereotyped Behaviour: an experimental analysis of Intensive Interaction, International Journal of Practical Approaches to Disability , Volume 22 (2/3), pp. 21 - 25 Jones, R.S.P., & Eayrs, C.B. (1993). Challenging Behaviour and Intellectual Disability: A Psychological Perspective. BILD Jones, S., Cooper, S.A., Smiley, E., Allan, L., Williamson, A., & Morrison, J. (2008). Prevalence of, and factors associated with, problem behaviors in adults with intellectual disabilities. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease . Volume 196, pp. 678 – 686 Joseph, D. (1986). The morning. Communication Outlook . Volume 8(2), pp. 8 Kahn, J.V. (1978). Applications of the Piagetian literature to severely and profoundly retarded persons. Mental Retardation , Volume 17, pp. 273 - 280 Kahng, S., Boscoe, J.H., & Byrne, S. (2003). The use of an escape contingency and a token economy to increase food acceptance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 36(3), pp. 349 - 353 Kapell, D., Nightingale, B., Rodriguez, A., Lee, J.H., Zigman, W.B., & Schupf, N. (1998). Prevalence of chronic medical conditions in adults with mental retardation: Comparison with the general population. Mental Retardation , Volume 36(4), pp. 269 - 279 Kaplan, H., Clopton, M., Kaplan, M., Messbauer, L., & McPherson, K. (2006). Snoezelen multi-sensory environments: Task engagement and generalization. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 27(4), pp. 443 - 455 Karkou, V., & Sanderson, P. (1997). Dance Movement Therapy Approaches and Particular References to Children with Special Needs, in E. Antilla (ed.) The Seventh Conference of Dance and the Child International (daCI): The Call of Forests and Lakes. Proceedings , pp. 159 – 166. Kuopio, Finland: Dance and the Child International. Karlan, G.R. (1980). The effects of preference for objects and repeated measure upon the assessed level of object permanence in severely handicapped students. Journal of the Association for the Severely Handicapped , Volume 5, pp. 174 - 193 Kastner, T., Walsh, K.K., & Fraser, M. (2001). Undiagnosed medical conditions and medication side effects presenting as behavioral/psychiatric problems in people with mental retardation. Mental Health Aspects of Developmental Disabilities . Volume 4, pp. 101 – 107 Katcher, A.H. (1977). Physiologic and behavioural responses to companion animals. Psychosomatic Medicine . Volume 39(3), pp.188 - 192 Kaufman, J.C., & Sternberg, R.J. (Eds.). (2010). The Cambridge handbook of creativity . Cambridge University Press. Kaufman, J.C. (2016). Creativity 101 . Springer Publishing Kearney, C.A., & McKnight, T.J. (1997). Preference, choice and persons with disabilities: a synopsis of assessments, interventions and future directions. Clinical Psychology Review , Volume 17, pp. 217 – 238 Kearney, C.A., Bergan, K.P., & McKnight, T.J. (1998). Choice availability and persons with mental retardation: A longitudinal and regression analysis. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 10(3), pp. 291 - 305 Kellett, M. (2000). Sam’s story: evaluating Intensive interaction in terms of its effect on the social and communicative ability of a young child with severe learning difficulties, Support for Learning , Volume 15 (4), pp.165 - 171 Kellett, M. (2001). Implementing Intensive Interaction: an evaluation of the efficacy of Intensive Interaction in promoting sociability and communication in young children who have severe learning difficulties and of factors affecting its implementation in community schools . Ph.D Thesis, Oxford Brookes University. Kellet, M., & Nind, M. (2002). Responding to individuals with severe learning difficulties and stereotyped behaviour. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 17(3),pp. 265 – 282 Kellett, M. (2003). Jacob’s Journey: developing sociability and communication in a young boy with severe and complex learning difficulties using the Intensive interaction teaching approach, Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs , March. Kellet, M., & Nind, M. (2003). Implementing Intensive Interaction in Schools . London: David Fulton Publishers. Kellett M. (2004). Intensive Interaction in the inclusive classroom: using interactive pedagogy to connect with students who are hardest to reach, Westminster Studies in Education , Volume 27, pp.175 – 188 Kellett, M. (2005). Catherine’s Legacy: social communication development for individuals with profound learning difficulties and fragile life expectancies, British Journal of Special Education , Volume 32 (3), pp.116 - 121 Kelley, M.F., Sexton, D., Burdg, N.B., & Haynes, M.D. (1988). Assessment of Self-Recognition in Young Children with Handicaps . Assessment for Effective Intervention . Volume 13(2-4), pp. 86 - 97 Kelly, L.E., Rimmer, J.H., & Ness, R.A. (1986). Obesity levels in institutionalized mentally retarded adults. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 3(2), pp. 167 - 176 Kempermann, G., & Gage, F.H. (1999). New nerve cells for the adult brain. Scientific American , Volume 280(5), pp. 48 - 53 Kempton, M.J., Ettinger, U., Foster, R., Williams, S.C., Calvert, G.A., Hampshire, A., Zelaya, F.O., O’Gorman, R.L., McMorris, T., Owen, A.M., & Smith, M.S. (2011). Dehydration affects brain structure and function in healthy adolescents. Human Brain Mapping . Volume 32. pp. 71 - 79 Kennedy, A. (2001). Intensive Interaction, Learning Disability Practice , Volume 4(3), pp.14 - 15 Kennedy, C.H., & Haring, T.G. (1993). Teaching Choice Making During Social Interactions to Students with Profound Multiple Disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 26(1), pp. 63 - 76 Kennedy, C.H., & Itkonen, T. (1993). Effects of setting events on the problem behavior of students with severe disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 26, pp. 321 - 327 Kennedy, C.H., & Meyer, K.A. (1996). Sleep deprivation, allergy symptoms, and negatively reinforced problem behaviour. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis . Volume 29, pp. 133 – 135 Kennedy, H. (2011). What is video interactive guidance (V.I.G.). In H. Kennedy, M. Landor & L. Todd (Eds), Video Interactive Guidance: A Relationship-Based Intervention to Promote Attunement, Empathy and Wellbeing . London: Jessica Kingsley. Kennedy, H., Landor, M., & Todd. L. (2011). Video Interactive Guidance: A Relationship-Based Intervention to Promote Attunement, Empathy and Wellbeing . London: Jessica Kingsley. Kennedy, M., McCombie, L., Dawes, P., McConnell, K.N., & Dunnigan, M.G. (1997). Nutritional support for patients with intellectual disability and nutrition/dysphagia disorders in community care. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41(5), pp. 430 - 436 Kenny, C.B. (1982). The Mythic Artery: The Magic of Music Therapy , Atascadero, California: Ridgeview Publishing Company. Kerdegari, H., Kim, Y., & Prescott, T.J. (2016). Head-mounted sensory augmentation device: designing a tactile language, IEEE transactions on haptics , Volume 9 (3), pp. 376 - 386 Kern, L., Koegel, R.L., Dyer, K., Blew, P.A., & Fenton, L.R. (1982). The effects of physical exercise on self stimulation and appropriate responding in autistic children. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 12, pp. 399 - 419 Kern, P., Wolery, M., & Aldridge, D. (2007). Use of songs to promote independence in morning greeting routines for young children with autism. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders , Volume 37(7), pp. 1264 - 1271 Kiernan, C. (1991). Professional ethics: Behaviour analysis and normalisation. In B. Remington (Ed.), The Challenge of Severe Mental Handicap: A Behaviour Analytic Approach . John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, pp. 369 - 392 Kiernan, C. (1993). Future directions. In S. Jones & C. Eayres (Eds), Challenging Behaviour and Intellectual Disability: a psychological perspective. Kidderminster: BILD. Kiernan, C., & Qureshi, H. (1993). Challenging behaviour. In C. Kiernan (Ed.), Research to Practice? Implications of Research on the Challenging Behaviour of People with Learning Disabilities . pp. 53 - 87. Kidderminster: British Institute of Learning Disabilities Publications. Kiernan, C., & Kiernan, D. (1994). Challenging behaviour in schools for pupils with severe learning difficulties. Mental Handicap Research , Volume 7, pp. 117 - 201 Kiernan, C., Reeves, D., & Alborz, A. (1995). The use of anti-psychotic drugs with adults with learning disabilities and challenging behaviour. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 39, pp. 263 - 274 Kiernan, C., & Alborz, A. (1996). Persistence and change in challenging and problem behaviours of young adults with intellectual disability living in the family home. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 3, pp. 181 - 193 Kimball, J.G. (1988). The emphasis is on integration, not sensory. American Journal of Mental Retardation , Volume 92, pp. 423 - 424 King, B. (2007). Psychopharmacology in intellectual disabilities. In Bouras, N. & Holt, G. (Eds.) Psychiatric and Behavioural Disorders in Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities . Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. King, G.A., Shultz, I.Z., Steel, K., Gilpin, M., & Cathers, T. (1993). Self-evaluation and self-concept of adolescents with physical disabilities, American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 47(2), pp. 132 - 140 Kingsley, J. (2009). First steps in intervention with your child with autism: Framework for communication. Philadelphia, PA. Jessica Kingsley Kinnealey M. (1973). Aversive and non-aversive responses to sensory stimulation in mentally retarded children. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 27, pp. 464 – 471 Kinnealey, M. (1976). Aversive and non-aversive Responses to Sensory Stimulation in Mentally Retarded Children, In A.Price, E. Gilfoyle & C, Myers (Eds.) Research in Sensory Integrative Development (pp. 33 - 40). Rockville, MD: American Occupational Therapy Association Kinnealey M., Oliver B., & Wilbarger P. (1995). A phenomenological study of sensory defensiveness in adults. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 49, pp. 444 – 451 Kinnealey, M., & Fuiek, M. (1999). The relationship between sensory defensiveness, anxiety, depression, and perception of pain in adults. Occupational Therapy International , Volume 6, pp. 195 - 206 Kishi, G., Teelucksingh, B., Zollers, N., Park-Lee, S., & Meyer, L. (1988). Daily decision-making in community residences: A social comparison of adults with and without mental retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 92, pp. 430 - 435 Kitch, R. (1995). Creating success in the land of Oz and earthquakes. 3rd Annual Pittsburgh Employment Conference Proceedings . pp. 3 - 8 Kivitie-Kallio, S., Autti, T., Salonen, O., & Norio, R. (1998). MRI of the brain in the Cohen syndrome: a relatively large corpus callosum in patients with mental retardation and microcephaly. Neuropediatrics , Volume 29(06), pp. 298 - 301 Kjos, B.O., Umansky, R., & Barkovich, A.J. (1990). Brain MR imaging in children with developmental retardation of unknown cause: results in 76 cases. American Journal of Neuroradiology , Volume 11(5), pp. 1035 - 1040 Kleim, J.A. & Jones, T.A. (2008). Principles of experience-dependent neural plasticity: implications for rehabilitation after brain damage. Supplement: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research , Volume 51(1), S225 - S239 Knight, C. (1991). Developing Communication through Interaction, in Watson, J. (ed) Innovatory Practice and Severe Learning Difficulties . Edinburgh: Moray House. Knight, C. (1992). Speech therapy on the run: Creating opportunities for effective communication. Eye Contact. Volume 3. Royal National Institute for the Blind Knill, C. (1983) Body awareness, communication and development: a programme employing music with the profoundly handicapped. International Journal of Rehabilitation Research , Volume 6(4), pp. 489 - 492 Kobe, F.H., Mulick, J.A., Rash, T.A., & Martin, J. (1994). Non-ambulatory persons with profound mental retardation: physical, developmental, and behavioural characteristics. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 15, pp. 413 – 423 Koller, H., Richardson, S.A., Katz, M., & McLaren, J. (1982). Behaviour disturbance in childhood and the early adults years in populations who were and were not mentally retarded. Journal of Preventive Psychiatry , Volume 1, pp. 453 - 468 Konarski, E.A., Sutton, K., & Huffman, A. (1997). Personal characteristics asociated with episodes of injury in a residential facilty. American Journal of Mental Retardation . Volume 102, pp. 37 - 44 Konrad, M., Fowler, C.H., Walker, A.R., Test, D.W., & Wood, W.M. (2007). Effects of self-determination interventions on the academic skills of students with learning disabilities. Learning Disabilities Quarterly , Volume 30, pp. 89 – 113 Koomar, J., Kranowitz, C., Szklut, S., & Balzer-Martin, L. (2001). Answers to Questions Teachers Ask About Sensory Integration: Forms, Checklists, and Practical Tools. Future Horizons Koski, K., Martikainen, K., Burakoff, K., & Launonen, K. (2010). Staff members' understandings about communication with individuals who have multiple learning disabilities: A case of Finnish OIVA communication training. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 35(4), pp. 279 - 289 Koski, K. (2014). Indirect Speech and Language Therapy for Individuals with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities: An Ecological Perspective . The Finnish Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Koziol, L.F. & Ely Budding, D., & Chidekel, D. (2011). Sensory Integration, Sensory Processing, and Sensory Modulation Disorders: Putative Functional Neuroanatomic Underpinnings. Cerebellum , Volume 10. pp. 770 – 792 Kozma, A., Mansell, J., & Beadle-Brown, J. (2009). Outcomes in different residential settings for people with intellectual disability: a systematic review. American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 114(3), pp. 193 - 222 Kranowitz, C.S. (1998). The Out-of-Sync Child: Recognizing and Coping with Sensory Integration Dysfunction . New York: Perigee Kranowitz, C.S., Szklut, S., Balzer-Martin, L., Haber, E., & Sava, D.I. (2002). Answers to questions teachers ask about sensory integration. Las Vegas, NM: Sensory Resources. Kranowitz, C.S. (2003). The out-of-sync child has fun. New York: Berkley Publishing. Kranowitz, C.S. (2005). The Out of Sync Child: Recognizing and Coping with Sensory Processing Disorder . New York: Perigee. Krech, D., Rosenzweig, M.R., & Bennett, E.L . (1960). Effects of environmental complexity and training on brain chemistry. Journal of Comparative Physiological Psychology . Volume 53. pp. 509 - 519 Kršková, L., Talarovièová, A., & Olexová, L. (2010). Guinea pigs-The “small great” therapist for autistic children, or: Do guinea pigs have positive effects on autistic child social behavior? Society & Animals , Volume 18, pp. 139 – 151 Kuder, S.J., & Bryen, D.N. (1993). Conversational topics of staff members and institutionalized individuals with mental retardation. Mental Retardation , volume 31(3), pp. 148 - 153 Kuder, S.J. (2003). Teaching students with language and communication difficulties . Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon Kuhn, H.G., Palmer, T.D., & Fuchs, E. (2001). Adult neurogenesis: a compensatory mechanism for neuronal damage. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience , Volume 251(4), pp. 152 - 158 Kurtz, P.F., Boetler, E.W., Jarmolowicz, D.P., Chin, M.D., & Hagopian, L.P. (2011). An analysis of functional communication training as an empirically supported treatment for problem behaviors displayed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(6), pp. 2935 - 2942 Kyselo, M. (2014). The body social: an enactive approach to the self . Frontiers in Psychology , Volume 5, Article 986. pp. 1 - 16 Lacey, P. (1996). The inner life of children with profound and multiple learning difficulties. In - Varma, V. (ed), The Inner Life of Children with Special Needs . London: Whurr. Lacey, P. (1998). Meeting complex needs through multidisciplinary teamwork. In P. Lacey & C. Ouvry (Eds), People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities: A Collaborative Approach to Meeting Complex Needs. London: David Fulton Lacey, P., & Ouvry, C. (1998). People with Profound & Multiple Learning Disabilities: Collaborative Approach to Meeting Complex Needs. David Fulton Lacey, P., & Porter, J. (1998). Enabling Teachers: in-service education in learning difficulties and challenging behaviour, Journal of In-Service Education , Volume 24(3), pp. 475 - 491 Lacey, P. (2001). Music. In - Carpenter, B., Ashdown, R., & Bovair, K. (eds), Enabling Access: Effective Teaching and Learning for Pupils with Learning Difficulties . London: David Fulton. 2nd Edition Lacey, P. (2001b). The role of learning support assistants in the inclusive learning of pupils with severe and profound learning difficulties. Educational Review , Volume 53(2), pp. 157 - 167 Lacey, P. (2007). Start Where The Learner Is: Coaching For a Better Quality Of Life. PMLD Link , Volume 19(2), Issue 57, pp. 10 - 16 Lacey, P., Layton, L., Miller, C., Goldbart, J., & Lawson, H. (2007) ‘Literacy for children with severe learning difficulties: exploring conventional and inclusive literacy. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs . Volume 7(3), pp. 149 - 160 Lacey, P. (2009). Developing The Thinking of Learners With PMLD. PMLD Link . Volume 21(2), Issue 63, pp. 15 - 19 Lacey, P. (2010). SMART and SCRUFFY Targets, SLD Experience , Volume 57, pp. 16 - 21 Lacey, P. (2011). Listening to challenging behaviour. PMLD Link . Volume 23(1), Issue 68, pp. 7 - 9 Lacey, P. (2015). Developing The Thinking of Learners With PMLD. PMLD Link. Volume 27(2), Issue 81, pp. 43 - 47 Lacey, P. , Ashdown, R., Jones, P., Lawson, H., & Pipe, M. (Eds) (2015). The Routledge Companion to Severe, Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . Routledge Lachapelle, Y., Wehmeyer, M.L., Haelewyck, M.C., Courbois, Y., Keith, K.D., Schalock, R., & Walsh, P.N. (2005). The relationship between quality of life and self-determination: An international study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49, pp. 740 – 744. LaFay L. (1987). That smarts! Accident leaves man with unforgettable gift. Virgina Pilot . Volume 17, pp. 31 - 33 Lahtinen, U., Rintala, P., & Malin, A. (2007). Physical performance of individuals with intellectual disability: A 30-year follow-up. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 24, pp. 125 – 143 Lakin, K.C., Hill, B.K., Hauber, F.A., Bruininks, R.H. & Heal, L.W. (1983). New admissions and re-admissions to a national sample of public residental facilties. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 88, pp. 13 - 20 Lakin, K.C., & Stancliffe, R.J. (2007). Residential supports for persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews , Volume 13(2), pp. 151 - 159 Lakin, K.C., Doljanac, R., Byun, S.Y., Stancliffe, R.J., Taub, S., & Chiri, G. (2008). Factors associated with expenditures for Medicaid home and community based services (HCBS) and intermediate care facilities for persons with mental retardation (ICF/MR) services for persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 46(3), pp. 200 - 214 Lakin, K.C., Doljanac, R., Byun, S.Y., Stancliffe, R.J., Taub, S., & Chiri, G. (2008b). Choice-making among Medicaid HCBS and ICF/MR recipients in six states. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 113(5), pp. 325 - 342 Lalli, J.S., Browder, D.M., Mace, F.C., & Brown, D.K. (1993). Teacher use of descriptive analysis data to implement interventions to decrease students' problem behaviors. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , 26, pp. 227 - 238 Lambe, L. (1990). Leisure Resource training Pack for People with Profound and Multiple Disabilities . Mencap: London Lambe, L., & Hogg, J. (2000). Creative Arts and People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities: Education, Therapy and Leisure. Pavilion Publishing (Brighton) Ltd Lambrechts, G. Kuppens, S. & Maes, B. (2009). Staff variables associated with the challenging behaviour of clients with severe or profound intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53(7), pp. 620 – 632 Lamond, I.R . (2006). Two steps forward and One step back (Being a reflection on the impact of incorporating dance into the curriculum of Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties pupils at a Special School) . Unpublished Master's Thesis, Leeds Beckett University Lamonde, M. (2017). Sensory Processing: Techniques, Tactics & SPD Games To Help Your Child With Sensory Processing Disorder . Create Space Independent Publishing Platform Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly M.F., & Emerson E. (1996). A review of choice research with people with severe and profound developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 17(5), pp. 391 – 411 Lancioni, G.E., & O'Reilly, M.F. (1998). A review of research on physical exercise with people with severe and profound developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 19(6), pp. 477 - 492 Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly, M.F., Campodonico, F., & Mantini, M. (1998a). Task variation versus task repetition for people with profound developmental disabilities: An assessment of preferences. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 19, 189 – 199 Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly, M.F., Campodonico, F., & Mantini, M. (1998b). Mobility versus sedentariness in task arrangements for people with multiple disabilities: An assessment of preferences. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 19(6), pp. 465 – 475 Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly, M.F., Van Dijk, J., & Klaase, M. (1998). An environmental enrichment program to promote adaptive responding in two children with multiple disabilities. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy , Volume 27(3), pp. 130 - 134 Lancioni, G.E., O'Reilly, M.F., & Basili, G. (1999). Review of strategies for treating sleep problems in persons with severe or profound mental retardation or multiple handicaps. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 104(2), pp.170 - 186 Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly, M.F., & Mantini, M. (1999). Activity arrangements with or without mobility and performance of persons with multiple disabilities over long sessions. Irish Journal of Psychology , Volume 20(2), pp. 124 - 135 Lancioni, G.E., Dijkstra, A.W., & O’Reilly, M.F. (2000). Frequent versus nonfrequent verbal prompts delivered unobtrusively: Their impact on the task performance of adults with intellectual disability. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 35(4), pp. 428 - 433 Lancioni, G.E., Cuvo, A.J., & O'Reilly, M.F. (2002). Snoezelen: An overview of research with people with disabilities and dementia. Disability and Rehabilitation: An International, Multidisciplinary Journal , Volume 24(4), pp. 175 - 184 Lancioni, G.E., Abels, J., Wilms, E.H., Singh, N.N., O’Reilly, M.F., & Groeneweg, J. (2003). Microswitch responding and awareness of contingency in persons with profound multiple disabilities. Perceptual and Motor Skills , Volume 96(3), pp. 835 – 838 Lancioni, G.E., Singh, N.N., O'Reilly, M.F., Oliva,D., & Basili, G. (2005). An overview of research on increasing indices of happiness of people with severe/profound intellectual and multiple disabilities,” Disability and Rehabilitation, Volume 27(3), pp. 83 – 93 Lancioni, G.E., Singh, N.N., O’Reilly, M.F., Oliva, D., & Severini, L. (2005). Assessing a micro switch-based stimulation procedure for eye-blinking responses in a young woman with profound multiple disabilities. Perceptual and Motor Skills , Volume 101(1), pp. 212 - 216 Lancioni, G.E., O'Reilly, M.F., Singh, N.N., Sigafoos, J., Oliva, D., Campodonico, F., & Piazzolla, G. (2006). Promoting fluency of performance during morning dressing by two persons with multiple disabilities. Perceptual and Motor Skills , Volume 103, pp. 771 - 777 Lancioni, G.E., O'Reilly, M.F., Singh, N.N., Sigafoos, J., Oliva, D., Campodonico, F., & Groeneweg, J. (2007). Helping Three Persons with Multiple Disabilities Acquire Independent Dressing Through Assistive Technology. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness , Volume 101(12), pp. 768 - 773 Lancioni, G.E., Singh, N.N., O'Reilly, M.F., Sigafoos, J., Didden, R., Oliva, D., et al. (2007). Effects of microswitch-based programs on indices of happiness of students with multiple disabilities: A new research evaluation. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 112(3), pp. 167 - 176 Lancioni, G.E., Singh, N.N., O’Reilly, M.F., Sigafoos, J., D’Amico, F., Buonocunto, F., Navarro, J., Lanzilotti, C., Fiore, P., Megna, M., & Damiani, S. (2015). Assistive technology to help persons in a minimally conscious state develop responding and stimulation control: Performance assessment and social rating. NeuroRehabilitation , Volume 37(3), pp. 393 - 403 Land, G., Errington-Povalac, E., & Paul, S. (2001). The effects of therapeutic horseback riding on sitting posture in individuals with disabilities. Occupational Therapy in Care , Volume 14(1), pp. 1 - 12 Lange, K.W., Hauser, J., & Reissmann, A. (2015). Gluten-free and casein-free diets in the therapy of autism. Current Opinion in Clinical Nutrition & Metabolic Care , Volume 18(6), 572 - 575 Langer, E.J., & Rodin, J. (1976). The Effect of Choice and Enhanced Personal Responsibility for the Aged: A Field Experiment in an Institutional Setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology , Volume 34, pp.191 – 98 Langley, B., & Dubose, R.F. (1976). Functional Vision Screening for Severely Handicapped Children. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness . Volume 70(8), pp. 346 - 350 Larkey, S. (2007). Practical Sensory Programmes for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Special Needs . London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Larson, K.A. (1982). The Sensory History of developmentally Delayed Children With and Without Tactile Defensiveness. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 36, pp. 590 - 596 LaVigna, G.W., & Donellan, A.M. (1986). Alternatives to Punishment: Solving Behavior Problems with Non-Aversive Strategies . New York: Irvington Lawes, C., & Woodcock, J. (2000). Music therapy and people with severe learning disabilities who exhibit self injurious behaviour. In - Wigram T, Saperston B, & West R (Eds), The art and science of music therapy. A handbook . Harwood Academic Publishers, Netherlands Lawrence, M., & Wigram, T. (2005). Music therapy as a tool for assessing hand use and communicativeness in children with Rett Syndrome. Brain & Development, Volume 27, S95 - S96 L’Ecuyer, R. (1978). Le concept de soi [The self-concept] , Paris: Presses de l’Universite de France. Leaning, B., & Watson T. (2006). From the inside looking out – an Intensive Interaction group for people with profound and multiple learning disabilities, British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 34, pp.103 - 109 Leary, M.R. (2004). The curse of the self: Self-awareness, egotism, and the quality of human life . Oxford University Press. Lecavalier, L. (2006). Behavioral and emotional problems in young people with pervasive developmental disorders: Relative prevalence, effects of subject characteristics, and empirical classification. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 36(8), pp. 1101 – 1114 Lee, J., & McFerran, K. (2012). The improvement of non-verbal communication skills of five females with profound and multiple disabilities using song-choices in music therapy. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy , Volume 12(3), Retrieved from https://normt.uib.no/index.php/voices/article/viewArticle/644. Lee, S.H., Wehmeyer, M.L., Soukup, J.H., & Palmer, S.B. (2010). Impact of curriculum modifications on access to the general education curriculum for students with disabilities. Exceptional Children , Volume 76, pp. 213 – 233 Lee, V., & Das Gupta, P. (Eds.)(1995). Children’s cognitive and language development . The Open University. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers ISBN 0-631-19428-2 Legault, J.R. (1992) A study of the relationship of community living situation to independence and satisfaction on the lives of mentally retarded adults. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 36, pp. 129 - 141 Lehtonen, K. (1993). Music Therapy in Finland. In Maranto, C.D., (Ed.), Music Therapy: International Perspectives , Pipersville, Pennsylvania: Jeffrey Books.
Lemke, H. (1974). Self-abusive behavior in the mentally retarded. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 28, pp. 94 – 98 Lenggenhager, B., Tadi, T., Metzinger, T., & Blanke, O. (2007). Video ergo sum: Manipulating bodily self-consciousness. Science , Volume 317, pp. 1096 – 1099 Lerer, R.J. (1981). An open letter to an occupational therapist. Journal of Learning Disability , Volume 14, pp. 3 - 4 Lerman, D.C., & Iwata, B.A. (1993). Descriptive and experimental analyses of variables maintaining self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 26, pp. 293 - 319 Levinger, B. (1992). Nutrition, health, and learning . School nutrition and health network monograph series, Number 1 Lewis, A., & Norwich, B. (2000). Mapping a pedagogy for special educational needs . Exeter : School of Education, University of Exeter. Lewis, A., & Norwich, B. (2001). A critical review of systematic evidence concerning distinctive pedagogies for pupils with difficulties in learning. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs , Volume 1(1), pp. 1 - 13 Lewis, A. ( 2002 June). The development of children’s ideas about others’ difficulties in learning, British Journal of Special Education , Volume 29(2), pp. 59 - 65 Lewis, A. ( 2002 August). Accessing, through research interviews, the views of children with difficulties in learning. Support for Learning, Volume 17(3), pp. 111 - 116 Lewis, A., & Norwich, B. (eds)(2005). Special Teaching for Special Children . Berkshire: Open University Press. Lieberman, H.R. (2007). Hydration and cognition: a critical review and recommendations for future research. Journal of the American College of Nutrition , Volume 26(5), Supplement, pp. 555 - 561 Lieberman, H.R. (2012). Methods for assessing the effects of dehydration on cognitive function. Nutrition Reviews . Volume 70(2), Supplement. pp.143 - 146 Light, J., McNaughton, D., & Parnes, P. (1986). A protocol for the assessment of the communicative interaction skills of nonspeaking severely handicapped adults and their facilitators. Toronto: Hugh Macmillan Medical Centre Linderman, T.M., & Stewart, K.B. (1999). Sensory integrative based occupational therapy and functional outcomes in young children with pervasive developmental disorders: A single subject study. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 53, pp. 207 – 213 Lindsay, W.R., Pitcaithly, D., Geelen, N., Buntin, L., Broxholme, S., & Ashby, M. (1997). A comparison of the effects of four therapy procedures on concentration and responsiveness in people with profound learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41(3), pp. 201 - 207 Lindsay, W.R., Black, E., Broxholme, S., Pitcaithly, D., & Hornsby, N. (2001). Effects of four therapy procedures on communication in people with profound intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 14(2), pp. 110 - 119 Lindsey, J.P. (1996). The right to choose: Informed consent in the lives of adults with mental retardation and developmental disabilities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities . Volume 31, pp. 171 – 176 Little, T.D., Hawley, P.H., Henrich, C.C., & Marsland, K. (2002). Three views of the agentic self: A developmental synthesis. In E. L.Deci & R.M.Ryan(Eds.), Handbook of self-determination research (pp. 389 – 404). Rochester, NY: University of Rochester Press. Little, T.D., Snyder, C.R., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (2006). The agentic self: On the nature and origins of personal agency across the life span. In D. K. Mroczek & T. D. Little (Eds.), Handbook of personality development (pp. 61 – 80). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Liutsko, L.N. (2013). Proprioception as a basis for individual differences . Psychology in Russia: State of the Art . Volume 6(3), pp. 107 -119 Lloyd, P. (2007). Let's All Listen: Songs for Group Work in Settings that Include Students with Learning Difficulties and Autism . London: Jessica Kingsley. Logan, K.R., Jacobs, H.A., Gast, D.L., Murray, A.S., Daino, K. & Skala, C. (1998). The impact of typical peers on the perceived happiness of students with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 23(4), pp. 309 – 318 Logan, K.R., & Gast, D.L. (2001). Conducting preference assessments and reinforcer testing for individuals with profound multiple disabilities: Issues and procedures. Exceptionality , Volume 9(3), pp. 123 - 134 Logan, K.R., Jacobs, H.A., Gast, D.L., Smith, P.D., Daniel, J., & Rawls, J. (2001). Preferences and reinforcers for students with profound multiple disabilities: can we identify them? Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 13(2), pp. 97 - 122 Lohrmann-O'Rourke, S., & Browder, D.M. (1998). Empirically based methods to assess the preferences of individuals with severe disabilities. American Journal of Mental Retardation , Volume 103(2), pp. 146 - 161 Lohrmann-O'Rourke, S., & Yurman, B. (2001). Naturalistic assessment of and intervention for mouthing behaviors influenced by establishing operations. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions , Volume 3(1), pp. 19 - 27 Lomas, H., & Hallas, P. (1998). It’s a mystery: Accounts of an art therapy group for people with learning disabilities. In - M. Rees (Ed.) Drawing on difference: Art Therapy with people who have learning difficulties , pp. 31–58. London: Routledge. Longhorn, F. (1988). A Sensory Curriculum for Very Special People . Souvenir Press Longhorn, F. (2009). Parachute play from Flo Longhorn. Information Exchange , Volume 79, pp. 9 - 10 Longley, S., & Collins, G.J. (1994). The development of a non-verbal satisfaction measure for use with people who have severe or profound learning disabilities. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume XL(79), pp. 143 - 149 Longo, M., Schüür, F., Kammers, M.P.M., Tsakiris, M., & Haggard, P. (2008). What is embodiment? A psychometric approach. Cognition , Volume 107, pp. 978 – 998 Longo, M.R., Schüür, F., Kammers, M.P., Tsakiris, M., & Haggard, P. (2009). Self awareness and the body image. Acta Psychologica , Volume 132(2), pp. 166 – 172 Loots, G., & Malschaert, E. (1999). The use in Belgium of developmental movement according to the work of Veronica Sherborne: a developmental psychology view. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 14(3), pp. 221 - 230 Lovaas, I., Freitag, G., Gold, V.J., & Kassorla, I.C. (1965). Experimental studies in childhood schitzophrenia: analysis of self-destructive behavior. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology . Volume 2, pp. 67 - 84 Lovaas, I., Newsom, C., & Hickman, C. (1987). Self-stimulatory behavior and perceptual reinforcement, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 20 (1), pp. 45 - 68 Lovell, D.M., Jones, R.S.P., & Ephraim, G. (1998). The effect of Intensive Interaction on the sociability of a man with severe intellectual disabilities, International Journal of Practical Approaches to Disability . Volume 22(2/3), pp. 3 - 9 Lowe, K., De Paiva, S., & Felce, D. (1993). Effects of a community-based service on adaptive and maladaptive behaviours: A longitudinal study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, Volume 37, pp. 3 - 22. Lowe, K., Felce, D., & Orlowska, D. (1993). Evaluating services for people with challenging behaviour. In I. Fleming & B. Stenfert Kroese (Eds), People with Learning Disability and Severe Challenging Behaviour . Manchester: Manchester University Press. Lowe, K. Felce, D., & Blackman, D. (1995). People with learning disabilities and challenging behaviour: The characteristics of those referred and not referred to specialist teams. Psychological Medicine , Volume 25(03), pp. 595 – 603 Lowe, K., Allen, D., Jones, E., Brophy, S., Moore, K., & James, W. (2007). Challenging behaviours: prevalence and topographies. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 51(8), pp. 625 - 636 Lowe, K., Jones, E., Allen, D., Davies, D., James, W., Doyle, T., Andrew, J., Kaye, N., Jones, S., Brophy, S., & Moore K. (2007). Staff training in positive behaviour support: Impact on attitudes and knowledge. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 20(1), pp. 30 – 40 Luijkx, J., van der Putten, A.A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2017). A valuable burden? The impact of children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities on family life. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , pp. 1 - 6 Luiselli, J.K. (1992). Protective equipment. In J.K. Luiselli,J.L. Matson, N.N. Singh (Eds.), Self-Injurious behaviour: Analysis, assessment and Treatment. New York: Springer-Verlag Lundqvist, L. (2013). Prevalence and risk markers of behaviour problems among adults with intellectual disabilities: A total population study in Örebro County. Sweden. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 34(4), pp. 1346 – 1356 Lupien, S.J., McEwen, B.S., Gunnar, M.R., & Heim, C. (2009). Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the brain, behaviour and cognition. Nature Reviews Neuroscience , Volume 10, pp. 434 - 445 Lustig, R.H., Schmidt, L.A., & Brindis, C.D. (2012). The toxic truth about sugar . Nature . Volume 482. pp. 27 - 29 Lustig, R.H. (2013). Fat Chance: The Bitter Truth about Sugar . Hudson Street Press Lustig, R.H. (2013b). Fructose: It’s 'Alcohol Without the Buzz'. Advances in Nutrition . Volume 4. pp. 226 - 235 Lyons, G. (2003). Life satisfaction for children with profound and multiple disabilities . (Doctoral dissertation). Newcastle: University of Newcastle, Faculty of Education and Arts. Lyons, G. (2005). The Life Satisfaction Matrix: an instrument and procedure for assessing the subjective quality of life of individuals with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49(10), pp. 766 - 769 Lyons, G., & Cassebohm, M. (2012). The education of Australian school students with the most severe intellectual disabilities: where have we been and where could we go? a discussion primer, Australasian Journal of Special Education , Volume 34 (1). pp. 79 - 96 Maag, J.W., Wolchik, S.A., Rutherford, R.B., & Parks, B.T. (1986). Response covariation on self-stimulatory behaviors during sensory extinction procedures. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 16(2), pp. 119 - 132 Maber-Aleksandrowicz, S., Avent,C., & Hassiotis, A. (2016). A Systematic Review of Animal-Assisted Therapy on Psychosocial Outcomes in People with Intellectual Disability. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 49–50, pp. 322 – 338 Macauley, B.L., & Guiterrez, K.M. (2004). The effectiveness of hippotherapy for children with language-learning disabilities. Communication Disorders Quarterly , Volume 25(4), pp. 205 – 217 MacDonald, J. (1992). Dance? Of Course I can! Dance movement therapy for people with learning disabilities, in Payne, H. (Ed.), Dance Movement Therapy: Theory and Practice , London: Routledge, pp. 202 - 217 (First edition) MacDonald, R., O’Donnell, P., & Davies, J. (1999). An empirical investigation into the effects of structured music workshops for individuals with intellectuals disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities . Volume 12, pp. 225 – 240 MacFarland, S. (1995). Teaching strategies of the van Dijk curricular approach. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness , Volume 89, pp. 222 - 228 Mackie, R.T., McCulloch, D.L., Saunders, K.J., Ballantyne, J., Day, R.E., Bradnam, M.S., & Dutton, G.N. (1995). Comparison of visual assessment tests in multiply handicapped children. Eye , Volume 9(1), pp. 136 - 141 MacKinnon, J.R., Noh, S., Lariviere, J., MacPhail, A., Allan, D.E., & Labiberte, D. (1995a). A study of therapeutic effects of horseback riding for children with cerebral palsy. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics , Volume 15(1), pp. 17 - 34 MacKinnon, J.R., Noh, S., Lariviere, J., MacPhail, A., Allan, D.E., & Labiberte, D. (1995b). Therapeutic horse riding: A review of the literature. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics , Volume 15(1), pp. 1 - 15 MacPhail, A.H.E., Edwards, J., Golding, J., Miller, K., Mosier, C., & Zwiers, T. (1998). Trunk postural reactions in children with and without cerebral palsy during therapeutic horseback riding. Pediatric Physical Therapy , Volume 10, pp.143 – 147 Madge, N. & Fassam, M. (1982): Ask the children . London: Batsford Maes, B., Lambrechts, G., Hostyn, I., & Petry, K. (2007). Quality-enhancing interventions for people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: A review of the empirical research literature. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 32(3), pp. 163 – 178 Maestú, F., Arrazola, J., Fernández, A., Simos, P.G., Amo, C., Gil-Gregorio, P., Fernandez, S., Papanicolaou, A., & Ortiz, T. (2003). Do cognitive patterns of brain magnetic activity correlate with hippocampal atrophy in Alzheimer’s disease? The Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry . Volume 74. pp. 208 – 212 Magee, W., & Bowen, C. (2008). Using music in leisure to enhance social relationships with patients with complex disabilities. NeuroRehabilitation , Volume 23(4), pp. 305 - 311 Mageshwari, U.S., & Minitha, S.J. (2006). Impact of dietary exclusion of casein and gluten on selected autistic children. Indian Journal of Nutrition and Dietetics , Volume 43, pp. 183 – 191 Maglieri, K.A., DeLeon, I.G., Rodriguez-Catter, V., & Sevin, B.M. (2000). Treatment of covert food stealing in an individual with Prader-Willi syndrome. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 33(4), pp. 615 - 618 Magne Tellevik, J., & Elmerskog, B. (2009). Activity-based intervention for multiple-disabled visually impaired people. The British Journal of Visual Impairment , Volume 27(3), pp. 204 - 220 Maguire, E.A., Frackowiak, R.S.J., & Frith, C.D. (1997). Recalling routes around London: activation of the right hippocampus in taxi drivers. Journal of Neuroscience , Volume 17, pp. 7103 – 7110 Maguire, E.A., Burgess, N., Donnett, J.G., Frackowiak, R.S.J., Frith, C.D., & O’Keefe, J. (1998). Knowing where and getting there: a human navigation network. Science , Volume 280. pp. 921 – 924 Maguire, E.A., Gadian, D.G., Johnsrude, I.S., Good, C.D., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R.S.J., & Frith, C.D. (2000). Navigation-related structural change in the hippocampi of taxi drivers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America , Volume 97(8), pp. 4398 – 4403 Maguire, E.A., Spiers, H.J., Good, C.D., Hartley, T., Frackowiak,R.S.J., & Burgess, N. (2003). Navigation Expertise and the Human Hippocampus: A Structural Brain Imaging Analysis . Hippocampus . Volume 13. pp. 208 – 217 Maguire, E.A., Woollett, K., & Spiers, H.J. (2006). London taxi drivers and bus drivers: a structural MRI and neuropsychological analysis. Hippocampus . Volume 16(12). pp. 1091 - 1101 Maier, S.F., & Seligman, M. (1976). Learned helplessness: Theory and evidence. Journal of Experimental Psychology , Volume 105, pp. 3 - 46 Maisto, C.R., Baumeister, A.A., & Maisto, A.A. (1978). An analysis of variable related to self-injurious behavior among institutionalised retarded persons. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research . Volume 22, pp. 27 - 36 Mailloux, Z. (1992). Tactile Defensiveness: Some People are More Sensitive. Sensory Integration Quarterly , Vol 20(3), pp. 10 - 11 Mailloux, Z., Mulligan, S., Smith Roley, S., Blanche, E., Cermak, S., Geppert Coleman, G., Bodison, S., & Lane, C.J. (2011). Verification and Clarification of Patterns of Sensory Integrative Dysfunction, American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 65, pp. 143 - 151 Manly, T., Dobler, V.B., Dodds, C.M., & George, M.A. (2005). Rightward shift in spatial awareness with declining alertness. Neuropsychologia , Volume 43(12), pp. 1721 - 1728 Mans, L., Cicchetti, D., & Sroufe, L.A. (1978). Mirror reactions of Down syndrome infants and toddlers: Cognitive underpinnings of self-recognition. Child Development , Volume 49, pp. 1247 - 1250 Mansell, J., Felce, D., de Kock, U., & Jenkins, J. (1982). Increasing purposeful activity of severely and profoundly mentally- handicapped adults. Behaviour Research and Therapy , Volume 20, 593 - 604 Mansell, J. (1984). The operation of regional special support services for people with mental handicap and behavioural problems . Croydon: South East Thames Regional Health Authority. Mansell, J., Jenkins, J., Felce, D., & de Kock, U. (1984). Measuring the activity of severely and profoundly mentally handicapped adults in ordinary housing. Behaviour Research and Therapy , Volume 22(1), pp. 23 - 29 Mansell, J. (1985). Special services for people with severe mental handicap and severe behaviour problems. Croydon: South East Thames Regional Health Authority Mansell, J., Felce, D., Jenkins, J., de Kock, U., & Toogood, A. (1987). Developing staffed housing for people with mental handicaps . Tunbridge Wells: Costello. Mansell, J., & Beasley, F. (1990). Severe mental handicap and problem behaviour: Evaluating transfer from institutions to community care. In W. Fraser (Ed.), Key Issues in Mental Retardation Research . Routledge, London, pp. pp. 405 - 414 Mansell, J. (1994) Specialized group homes for persons with severe or profound mental retardation and serious problem behaviour in England. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 15, pp. 371 - 388 Mansell, J., Hughes, H., & McGill, P. (1994) Maintaining local residential placements. In E. Emerson, P. McGill, & J. Mansell (Eds.), Severe Learning Disabilities and Challenging Behaviour: Designing High-Quality Services (pp. 260 - 281). London: Chapman and Hall. Mansell, J. (1995). Staffing and staff performance in services for people with severe or profound learning disability and serious challenging behaviour. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 39, pp. 3 - 14 Mansell, J., & Elliott, T. (2001). Staff members' prediction of consequences for their work in residential settings. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 106(5), pp. 434 - 447 Mansell, J., McGill, P., & Emerson, E. (2001). Development and evaluation of innovative residential services for people with severe intellectual disability and serious challenging behaviour. In L.M. Glidden (Ed.), International Review of Research in Mental Retardation (pp.245-298). San Diego, CA: Academic Press. Mansell, J., Elliott, T., Beadle-Brown, J., Ashman, B., & Macdonald, S. (2002). Engagement in meaningful activity and ‘active support’ of people with intellectual disabilities in residential care. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 23(5), pp. 342 – 352 Mansell, J., Beadle-Brown, J., Macdonald, S., & Ashman, B. (2003). Resident involvement in activity in small community homes for people with learning disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 16(1), pp. 63 - 74 Mansell, J., & Beadle ‐ Brown, J. (2004). Person ‐ centred planning or person ‐ centred action? Policy and practice in intellectual disability services. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 17(1), pp. 1 - 9 Mansell, J. (2010). Raising our Sights. How-to-Guide . What people do in the day . Mencap Marcason, W. (2009). What is the current status of research concerning use of a gluten-free, casein-free diet for children diagnosed with autism? Journal of the American Dietetic Association , Volume 109(3), pp. 572 March, J. (1990). The use of peer students to facilitate Words Strategy training. 11th Southeast Annual Augmentative Communication Conference Proceedings , pp. 94 - 98, Birmingham, Alabama: SEAC Margetts, L. (2010). ‘Hansel and Gretel’. Meaning and relevance in a therapeutic journey: An exploration of the relevance of fairy tales to work with older learning disabled clients who have been institutionalised. British Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 24, pp. 12 – 21 Marí-Bauset, S., Zazpe, I., Mari-Sanchis, A., Llopis-González, A., & Morales-Suárez-Varela, M. (2014). Evidence of the gluten-free and casein-free diet in autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review. Journal of Child Neurology , Volume 29(12), pp. 1718 - 1727 Markowitsch, H.J., & Staniloiu, A. (2011). Memory, autonoetic consciousness, and the self, Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 20(1), pp. 16 - 39 Marsh, H.W. (1994). Using the National Longitudinal Study of 1988 to evaluate theoretical models of self-concept: The Self-Description Questionnaire. Journal of Educational Psychology , Volume 86(3), pp. 439 - 456 Martell, K.A. (2012). Increasing Positive Interactions Between Staff and Individuals with Disabilities: The Impact of Training on Acquisition and Maintenance. Dissertations . 660. Martin, F., & Farnum, J. (2002). Animal assisted therapy for children with pervasive developmental disorders. Western Journal of Nursing Research , Volume 24, pp. 657 – 670 Martin, J.E., Marshall, L., Maxson, L.L., & Jerman, P. (1993). Self-Directed IEP . Longmont, CO: Sopris West. Martin, J.E., Van Dycke, J.L., Christensen, W.R., Greene, B.A., Gardner, J.E., & Lovett, D.L. (2006). Increasing student participation in IEP meetings: Establishing the self-directed IEP as an evidenced-based practice. Exceptional Children , Volume 72, pp. 299 – 316 Martin, P.L., & Foxx, R.M. (1973). Victim control of the aggression of an institutionalized retardate. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry , Volume 4, pp. 161 - 165 Martin, T.L., Martin, G.L., Spevack, S., Verbeke, A., & Yu, D.C.T. (2002). Does choice, independent of preference, improve behavior for persons with developmental disabilities? A review. Developmental Disabilities Bulletin , Volume 30, pp. 1 – 15 Martorell, A., Gutierrez-Recacha, P., Pereda, A., & Ayuso-Mateos, J.L. (2008). Identification of personal factors that determine work outcome for adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 52, pp. 1091 – 1101 Masento, N.A., Golightly, M., Field, D.T., Butler, L.T., & van Reekum, C.M. (2014). Effects of hydration status on cognitive performance and mood. British Journal of Nutrition . Volume 111. pp. 1841 - 1852 Mason, C., Field, S., & Sawilowsky, S. (2004). Implementation of self-determination activities and student participation in IEPs. Exceptional Children , Volume 70, pp. 441 – 451 Mason, S.A., & Iwata, B.A. (1990). Artifactual effects of sensory-integrative therapy on self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 361 – 370 Matson, J.L., Smiroldo, B.B., Hamilton, M., & Baglio, C.S. (1997). Do anxiety disorders exist in persons with severe and profound mental retardation? Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 18(1), pp. 39 - 44 Matson, J.L., Bielecki, J., Mayville, E.A., Smalls, Y., Bamburg, J.W., & Baglio, C.S. (1999). The Development of a Reinforcer Choice Assessment Scale for Persons with Severe and Profound Mental Retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities, Volume 20(5). pp. 379 – 384 Matson, J.L., Bamburg, J.W., & Smalls, Y. (2004). An analysis of Snoezelen equipment to reinforce persons with severe or profound mental retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 25(1), pp. 89 - 95 Matson, J.L., & Boisjoli, J.A. (2007). Multiple versus maintaining factors of challenging behaviours as assessed by the QABF for adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 32, pp. 39 – 44 Matson, J.L., Neal, D., Hess, J.A., & Kozlowski, A.M. (2011). Assessment of toileting difficulties in adults with intellectual disabilities: An examination using the profile of toileting issues (POTI). Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(1), pp. 176 - 179 Matthews, T., Weston, N., Baxter, H., Felce, D., & Kerr, M. (2008). A general practice-based prevalence study of epilepsy among adults with intellectual disabilities and of its association with psychiatric disorder, behaviour disturbance and carer stress. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 52, pp. 163 – 173 Mauer, D.A. (1999). Issues and Applications of Sensory Integration Theory and Treatment With Children With Language Disorders. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools . Volume 30, pp. 383 - 392 Maurice, P., & Trudel, G. (1982). Self-injurious behavior: prevalence and relationship to environmental events. In J.H. Hollis & C.E. Meyers, (Eds.), Life-Threatening Behavior: Analysis and Intervention . Washington, D.C.: American Association on Mental Deficiency. May-Benson, T. (2011). Understanding the Occupational Therapy Needs of Adults With Sensory Processing Disorder. OT practice , Volume 16(10), pp.13 - 14,16 - 18 McAfee,J.K. (1987). Classroom density and the aggressive behavior of handicapped children. Education and Treatment of Children, Volume 10, pp. 134 - 145 McBride, K. (2003). Identifying Person Preference in Individuals With a Profound Learning Disability and High Support Needs . University of Hull McBride, S.D., Perentos, N., & Morton, A.J. (2015). Understanding the concept of a reflective surface: Can sheep improve navigational ability through the use of a mirror? Animal Cognition , Volume 18, pp. 361 – 371 McBrien, J., & Weightman, J. (1980). The effect of room management procedures on engagement of profoundly handicapped children. British Journal of Mental Subnormality , Volume 26, pp. 38 - 53 McCall, R.B. (1972). Smiling and vocalization in infants as indices of perceptual-cognitive processes. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly , Volume 18, pp. 341 - 347 McCarty, B.C., McElfresh, C.T., Rice, S.V., & Wilson, S.J. (1978). The effect of contingent background music on inappropriate bus behaviour. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 15(3), pp. 150 - 156 McClelland, J.L. (1996). Role of the Hippocampus In Learning and Memory: A Computational Analysis. In - Ono, T., McNaughton, B.L., Molotchnikoff, S., Rolls, E.T., & Nichijo, H. (Eds. ), Perception, Memory, and Emotion. pp . 601- 613. Frontier in Neuroscience. Oxford: Elsevier Science, Ltd. McClintock, K., Hall, S., & Oliver, C. (2003). Risk markers associated with challenging behaviours in people with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analytic study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 47(6), pp. 405 - 416 McConkey, R., Morris, I., & Purcell, M. (1999). Communications between staff and adults with intellectual disabilities in naturally occurring settings. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 43(3), pp. 194 - 205 McConkey, R., & Collins, S. (2010a). Using personal goal setting to promote the social inclusion of people with intellectual disability living in supported accommodation. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 54(2), pp. 135 - 143 McConkey, R., & Collins, S. (2010b). The role of support staff in promoting the social inclusion of persons with an intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 54(8), pp. 691 - 700 McCool, C., Barrett, S., Emerson, E., Toogood, A., Hughes, H., & Cummings, R. (1989). Challenging behaviour and community services. 5. Structuring staff and client activity. Mental Handicap , Volume 17, pp. 60 - 64 McDonnell, A., & Sturmey, P. (1993). Managing violent and aggressive behaviour: towards better practice. In S. Jones & C. Eayres (Eds), Challenging Behaviour and Intellectual Disability: psychological perspectives . Kidderminster: BILD McEwen, B.S. (2012). Brain on stress: How the social environment gets under the skin. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences . Volume 109(2). pp. 17180 – 17185 McEwen, I.R. (1992). Assistive positioning as a control parameter of social-communicative interactions between students with profound multiple disabilities and classroom staff. Physical Therapy , Volume 72(9), pp. 634 - 644 McFerran, K., & Rickson, D. (2007). Music therapy in special education: Where are we now? The New Zealand Journal of Education , Volume 8(1), pp. 40 - 47 McFerran, K., & Shanahan, E. (2011). Music therapy practice in special education and children's hospice: A systematic comparison of two music therapists' strategies with three pre-adolescent boys. Music Therapy Perspectives , Volume 29(2), pp. 103 - 111 McFerran, K., & Elefant, C. (2012). A Fresh Look at Music Therapy in Special Education. In - G. McPherson & G. Velch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Education , Vol. 2, pp. 51 - 64. Oxford: Oxford University Press. McFerran, K., & Shoemark, H. (2013). How musical engagement promotes well-being in education contexts: The case of a young man with profound and multiple disabilities. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health & Well-Being , Volume 8, pp. 1 - 14 McGill, P., Emerson, E., & Mansell, J. (1994). Individually designed residential provision for people with seriously challenging behaviours. In E. Emerson, P. McGill, & J. Mansell (Eds.), Severe Learning Disabilities and Challenging Behaviour: Designing High-Quality Services . London: Chapman and Hall. McGill, P., & Mansell, P. (1995). Community placements for people with severe and profound learning disabilities and serious challenging behaviour: Individual illustrations of issues and problems. Journal of Mental Health , Volume 4, pp. 183 - 198. McGill, P., Bradshaw, J., & Hughes, A. (2007). Impact of extended education/training in positive behaviour support on staff knowledge, causal attributions and emotional responses. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 20(1), pp. 41 – 51 McGimsey, J.F., & Favell, J.E. (1988). The effects of increased physical exercise on disruptive behavior in retarded persons. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 18, pp. 167 - 179 McGuire, B.E. Daly, P., & Smyth, F. (2007). Lifestyle and health behaviours of adults with an intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 51(7). pp. 497 - 510 McGuire, J., & McDonnell, J. (2008). Relationships between recreation and levels of self-determination for adolescents and young adults with disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 31, pp. 154 – 163 McIntyre, L.L. Blacher, J., & Baker, B.L. (2002). Behaviour/mental health problems in young adults with intellectual disability: The impact on families. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 46, pp. 239 – 249 McIntyre, L.L., Kraemer, B.R., & Blacher, J. Simmerman., S. (2004). Quality of life for young adults with severe intellectual disability: Mothers' thoughts and reflections. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 29, pp. 131 - 146 McKendrick, O. (1991). Assessment of Multi-handicapped Visually Impaired Children . Royal National Institute for the Blind. McKenzie, K. (2011). Providing services in the United Kingdom to people with an intellectual disability who present behaviour which challenges: A review of the literature. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(2). pp. 395 - 403 McKnight, T.J., & Kearney, C.A . (2001). Staff Training Regarding Choice Availability for Persons with Mental Retardation: A Preliminary Analysis. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 13(1), pp. 1 - 10 McLarty, M. (1991). Learning through real experience. Deafblind Education , Volume 7, pp. 10 - 13 McLean, J. E., McLean, L. K., Brady, N. C., & Etter, R. (1991). Communication profiles of two types of gesture using nonverbal persons with severe to profound mental retardation. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research , Volume 34(2), pp. 294 - 308 McLinden, M.. & McCall, S. (2002). Learning through Touch. Supporting Children with Visual Impairment and Additional Difficulties . London: David Fulton. McNairn, P. (1995). Freedom and success. 3rd Annual Pittsburgh Employment Conference Proceedings . pp. 73 - 77 McNaughton, D., & Light, J. (1989). Teaching facilitators to support the communication skills of an adult with severe cognitive disabilities: A case study. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 5(1), pp. 35 - 41 McNicholas, J., Collis, G.M., & Morley, I.E. (1993). Psychological and physical effects of enforced pet loss on older people entering residential care. Journal of Companion Animal Studies . Volume 5(4) McNicholas, J., Gilbey, A., Rennie, A., Ahmedzai, S., Dono, J., & Ormerod, E. (2005). Pet ownership and human health: a brief review of evidence and issues. British Medical Journal , Volume 7527, pp. 1252 - 1254 McNicholas. J., & Collis, G.M. (2006). Animals as social supports: insights for understanding animal assisted therapy. In - Fine, A. (ed.), Handbook on Animal-Assisted Therapy . Elsevier, San Diego:pp. 49 - 71 McVilly, K.R., Burton-Smith, R.M., & Davidson, J.A. (2000). Concurrence between subject and proxy ratings of quality of life for people with and without intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability , Volume 25(1), pp. 19 - 39 Meador, D.M., & Osborn, R.G. (1992). Prevalence of severe behavior disorders in persons with mental retardation and treatment procedures used in community and institutional settings. Behavioral Residentiall Treatment . Volume 4, pp. 299 - 314 Medeiros, K., Rojahn, J., Moore, L.L., & Ingen, D.J. (2014). Functional properties of behaviour problems depending on level of intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(2), pp. 151 - 161 Mednick, M. (2002). Supporting children with multiple disabilities . Birmingham: Questions Publishing. Mehigan, P. (2004). Teaching contingency awareness in the classroom to pupils with very profound general learning disabilities , Unpublished Master's Thesis, St. Patrick's College, Dublin City University. Mehigan, P. & Ware, J. (2004). Teaching Contingency-Awareness in the Classroom, Presentation at IASSID 12th World Congress , Montpellier, France. Mehler, M.F. (2000). Brain dystrophin, neurogenetics and mental retardation. Brain Research Reviews , Volume 32(1), pp. 277 - 307 Mehrabian, A., & Ferris, S.R. (1967). Inference of attitudes from nonverbal communication in two channels. The Journal of Counselling Psychology . Volume 31(3), pp. 248 - 252 Mellstrom, B.P., Saunders, M.D., Saunders, R.R., & Olswang, L.B. (2005). Interaction of behavioural state and microswitch use in individuals with profound multiple impairments. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 17(1), pp. 35 – 53 Melville, C.A., Hamilton, S., Hankey, C.R., Miller, S., & Boyle, S. (2007). The prevalence and determinants of obesity in adults with intellectual disabilities. Obesity Reviews , Volume 8(3), 223 - 230 Melville, C.A., Cooper, S.A., Morrison, J., Allan, L., Smiley, E., & Williamson, A. (2008). The prevalence and determinants of obesity in adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 21(5), pp. 425 - 437 Melville, C.A., Oppewal, A., Elinder, L.S., Freiberger, E., Guerra-Balic, M., Hilgenkamp, T.I., Einarsson, I., Izquierdo-Gómez, R., Sansano-Nadal, O., Rintala, P., & Cuesta-Vargas, A. (2017). Definitions, measurement and prevalence of sedentary behaviour in adults with intellectual disabilities - A systematic review. Preventive Medicine . Volume 97. pp. 62 - 71 Melville, H. (1853). Bartleby, The Scrivener: A Story Of Wall-street. Putnam's Monthly Magazine , two parts in November and December 1853 Mencap (2008). About Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities , Mencap Publications Mercer, C.D., & Snell, M.E. (1977). Learning theory research in mental retardation: Implications for teaching . Columbus, OH: Merrill. Mercieca, D.P. (2012). Living Otherwise: Students with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities as Agents in Educational Contexts . Sense Publishers Merino, J., Kones, R., Ferré, R., Plana, N., Girona, J., Aragonés, G., Ibarretxe, D., Heras, M., & Masana, L. (2013). Negative effect of a low-carbohydrate, high-protein, high-fat diet on small peripheral artery reactivity in patients with increased cardiovascular risk. British Journal of Nutrition . Volume 109(7). pp. 1241 - 1247 Messent, P.R., Cooke, C.B., & Long, J. (1998). Physical activity, exercise and health of adults with mild and moderate learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 26(1), pp. 17 – 22 Messent, P.R., Cooke, C.B., & Long, J. (1999). Primary and secondary barriers to physically active healthy lifestyles for adults with learning disabilities. Disability and Rehabilitation , Volume 21(9), pp. 409 - 419 Metell, M. (2014). Dis/Abling musicking: Reflections on a disability studies perspective in music therapy. Voices: A World Forum for Music Therapy , Volume 14(3). Milgram, N. (1973). Cognition and language in mental retardates: Distinctions and implications In - The experimental psychology of mental retardation , Routh, D. (Ed.), pp. 157 - 230, London: Crosby Lockwood Staples (1974) Miller, K. (2008) Wired: Energy drinks, jock identity, masculine norms, and risk-taking. Journal American College Health , Volume 56(5), pp. 481 - 490 Miller, L.J. (2007). Sensational Kids: Hope and Help for Children with Sensory Processing Disorder . New York: Perigee. Miller, L.K. (1999). The savant syndrome: intellectual impairment and exceptional skill. Psychological Bulletin , volume 125(1), pp. 31 - 46 Miller, S., & Aitken, S. (2003). Personal Communication Passports, Guidelines for Good Practice . Call Centre, Scotland Millward, C., Ferriter, M., Calver, S.J., & Connell ‐ Jones, G.G. (2008). Gluten ‐ and casein ‐ free diets for autistic spectrum disorder . The Cochrane Library. Ming Lee Yeh, A. (2008). Canine AAT model for autistic children . Tokyo Japan: At Taiwan International Association of Human-Animal Interaction International Conference. Mirenda, P. (1993a). AAC: Bonding the uncertain mosaic. AAC , Volume 9(1), pp. 3 - 9 Mirenda, P. (1993b). Communication approaches for persons with severe intellectual disabilities. 14th Southeast Annual Augmentative Communication Conference Proceedings , pp. 67 - 83, Birmingham, Alabama: SEAC Misso, N. (2001). Guide to orientation and mobility for young children with vision impairments. RNIB Mitchell, J., & van der Gaag, A. (2002). Through the eye of the Cyclops: Evaluating a multi-sensory intervention programme for people with complex disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 30(4), pp. 159 – 165 Mitchell, R.W. (2002). Subjectivity and self-recognition in animals, in M.R. Leary & J.P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of Self and Identity . pp. 567 - 595. New York: Guilford Press. Mitchell, S.W. (1871). Phantom limbs, Lippincott’s Magazine of Popular Literature and Science . Volume 8, pp. 563 – 569 Mithaug, D.E., & Hanawalt, D.A. (1978). The validation of procedures to assess prevocational task preferences in retarded adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 11, pp. 153 - 162 Mithaug, D.E., & Mar, D. (1980). The relation between choosing and working prevocational tasks in two severely retarded young adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 13, pp. 177 – 182 Mithaug, D.E., Campeau, P.L., & Wolman, J.M. (2003). Assessing self-determination prospects among students with and without disabilities. In D.E. Mithaug, D.K. Mithaug, M. Agran, J.E. Martin, & M.L. Wehmeyer (Eds.), Self determined learning theory: Construction, verification, and evaluation (pp. 61 – 76). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Mithaug, D.K., & Mithaug, D.E. (2003). The effects of choice opportunities and self-regulation training on the self-engagement and learning of young children with disabilities, in: Self-Determined Learning Theory: Construction, Verification, and Evaluation , D.E. Mithaug, D.K. Mithaug, M. Agran, J.E. Martin, and M. Wehmeyer, eds pp. 141–157. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc, Publishers Moffat V. (1996). Life Without Jargon: How to Help People with Learning Difficulties Understand What You Are Saying . Choice Press Montello, L., & Coons, E.E. (1999). Effects of active versus passive group music therapy on pre-adolescents with emotional, learning, and behavioral disorders. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 35(1), pp. 49 - 67 Montgomery, P., & Richer, E. (1977). Effect of sensory integrative therapy on the neuromotor development of retarded children. Physical Therapy , Volume 57, pp. 799 - 807 Morin, A., & DeBlois, S. (1989). Gallup's mirrors: more than an operationalization of self-awareness in primates? Psychological Reports , Volume 65, pp. 287 - 291 Morin, A., & Everett, J. (1990). Inner speech as a mediator of self-awareness, self-consciousness, and self-knowledge: an hypothesis, New Ideas in Psychology , Volume 8(3), pp. 337 - 356 Morin, A. (2002). Right hemispheric self-awareness: A critical assessment. Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 11, pp. 396 – 401 Morin, A. (2003). Let’s face it. A review of Keenan, Gallup, & Falk’s book ‘‘The Face in the Mirror”. Evolutionary Psychology , Volume 1, pp. 161 – 171 Morin, A. (2004). A neurocognitive and socioecological model of self-awareness. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs , Volume 130, pp. 197 – 222 Morin, A. (2005). Possible links between self-awareness and inner speech: Theoretical background, underlying mechanisms, and empirical evidence. Journal of Consciousness Studies , Volume 12(4-5), pp.115 - 134 Morin, A. (2006). Levels of consciousness and self-awareness: A comparison and integration of various views . Consciousness and Cognition . Volume 15, pp. 358 – 371 Morin, A. (2007). Self-awareness and the left hemisphere: The dark side of selectively reviewing the literature (Commentary on Keenan et al., Cortex, 2005). Cortex , Volume 8, pp. 1068 – 1073 Morin, A., & Michaud, J. (2007). Self-awareness and the left inferior frontal gyrus: Inner speech use during in self-related processing. Brain Research Bulletin , Volume 74(6), pp. 387 – 396 Morin, A. (2009). Self-awareness deficits following loss of inner speech: Dr. Jill Bolte Taylor's case study. Consciousness and Cognition . Volume 18(2), pp. 524 - 529 Morin, A. (2010). Self-recognition, Theory-of-Mind, and self-awareness: what side are you on? Laterality , Volume 16(3), pp. 367 - 383 Morin, A. (2011). Self ‐ Awareness Part 1: Definition, Measures, Effects, Functions, and Antecedents. Social and Personality Psychology Compass . Volume 5(10). pp. 807 – 823 Morin, A., Uttl, B., & Hamper, B. (2011). Self-reported frequency, content, and functions of inner speech, Procedia-Social and Behavioral Journal , Volume 30, pp. 1714 - 1718 Morin, A. (2012). Inner speech, in W. Hirstein (ed), E ncyclopedia of human behavior (2nd edition), pp. 436 - 443, Elsevier. Morin, A. (2017). The self-reflective function of inner speech: Twelve years later . ResearchGate.Net Morley, R. & Lucas, A. (1997). Nutrition and cognitive development. British Medical Bulletin . Volume 53(1). pp.123 - 134 Morningstar, M., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (2008). The role of families in enhancing transition outcomes for youth with learning disabilities. In G. Blalock, J. Patton, P. Kohler, & D. Bassett (Eds.), Transition and students with learning disabilities: Facilitating the movement from school to adult life (2nd ed., pp. 79 – 104). Austin, TX: ProEd Publishers. Morris, R. & Fillenz, M. (eds) (2003). Neuroscience: the Science of the Brain . The British Neuroscience Association Morrison, M.L. (2007). Health benefits of animal assisted interventions. Complementary Health Practice Review . Volume 12(1). pp. 51 - 62 Mortenson, B.P., & Witt, J.C. (1998). The use of weekly performance feedback to increase teacher implementation of prereferral intervention. School Psychology Review , Volume 27(4), pp. 613 - 627 Moss, C.V. (1972). Recovery with Aphasia . Illinois: University of Illinois Press. Moss, J., Oliver, C., Hall, S., Arron, K., Sloneem, J., & Petty, J. (2005). The association between environmental events and self-injurious behaviour in Cornelia de Lange syndrome. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49, pp. 269 – 277 Mottron, L., Belleville, S., Stip,E., & Morasse, K. (1998). Atypical memory performance in an autistic savant. Memory , Volume 6(6), pp. 593 - 607 Mount, H., & Cavet, J. (1995). Multi ‐ sensory environments: an exploration of their potential for young people with profound and multiple learning difficulties. British Journal of Special Education , Volume 22(2), pp. 52 - 55 Mulford, H. (2001). A review of the curriculum for pupils with profound and multiple learning disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(2), pp. 30 - 31 Mulick, J.A., Hoyt, P., Rojahn, J., & Schroeder, S.R. (1978). Reduction of a “nervous habit” in a profoundly retarded youth by increasing toy play. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry , Volume 9, pp. 381 – 385 Mulligan, S. (1998). Patterns of sensory integration dysfunction: A confirmatory factor analyses. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 52, pp. 819 – 828. Mulligan, S. (2002). Advances in sensory integration research. In A.C. Bundy, S. Lane, & E.A. Murray, (Eds.). Sensory integration: Theory and practice (2nd ed., pp. 397 – 411). Philadelphia: F. A. Davis. Mulloy, A., Lang, R., O’Reilly, M., Sigafoos, J., Lancioni, G., & Rispoli, M. (2010). Gluten-free and casein-free diets in the treatment of autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders , Volume 4(3), pp. 328 – 339 Mulloy, A., Lang, R., O’Reilly, M., Sigafoos, J., Lancioni, G., & Rispoli, M. (2011). Addendum to “gluten-free and casein-free diets in treatment of autism spectrum disorders: A systematic review”. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders , Volume 5(1), pp. 86 - 88 Munde, V.S., & Vlaskamp, C. (2010). Alertness observations in children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. International Journal of Child Health and Human Development , Volume 3(1), pp. 115 - 124 Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Ruijssenaars, A.J.J.M., & Nakken, H. (2009a). Alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: A literature review. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30(3), pp. 462 - 480 Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Ruijssenaars, A.J.J.M., & Nakken, H. (2009b). Experts discussing “alertness in individuals with PIMD”: A Concept Mapping procedure. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 21(4), pp. 263 - 277 Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Ruijssenaars, A., Maes, B., & Nakken, H. (2010). Alertness and Snoezelen in individuals with PIMD. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities . Vol. 23(5), pp. 499 Munde, V.S. (2011). Attention please!. Alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities . Doctoral dissertation. Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, Groningen. Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Ruijssenaars, A.J.J.M., & Nakken, H. (2011). Determining alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: The reliability of an observation list. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 46(1), pp. 116 - 123 Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Post, W.J., Ruijssenaars, A.J.J.M., Maes, B., & Na kken, H. (2012). Observing and influencing alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities in multisensory environments. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology , Volume 11(1), pp. 5 - 19 Munde, V.S, Vlaskamp, C., Vos, P., Maes, B., & Ruijssenaars, W. (2012). Physiological measurements as validation of alertness observations: An exploratory case study of three individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities , Volume 50(4), pp. 300 - 310 Munde, V.S., Vlaskamp, C., Maes, B., & Ruijssenaars, A.J.J.M. (2014). Catch the wave! Time ‐ window sequential analysis of alertness stimulation in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Child: Care, Health and Development , Volume 40(1), pp. 95 - 105 Munde, V.S, & Vlaskamp, C. (2015). Initiation of activities and alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 59(3), pp. 284 - 292 Munde, V.S., & Vlaskamp, C. (2015b). Vestibular stimulation and alertness in individuals with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. European Journal of Intellectual Disability . Volume 9 Murdoch, H. (1994). "He can hear when he wants to!" Assessment of Hearing Function for People with Learning Difficulties'. Volume 22. pp. 85 - 89 Murdoch, H. (1997). Stereotyped behaviours: how should we think about them? British Journal of Special Education , Volume 24(2), pp. 71 - 75 Murdoch, H., McMinn, R., Gopsill, S., McLinden, A., & Smith, G. (2009): A curriculum for multi-sensory impaired children , MSI Unit Victoria School Birmingham, Sense Publications Murphy, G.H., & Oliver, C. (1987). Decreasing undesirable behaviours. In W. Yule and J. Carr (Eds.), Behaviour Modification for People with Mental Handicaps , 2nd Edn. Croom Helm, London, pp. 102 - 142 Murphy, G.H., Oliver, C., Corbett, J., Crayton, L., Hales, J., Head, D., & Hall, S. (1993). Epidemiology of self-injury, characteristics of people with severe self-injury and initial treatment outcome. In C. Kiernan (ed.), Research to Practice? Implications of Research on the Challenging Behaviour of People with Learning Difficulties . pp. 1 - 35. Kidderminster. BILD Murphy, G.H., Hall, S., Oliver, C., & Kissi-Debra, R. (1999). Identification of early self-injurious behaviour in young children with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 43, pp. 149 - 163 Murphy, G.H., Beadle-Brown, J., Wing, L., Gould, J., Shah, A., & Holmes, N. (2005). Chronicity of challenging behaviours in people with severe intellectual disabilities and/or autism: a total population sample. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 35, pp. 405 – 418 Murphy, J., & Cameron, L. (2008). The effectiveness of Talking Mats with people with intellectual disability. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 36(4), pp. 232 - 241 Murphy, K.M., Saunders, M.D., Saunders, R.R., & Olswang, L.B. (2004). Effects of ambient stimuli on measures of bio-behavioral state and microswitch use in adults with profound multiple impairments, Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 25(4), pp. 355 - 370 Musselwhite, C.R., & St. Louis, K.W. (1988). Communication programming for persons with severe handicaps: Vocal and augmentative strategies . San Diego: College-Hill Press Nackley, V.L. (2001). Sensory diet applications and environmental modifications: A winning combination. Sensory Integration Special Interest Section Quarterly , Volume 24(1), pp. 1 - 4 Nafstad, A., & Rødbroe, I. (1999). Co-creating communication: Perspectives on diagnostic education for individuals who are congenitally deafblind and individuals whose impairments may have similar effects . Nord-Press. Naish, L., Bell, J., & Clunies-Ross, L. (2004). Exploring access: how to audit your school environment, focusing on the needs of pupils who have multiple disabilities and visual impairment. RNIB Nakken, H., & Vlaskamp, C. (2002). Joining forces: Supporting individuals with profound multiple learning disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 7(3), pp. 10 - 15 Nakken, H., & Vlaskamp, C. (2007). A need for a taxonomy for profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(2), pp. 83 - 87 Narayan, J., Madhavan, T., Suryaprakasham, B. (1993). Self-awareness of people with mental handicap. International Journal of Rehabilitation Research . Volume 16(1), pp. 59 - 63 National Scientific Council on the Developing Child. (2005/2014). Excessive Stress Disrupts the Architecture of the Developing Brain: Working Paper 3 . Center on the Developing Child at Harvard University NCAC (2011). Making sense of it all – young children and sensory processing. Putting Children First. The magazine of the National Childcare Accreditation Council (NCAC). Volume 38. pp. 18 - 20 Neely-Barnes, S., Marcenko, M., & Weber, L. (2008). Does choice influence quality of life for people with mild intellectual disabilities? Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 46, pp.12 – 26 Neerinckx, H., Vos, P., Van Den Noortgate, W., & Maes, B. (2014). Temporal analysis of attentional processes in spontaneous interactions between people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities and their support workers. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(8), pp. 721 - 733 Neerinckx, H., & Maes, B. (2016). Joint attention behaviours in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: the influence of the context. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 29(6), pp. 574 - 584 Nelson, C., van Dijk, J., & McDonnell, A. (2001). Child-guided Strategies for Understanding Children who are Deaf-blind or have Severe Multiple Disabilities: The van Dijk Approach to Assessment on Child-guided Strategies for Assessing Children who are Deaf-blind or have Multiple Disabilities, C. Nelson & J. van Dijk. CD-ROM from Aap Noot Muis Productions/Instituut voor Doven/Cidv, Netherlands. Nelson, C., van Dijk, J., McDonnell, A.P., & Thompson, K. (2002). A framework for understanding young children with severe and multiple disabilities: The van Dijk approach to assessment. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 27(2), pp. 97 - 111 Nelson, D., Anderson, V., & Gonzales, A. (1984). Music activities as therapy for children with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 21(3), pp. 100 - 116 Nelson, K. (2005). Emerging levels of consciousness in early human development. In H.S. Terrace & J. Metcalfe (Eds.), The missing link in cognition: Origins of self-reflective consciousness . Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 116–141 Neuman, C.J., & Hill, S.D. (1978). Self-recognition and stimulus preference in autistic children. Developmental Psychobiology , Volume 11, pp. 571 - 578 Newman, I., & Emerson, E. (1991). Specialised treatment units for people with challenging behaviours. Mental Handicap , Volume 19(3), pp. 113 - 119 Newton, J.S., Horner, R.H., & Lund, L. (1991). Honoring activity preferences in individualized plan development: A descriptive analysis. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 16, pp. 207 - 212 Nguyen, T. (2010). Total number of synapses in the adult human neocortex. Undergraduate Journal of Mathematical Modeling: One+ Two , Volume 3(1), pp. 1 -13 Nicholls, T. (2002). Could I Play a Different Role?: Group Music Therapy with Severely Learning Disabled Adolescents. In - A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company , pp. 231 - 246. London: Jessica Kingsley Nielsen, L. (1979). The Comprehending Hand . Copenhagen: Socialstyrelsen. Nielsen, L. (1990). Are you Blind? Promotion of the Development of Children who are Especially Developmentally Threatened . Copenhagen: Sikon. Nielsen, L. (1991). Spatial relations in congenitally blind infants: a study. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness , Volume 85, pp. 11 - 16 Nielsen, L. (1992). Space and Self-Active learning by means of the Little Room . Copenhagen: Sikon. Nielsen, L. (1993). Early Learning Step by Step . Copenhagen: Sikon. Nijs, S., Penne, A., Vlaskamp, C., & Maes, B. (2016). Peer Interactions among Children with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities during Group Activities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 29(4), pp. 366 - 377 Nijs, S., Vlaskamp, C., & Maes, B. (2016). Children with PIMD in interaction with peers with PIMD or siblings. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 60(1), pp. 28 - 42 Nijs, S., Vlaskamp, C., & Maes, B. (2016b). The nature of peer ‐ directed behaviours in children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities and its relationship with social scaffolding behaviours of the direct support worker. Child: Care, Health and Development , Volume 42(1), pp. 98 - 108 Nind, M., & Hewett, D. (1988). Interaction as Curriculum, British Journal of Special Education, Volume 15(2), pp. 55 - 57 Nind, M., & Hewett, D. (1989). Teaching pupils with very severe learning difficulties by means of Intensive Interaction: some typical questions and answers, Portage Into the Nineties Papers from the 1989 National Portage Association Conference . The National Portage Association. Nind, M. (1993). Access to Communication: Efficacy of Intensive Interaction Teaching for people with severe developmental disabilities who demonstrate ritualistic behaviours. Ph.D Thesis, Cambridge Institute of Education. Nind, M., & Hewett, D. (1994). Access to communication - developing the basics of communication with people with severe learning difficulties . David Fulton Nind, M. (1996). Efficacy of Intensive Interaction: developing sociability and communication in people with severe and complex learning difficulties using an approach based on caregiver-infant interaction’, European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 11(1), pp.48 - 66 Nind, M., & Hewett, D. (1996). When age-appropriateness isn't appropriate, in Coupe-O'Kane, J & Goldbart, J. (eds) Whose choice? London: David Fulton. Nind, M. (2000). Teachers understanding of interactive approaches in special education, International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 47(2), pp.184 - 199 Nind, M. (2000). Intensive Interaction and children with autism, in Powell, S. (ed) Helping Children with Autism to Learn . London: David Fulton. Nind, M. & Powell, S. (2000). Intensive Interaction and autism: some theoretical concerns, Children and Society , Volume 14(2), pp.98 - 109 Nind, M. & Kellett, M. (2002). Responding to learners with severe learning difficulties and stereotyped behaviour: challenges for an inclusive era, European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 17(3), pp.265 - 282 Nind, M., Kellett, M. & Hopkins, V. (2001). Teachers’ talk styles: communication with learners with severe learning difficulties, Child Language, Teaching and Therapy , Volume 17(2), pp.143 - 159 Nind, M. & Kellett, M. (2002). Response to James Hogg, Juliet Goldbart and John Harris re 'Responding to individuals with severe learning difficulties and stereotyped behaviour: challenges for an inclusive era’, European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 17(3), pp. 299 - 300 Nind, M. & Cochrane, S. (2002). Inclusive curricula? Pupils on the margins of special schools, International Journal of Inclusive Education , Volume 6(2), pp.185 - 198 Nind, M. (2003). Enhancing the communication learning environment of an early years unit through action research, Educational Action Research , Volume 11(3), pp.347 - 363 Nissen, J.M.J.F., & Haveman, M.J. (1997). Mortality and avoidable death in people with severe self-injurious behaviour: Results of a Dutch study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41, pp. 252 - 257 Nordoff, P., & Robbins, C. (1965). Music Therapy for Handicapped Children: Investigations and Experiences . New York: Rudolf Steiner Publications. Nordoff, P., & Robbins, C. (1971). Therapy in Music for Handicapped Children . London: Gollancz. Nordoff, P., & Robbins, C. (1977). Creative Music Therapy: Individualized Treatment for the Handicapped Child . New York: John Day & Co. Northern Ireland Curriculum (2012). Quest For Learning Norton, Y. (1975). Neuro-development and sensory integration for the profoundly retarded multiply handicapped child. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 29, pp. 93 - 100 Nota, L., Ferrari, L., Soresi, S., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (2007). Self determination, social abilities, and the quality of life of people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 51, pp. 850 – 865 Nozaki, K., & Mochizuki, A. (1995). Assessing Choice Making of a Person With Profound Disabilities: A Preliminary Analysis. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps . Volume 20(3), pp. 196 - 201 Nunez, M. (2014). Joint attention in deafblind children: a multisensory path towards a shared sense of the world . Sense Research. O’Brien, J. (2000). Self-determination—with strings attached. Mouth , Volume 10(5), pp. 36 O’Brien, Y., Glenn, S., & Cunningham, C. (1994). Contingency Awareness in Infants and Children with Severe and Profound Learning Disabilities, International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 41(3), pp. 231 - 243 O'Haire, M.E. (2010). Companion animals and human health: Benefits, challenges, and the road ahead. Journal of Veterinary Behavior: Clinical Applications and Research . Volume 5, pp. 226 – 234 O'Haire, M.E. (2012). Animal-assisted intervention for autism spectrum disorder: A systematic literature review. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 43(7), pp. 1606 - 1622 O’Haire, M.E., McKenzie, S.J., Beck, A.M., & Slaughter, V. (2013). Social behaviors increase in children with autism in the presence of animals compared to toys . PLoS ONE , Volume 8(2), pp. N/A O’Haire, M.E., McKenzie, S.J., McCune, S., & Slaughter, V. (2013). Effects of animal-assisted activities with guinea pigs in the primary school classroom. Anthrozoös: A Multidisciplinary Journal of the Interactions of People and Animals , Volume 26(3), pp. 445 - 458 O’Haire, M.E., McKenzie, S.J., Beck, A.M., & Slaughter, V. (2015). Animals may act as social buffers: Skin conductance arousal in children with autism spectrum disorder in a social context. Developmental Psychobiology , Volume 57(5), pp. 584 - 595 O’Reilly, M.F., & Lancioni, G. (2000). Response covariation of escape-maintained aberrant behaviour correlated with sleep deprivation. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 21, pp. 125 – 136 Oakley, M. (1991). Quoted in ‘The Hidden Handicap’ by Darby S. Times Educational Supplement (No.3930), October 25 1991, page 38 Ockelford, A. (2000). Music in the Education of Children with Severe or Profound Learning Difficulties: Issues in Current UK Provision, a New Conceptual Framework, and Proposals for Research. Psychology of Music , Volume 28, pp.197 - 217 Ockelford, A., Welch, G., & Zimmermann, S. (2002). Music education for pupils with severe or profound and multiple difficulties - current provision and future need. British Journal of Special Education , Volume 29(4), pp. 178 - 192 Ockelford, A. (2008). Music for Children and Young People with Complex Needs . Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ockelford, A. (2009). Sounds of intent. Information Exchange , Volume 79, pp. 6 - 7 Ockelford, A. (2012). Songs Without Words: Exploring How Music Can Serve as a Proxy Language in Social Interaction with Autistic Children. In - R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz, & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Well-being , pp. 289 - 323. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ockelford, A., & Markou, K. (2012). Music Education and Therapy for Children and Young People with Cognitive Impairments: Reporting on a Decade of Research. In R. MacDonald, G. Kreutz & L. Mitchell (Eds.), Music, Health, and Well-being , pp. 383 - 404. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ockelford, A., & Welch, G. (2012). Mapping Musical Development in Learners with the Most Complex Needs: The Sounds of Intent Project. In - G. McPherson & G. Welch (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Music Education , Volume 2, pp. 11 - 30. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ojemann, G. (1986). Brain mechanisms for consciousness and conscious experience. Canadian Psychology , Volume 27, pp. 158 – 168 Oldfield, A, & Adams, M. (1990). The Effects of Music Therapy on a Group of Profoundly Mentally Handicapped Adults. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 34, pp. 107 - 124 Oliver, C., Murphy, G.H., & Corbett, J.A. (1987). Self injurious behaviour in people with mental handicap: a total population survey. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research . Volume 31. pp. 147 - 162 Oliver, C., & Head, D. (1990). Self-injurious behaviour in people with learning difficulties: Determinants and interventions. International Review of Psychiatry , Volume 2, 101 - 116 Oliver, C. (1991a). The application of analogue methodology to the functional analysis of challenging behaviour. In B. Remington (Ed.), The Challenge of Severe Mental Handicap: A Behaviour Analytic Approach . John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, pp. 97 - 118 Oliver, C. (1991b). Self-injurious Behaviour in People with Mental Handicap: Prevalence, Individual Characteristics and Functional Analysis , unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, University of London. Oliver, C. (1993). Self-injurious behaviour: from response to strategy. In C. Kiernan (Ed.), Research to Practice? Implications of Research on the Challenging Behavour of People with Learning Disabilities . pp. 135 - 188. Kidderminster; British Institute of Learning Disabilities Oliver C., McClintock K., Hall S., Smith M., Dagnan D. & Stenfert-Kroese B. (2002). Assessing the severity of challenging behaviour: psychometric properties of the challenging behaviour interview. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 16, pp. 53 – 61 Oliver, C., Moss, J., Petty, J., Arron, K., Sloneem, J., & Hall, S. (2003). Self-injurious behaviour in Cornelia de Lange Syndrome A Guide for Parents and Carers . Coventry: Trident Communication Ltd. Oliver, C. (2004). The neglect of psychological disorder in people with severe and profound intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 48(4-5), pp. 360 Oliver, C., Sloneem, J., Hall, S., & Arron, K. (2009). Self ‐ injurious behaviour in Cornelia de Lange syndrome: 1. Prevalence and phenomenology. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53(7), pp. 575 - 589 Oliver, C., & Richards, C. (2010). Self-injurious behaviour in people with intellectual disability. Current Opinion in Psychiatry , Volume 23(5), pp. 412 – 416 Oliveros, P., Miller, L., Heyen, J., Siddall, G., & Hazard, S. (2011). A musical improvisation interface for people with severe physical disabilities. Music and Medicine , Volume 3(3), pp. 172 - 181 Olney, M.F. (2001). Communication strategies of adults with severe disabilities: Supporting self-determination. Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin . Volume 44 (2), pp. 88 - 91 Olsson, C. (2004). Dyadic interaction with a child with multiple disabilities: A system theory perspective on communication. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 20(4), pp. 228 - 242 Orita, M., Hayashida, N., Shinkawa, T., Kudo, T., Koga, M., Togo, M., Katayama S, Hiramatsu K, Mori S, & Takamura, N. (2012). Monitoring the autonomic nervous activity as the objective evaluation of music therapy for severely and multiply disabled children. The Tohoku Journal of Experimental Medicine , Volume 227(3), pp. 185 - 189 Orelove, F.P., & Sobsey, D. (1987). Educating children with multiple disabilities: A transdisciplinary approach . Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes Ottenbacher, K. (1982). Sensory Integration Therapy: Affect or Effect? American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 36(9), pp. 571 - 578 Ottenbacher, K., & Short, M.A. (1985). Sensory integrative dysfunction in children: A review of theory and treatment. Advances in Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics , Volume 6, pp. 287 – 329 Ouvry, C. (1987). Educating Children with Profound Handicaps . British Institute of Mental Handicap, Kidderminster Oviedo, G.R., Travier, N., & Guerra-Balic, M. (2017). Sedentary and physical activity patterns in adults with intellectual disability. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health , Volume 14(9), 14 pages Owen, M.T., Ware, A.M., & Barfoot, B. (2000). Caregiver-mother partnership behavior and quality of caregiver-child and mother-child interactions. Early Childhood Research Quarterly , Volume 15, pp. 413 – 428 Owens, T.J., Mortimer, J.T & Finch, M.D. (1996) Self determination as a source of self esteem in adolescence. Social Forces , Volume 74 (4) pp. 1377 - 1404 Pace, G.M., Ivancic, M.T., Edwards, G.L., Iwata, B.A., & Page, T.J. (1985). Assessment of stimulus preference and reinforcer value with profoundly retarded individuals. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 18, pp. 249 – 255 Pagliano, P. (1998). Multi-sensory environment: an open-minded space. British Journal of Visual Impairment . Volume 16(3), pp. 105 - 109 Pagliano, P. (2001). Using a Multisensory Environment: A Practical Guide for Teachers . David Fulton Pagliano, P. (2007). Where next for multisensory environments? Insight. Volume 10, pp. 36 - 38 Pagliano, P., & Cook, J. (2007). Understanding and using multisensory environments. Insight , Volume 11, pp. 30 - 31 Pagliano, P. (2007). Pleasure, happiness and learning in the multisensory environment. Insight . Volume 12, pp. 32 - 33 Pagliano, P. (2012). The Multisensory Handbook: A guide for children and adults with sensory learning disabilities . Routledge Palmer, S.B. (2010). Self-determination: A life-span perspective. Focus on Exceptional Children , Volume 42 (6), pp. 1 – 16 Palmer, S.B., Wehmeyer, M.L., Shogren, K.A., Williams-Diehm, K., & Soukup, J. (2012). An evaluation of the Beyond High School model on the self-determination of students with intellectual disability. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 35(2), pp. 76 – 84 Para-Cremer, J.A. (2008). The effects of staff training on the level of engagement with individuals with developmental disabilities within two day-habilitation settings . Masters thesis, University of Kansas Paradiso, S., Andreasen, N.C., O'leary, D.S., Arndt, S., & Robinson, R.G. (1997). Cerebellar size and cognition: correlations with IQ, verbal memory and motor dexterity. Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology , Volume 10(1), pp. 1 - 8 Parham, L.D., & Mailloux, Z. (2005). Sensory integration. In J. Case-Smith, A.S. Allen, & P.N. Pratt (Eds.), Occupational Therapy for Children (5th ed., pp. 356 – 411). St. Louis, MO: Mosby. Parham, L.D., Cohn, E.S., Spitzer, S., Koomar, J.A., Miller, L.J., Burke, J.P., Brett-Green, B., Mailloux, Z., May-Benson, T.A., Smith Roley, S., Schaaf, R.C., Schoen, S.A., & Summerset, C.A. (2007). Fidelity in sensory integration intervention research. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 61, pp. 216 – 227 Parsons, M.B., & Reid, D.H. (1990). Assessing food preferences among persons with profound mental retardation: Providing opportunities to make choices. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 183 - 195 Parsons, M.B., & Reid, D.H. (1993). Evaluating and improving residential treatment during group leisure situations: A program replication and refinement. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 14(1), pp. 67 - 85 Parsons, M.B., Reid, D.H., & Green, C.W. (1993). Preparing direct service staff to teach people with severe disabilities: A comprehensive evaluation of an effective and acceptable training program. Behavioral Residential Treatment , Volume 8(3), pp. 163 - 185 Parsons, M.B., & Reid, D.H. (1995). Training residential supervisors to provide feedback for maintaining staff teaching skills with people who have severe disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 28(3), pp. 317 - 322 Parsons, M.B., Harper, V.N., Jensen, J.M., & Reid, D.H. (1997). Assisting older adults with severe disabilities in expressing leisure preferences: A protocol for determining choice-making skills. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 18, pp. 113 – 126 Parsons, M.B., Reid, D.H., & Green, C.W. (1998). Identifying work preferences prior to supported work for an individual with multiple severe disabilities including deaf-blindness. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 23, pp. 329 – 333 Parsons, M.B., Rollyson, J.H., & Reid, D.H. (2004). Improving day-treatment services for adults with severe disabilities: a norm-referenced application of outcome management. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 37(3), pp. 365 - 377 Parsons, M.B., Reid, D.H., Towery, D., & Darden, M. (2008). Remediating minimal progress on teaching programs by adults with severe disabilities in a congregate day setting. Behavior Analysis in Practice , Volume 1(2), pp. 59 - 67 Parsons, M.B., Rollyson, J.H., & Reid, D.H. (2012). Evidence-based staff training: A guide for practitioners. Behavior Analysis in Practice , Volume 5(2), pp. 2 - 11 Parsons, R., Reid, D., Reynolds, J., & Bumgarner, M. (1990). Effects of chosen versus assigned jobs on the work performance of persons with severe handicaps. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 253 – 258 Parush, S., Kaitz, M., Sohmer, H., & Steinberg, A. (1991).Electrophysiological and behavioral correlates of tactile defensiveness. Paper presented at the national conference of the American Occupational Therapy Association , Cincinnati, OH. Parush, S., Sohmer, H., Steinberg, A. & Kaitz, M . (2007). Somatosensory function in boys with ADHD and tactile defensiveness. Physiology & Behavior , Volume 90(4), pp. 553 - 558 Pase, M.P., Himali, J.J., Beiser, A.S., Aparicio, H.J., Satizabal, C.L., Vasan, R.S., Seshadri, S., & Jacques, P.F. (2017). Sugar and Artificially Sweetened Beverages and the Risks of Incident Stroke and Dementia: A Prospective Cohort Study. Stroke . Volume 48(5). pp. 1139 - 1146 Pase, M.P., Himali, J.J., Jacques, P.F., DeCarli, C., Satizabal, C.L., Aparicio, H., Vasan, R.S., Beiser, A.S., & Seshadri, S. (2017). Sugary beverage intake and preclinical Alzheimer's disease in the community. Alzheimer's & Dementia . Volume 13(9). pp. 955 – 964 Patterson, F.G. (1978a). The gestures of a gorilla: language acquisition in another pongid. Brain and Language , Volume 5, pp. 72 - 97 Patterson, F.G. (1978b). Conversations with a gorilla. National Geographic . Volume 154(4), pp. 438 - 465 Patterson, F.G. (1978c). Human communication with gorillas. In - The spirit of enterprise , Stone, G. (Ed.), pp. 182 - 186. San Francisco: Freeman Patterson, F.G. (1979a). Linguistic capabilities of a lowland gorilla . Unpublished doctoral dissertation Patterson, F.G. (1979b). Linguistic capabilities of a lowland gorilla. In - Language intervention from ape to child . Schiefelbusch, R. & Hollis, J. (Eds.), pp. 325 - 356. Baltimore: University Park Press Patterson, F.G. (1980a). Innovative uses of language by a gorilla: A case study. In - Children's Language , Volume 2. Nelson, K. (Ed.), pp. 497 - 561. New York: Gardner Press Patterson, F.G. (1980b). In search of man: Experiments in primate communication. Michigan Quarterly Review . Volume 19, pp. 94 - 114 Patterson, F.G. (1981a). Can an ape create a sentence? Some affirmative evidence. Science , Volume 211, pp. 86 - 87 Patterson, F.G. (1981b). Ape language. Science , Volume 211: pp. 86 - 87 Patterson, F.G., & Linden, E. (1981). The education of Koko . New York: Holt, Reinhart and Winston Patterson, F.G. (1985a). Direct-mail funding solicitation letter . Washington: The Gorilla Foundation Patterson, F.G. (1985b). Koko's kitten . New York: Scholastic Patterson, F.G. (1987). Koko's story . New York: Scholastic Pavlides, M. (2008). Animal-assisted Interventions for Individuals with Autism . London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Pawson, C., Gardner, M.R, Doherty, S., Martin, L., Soares, R., Edmonds, C.J. (2013). Drink Availability is Associated with Enhanced Examination Performance in Adults. Psychology Teaching Review . Volume 19. pp. 57 - 66 Pease, L. (2008). Curriculum success for learners with complex needs. Insight . Volume 13, pp. 10 - 13 Pechacek, T.F., Bell, K.F., Cleland, C.C., Baum, C., & Boyle, M. (1973). Self-recognition in profoundly retarded males, Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society . Volume 1, pp. 328 - 330 Pedersen, L., Parlar, S., Kvist, K., Whiteley, P., & Shattock, P. (2014). Data mining the ScanBrit study of a gluten-and casein-free dietary intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders: behavioural and psychometric measures of dietary response. Nutritional Neuroscience , Volume 17(5), pp. 207 - 213 Pellitteri, J. (2000). Music therapy in the special education setting. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation , Volume 11(3&4), pp. 379 - 391 Pennesi, C.M., & Klein, L.C. (2012). Effectiveness of the gluten-free, casein-free diet for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder: based on parental report. Nutritional Neuroscience , Volume 15(2), pp. 85 - 91 Perkins, E.A. (2007). Self- and proxy reports across three populations: Older adults, persons with Alzheimer’s disease, and persons with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(1), pp. 1 - 10 Perretta, L. (2001). Brain Food . Hamlyn Publishers Perrig, W.J., Hollenstein, M., & Oelhafen, S. (2009). Can we improve fluid intelligence with training on working memory in persons with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology , Volume 8(2), pp. 148 - 164 Perry, M. (2003). Relating improvisational music therapy with severely and multiply disabled children to communication development. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 40(3), pp. 227 - 246 Peterson, J.J., Janz, K.F., & Lowe, J.B. (2008). Physical activity among adults with intellectual disabilities living in community settings. Preventive Medicine , Volume 47, pp. 101 – 106 Petkova, V.I., & Ehrsson, H.H. (2008). If I were you: Perceptual illusion of body swapping. PloS one , Volume 3(12), e3832 Petri, N.M., Dropulić, N., & Kardum, G. (2006). Effects of Voluntary Fluid Intake Deprivation on Mental and Psychomotor Performance. Croatian Medical Journal . Volume 47(6). pp. 855 – 861 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2001). Developing a procedure for evaluating quality of life for people with profound and multiple disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(2), pp. 45 - 48 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2005). Domains of quality of life of people with profound multiple disabilities: the perspective of parents and direct support staff, Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 18(1), pp. 35 – 46 Petry, K., & Maes, B. (2006). Identifying expressions of pleasure and displeasure by persons with profound and multiple learning disabilities Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Learning Disability , Volume 31(1), pp. 28 – 38 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2007a). Operationalizing quality of life for people with profound multiple disabilities: a Delphi study. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 51(5), pp. 334 - 349 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2007b). Support characteristics associated with the quality of life of people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: The perspective of parents and direct support staff. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(2), pp. 104 - 110 Petry, K., & Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2007c). Description of the support needs of people with profound multiple disabilities using the 2002 AAMR system: An overview of literature. Education and Training in developmental Disabilities , pp. 130 - 143 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2007d). Service features associated with quality of support for people with profound intellectual disability and complex health care needs: The perspective of parents and direct support staff. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4, pp. 104 - 110 Petry, K., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2009). Measuring the quality of life of people with profound multiple disabilities using the QOL-PMD: First results. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30(6), pp. 1394 - 1405 Pfeiffer, B., & Kinnealey, M. (2003). Treatment of sensory defensiveness in adults. Occupational Therapy International , Volume 10, pp. 175 – 184 Philippi, C.L., Feinstein, J.S., Khalsa, S.S., Damasio, A., Tranel, D., Landini, G., Williford, K., & Rudrauf, D. (2012) Preserved Self-Awareness following Extensive Bilateral Brain Damage to the Insula, Anterior Cingulate, and Medial Prefrontal Cortices. PLoS ONE , Volume7(8): e38413. Piaget, J. (1952). The origins of intelligence in children. New York: Norton Piazza, C.C., Fisher, W.W., & Kahng, S.W. (1996). Sleep patterns in children and young adults with mental retardation and severe behaviour disorders. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology . Volume 38, pp. 335 – 344 Pierson, M.R., Carter, E.W., Lane, K.L., & Glaeser, B.C. (2008). Factors influencing the self-determination of transition-age youth with high-incidence disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 31(2), pp. 115 – 125 Pinkney, L. (2001). Multisensory environments. Eye Contact , Volume 31, pp. 24 - 26 Place, K., & Hodge, S.R. (2001): Social Inclusion of Students With Physical Disabilities in General Physical Education: A Behavioral Analysis. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 18; pp, 389 - 404 Plotnik, J.M., de Waal, F.B.M., Moore, D., & Reiss, D. (2010). Self-recognition in the Asian elephant and future directions for cognitive research with elephants in zoological settings. Zoo Biology , Volume 29, pp. 179 – 191 Podboy, J.W., & Mallory, W.A. (1977). Caffeine reduction and behavior change in the severely retarded. Mental Retardation , Volume 15(6), pp. 40 Polatajko, H. J., Law, M., Miller, J., Schaffer, R., & Macnab, J. (1991). The effect of a sensory integration program on academic achievement, motor performance, and self-esteem in children identified as learning disabled: Results of a clinical trial. Occupational Therapy Journal of Research , Volume 11, pp. 155 - 176 Polatajko, H.J., Kaplan, B., & Wilson, B. (1992). Sensory integration treatment for children with learning disabilities: Its status 20 years later. Occupational Therapy Journal of Research , Volume 12, pp. 323 - 341 Polednak, A. (1977). Post-mortem neuropathology in a mentally retarded population. The Lancet , Volume 309(8009), pp. 492 - 493 Poppes, P., van der Putten, A.A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2010). Frequency and severity of challenging behaviour in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 31(6), pp. 1269 - 1275 Poppes, P., van der Putten, A.A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2014). Addressing challenging behaviour in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: Analyzing the effects of daily practice. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 11(2), pp. 128 – 136 Porter, J., & Lacey, P. (1999). What Provision for Pupils with Challenging Behavior? A Report of a Survey of Provision and Curriculum Provided for Pupils with Learning Difficulties and Challenging Behaviour. British Journal of Special Education . Volume 26(1), pp. 23 - 28 Porter, J., Ouvry, C., Morgan, M., & Downs, C. (2001). Interpreting the communication of people with profound and multiple learning difficulties. British Journal of Learning Disability , Volume 29(1), pp. 12 - 16 Postman, N. (1969). Teaching as a Subversive Activity . Delacorte Press Powers, L.E., Geenen, S., Powers, J., Pommier-Satya, S., Turner, A., Dalton, L., & Swand, P. (2012). My life: Effects of a longitudinal, randomized study of self-determination enhancement on the transition outcomes of youth in foster care and special education. Children and Youth Services Review , Volume 34, pp. 2179 – 2187 Price, A. (1977). Nationally Speaking - Sensory integration in occupational therapy. American Journal of Occupational Therapy . Volume 31, pp. 287 - 289 Prior, H., Schwarz, A., & Guentuerkuen, O. (2008). Mirror-induced behavior in the magpie (Pica pica): evidence of self-recognition. PLoS Biology , Volume 6, pp. 1642 – 1650 Prior, M., Minnes, P., Coyne, T., Golding, B., Hendy, J., & McGillivary, J. (1979). Verbal interactions between staff and residents in an institution for the young mentally retarded. Mental Retardation . Volume 17, pp. 65 – 69 Pross, N., Demazieres, A., Girard, N., Barnouin, R., Santoro, F., Chevillotte, E., Klein, A, & Le, B.L. (2013) Influence of progressive fluid restriction on mood and physiological markers of dehydration in women. British Journal of Nutrition . Volume 109. pp. 313 - 321 Pross, N., Demazieres, A., Girard, N., Barnouin, R., Metzger, D., Klein, A., Perrier, E., & Guelinckx, I. (2014). Effects of changes in water intake on mood of high and low drinkers. PLoS One . Volume 9: e94754 Psaltopoulou, D., Micheli, M., & Kavardinas, N. (2012). Music Therapy Enhances Perceptive and Cognitive Development in People with Disabilities. A Quantitative Research . Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition and the 8th Triennial Conference of the European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, July 23 - 28, 2012, Thessaloniki, Greece. pp. 824 - 833 Pugh, D. (2011a). Water and Educating Your Child. http://braincompatibleeducation.com/ Pugh, D. (2011b). The Owner's Guide to the Teenage Brain . BookPal Pulsifer, M.B. (1996). The neuropsychology of mental retardation. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society , Volume 2(2), pp. 159 - 176 Quest For Learning (2007). Guidance Booklet . The Council for Curriculum, Examinations & Assessment Quest For Learning (2009): Guidance and Assessment Materials: Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . Northern Ireland Curriculum Questad, K. & Cullinen, T. (1987). A reinforcer driven, data base rehabilitation program for severely brain injured adults. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation , Volume 68, pp. 674 Quigley, S.P., & Kretchmer, R.E. (1982). The education of deaf children: Issues, Theory, and Practice . London: Edward Arnold Quine, L. (1991). Sleep problems in children with mental handicap. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research . Volume 35(4), pp. 269 – 290 Quine, L. & Wade, K. (1991). Sleep Problems In Children with Severe Learning Difficulties: An Examination and An Intervention Trial . Final Report to Rowntree Foundation, University of Kent, Canterbury Quine, L. (1992). Severity of sleep problems in children with severe learning difficulties: description and correlates. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology , Volume 2(4), pp. 247 - 268 Quine, L. (2001). Sleep problems in primary school children: comparison between mainstream and special school children. Child: Care, Health and Development , Volume 27(3), pp. 201 - 221 Quine, N., & Pahl, J. (1985). Examining the causes of stress in families with mentally handicapped children. British Journal of Social Work , Volume 15, pp. 501 - 517 Quine, N., & Pahl, J. (1991). Stress and coping in mothers caring for a child with severe learning difficulties: A test of Lazarus's transactional model of coping. Journal of Communityand Applied Psychology , Volume 1, pp. 57 - 70 Qureshi, H. (1992). Young adults with learning difficulties and challenging behaviour: parents' views of services in the community. Social Work and Social Services Review , Volume 3, pp. 104 - 123 Qureshi, H., & Alborz, A. (1992). The epidemiology of challenging behaviour. Mental Handicap Research , Volume 5, pp. 130 - 145 Qureshi, H. (1993). Prevalence of challenging behaviour in adults. In I. Fleming & B. Stenfert Kroese (eds.), People with Learnign Disability and Severe Challenging Behaviour: New Developments in Services and Therapy . Manchester University Press Qureshi, H. (1994). The size of the problem. In E. Emerson, P. McGill, & J. Mansell (Eds.), Severe Learning Disabilities and Challenging Behaviour: Designing HighQuality Services . London: Chapman and Hall. Raab, M., & Dunst, C.J. (1997). Extended benefits of active learning for young children with severe disabilities. Presentation at the International Conference on Children with Special Needs , New Orleans, LA. November 1997 Raab, M., Dunst, C.J., Wilson, L.L., & Parkey, C. (2009). Early Contingency Learning and Child and Teacher Concomitant Social–Emotional Behavior , International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education , Volume 1 (1), pp. 1 -14 Rainey P.M.M. (2003). Relating improvisational music therapy with severely and multiply disabled children to communication development. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 40(3), pp. 227 - 246 Rainforth, B., Giangreco, M.F., & Dennis, R. (1989). Motor skills. In - A. Ford, R. Schnorr, L. Meyer, L. Davern, J. Black, & P. Dempsey (Eds.), Syracuse community-referenced curriculum guide for students with moderate and severe disabilities (pp. 211 - 230). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes. Rajagopalan, S.S., Dhall, A., & Goecke, R. (2013). Self-stimulatory behaviours in the wild for autism diagnosis, IEEE International Conference on Computer Vision . Australian National University, 1-8 December. New York: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Rajala, A.Z., Reininger, K.R., Lancaster, K.M., & Populin, L.C. (2010). Rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) do recognize themselves in the mirror: implications for the evolution of self-recognition. PLoS 2 ONE . Volume 5: e12865 Ramachandran, V.S. (1994). Phantom limbs, neglect syndromes, repressed memories, and Freudian psychology. International Review of Neurobiology , Volume 37, pp. 291 - 333 Ramachandran, V.S. (1996). The Brain's Potential for Growth and Change. UCSD Decade of the Brain Symposium , October 21, 1996 Ramachandran, V.S., & Blakeslee, S. (1998). Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind . William Morrow publishers Ramachandran, V.S., & Hirstein, W. (1998). The Perception of Phantom Limbs: The D.O. Hebb Lecture, Brain , Volume 121 (1998), pp. 1603 – 1630 Ramachandran, V.S. (2002). Encyclopedia of the Human Brain . Academic Press, San Diego. Ramachandran, V.S. (2003). The Emerging Mind . BBC/Profile Books, London Ramachandran, V.S. (2004). A Brief Tour of Human Consciousness: From Impostor Poodles to Purple Numbers . New York: Pi Press. Ramachandran, V.S. (2005). Plasticity and functional recovery in neurology. Clinical medicine , Volume 5(4), pp. 368 - 373 Ramachandran, V.S., & Oberman, L.M. (2006). Broken mirrors: a theory of autism. Scientific American , Volume 295(5), 62 - 69 Ramachandran, V.S., & Rogers-Ramachandran, D. (2007). It’s All Done with Mirrors. Scientific American Mind , Volume 18(4), pp. 16 - 18 Ramachandran, V.S., & Altschuler, E . (2009). The Use of Visual Feedback, in particular Mirror Visual Feedback, in Restoring Brain Function, Brain , Volume 132(7), pp. 1693 – 1710 Ramachandran, V.S. (2011). The Tell-Tale Brain: A Neuroscientist's Quest for What Makes Us Human . New York: W. W. Norton & Company Rapoff, M.A., Altman, K., & Christophersen, E.R. (1980). Suppression of self-injurious behaviour: Determining the least restrictive alternative. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research , Volume 24, pp. 37 - 46 Reader, M. (2011). Setting Students up for Success Through Self-Awareness and Self-Advocacy . Foothills academy Realon, R.E., Bligen, R.A., La Force, A., Helsel, W.J., & Goldman, V. (2002). The effects of the positive environment program (PEP) on the behaviors of adults with profound cognitive and physical disabilities. Behavioral Intervention , Volume 17(1), pp. 1 - 13 Redding, H. (1999). Stimulate the senses. Special! Summer 1999, pp. 16 - 19 Redefer, L.A., & Goodman, J.F. (1989). Brief Report: Pet Facilitated Therapy With Autistic Children. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders . Volume 19(3), pp. 461 - 467 Reed, L. (1991). Games with a New Look for All Ability Levels . The Spastics Society, Meldreth, Herts. Rees, K. (2014). Using Innovative Approaches to Addressing Challenging Behaviours. PMLD Link , Volume 26(3), Issue 79, pp. 21 - 23 Rees, M. (1995). Making sense of marking space: Researching art therapy with people who have severe learning difficulties. In C. Lee & A. Gilroy (Eds.) Art and music therapy research . London: Routledge. Rees, M. (1998). Drawing on difference: Art therapy with people who have learning difficulties . London: Routledge. Reese, G.M., & Snell, M.E. (1991). Putting on and Removing Coats and Jackets: The Acquisition and Maintenance of Skills by Children with Severe Multiple Disabilities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation . Volume 26(4), pp. 398 - 410 Reese, R.M. (1997). Biobehavioral analysis of self-injurious behavior in a person with profound handicaps. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities , Volume 12(2), pp. 87 - 94 Reichelt, K.L., & Knivsberg, A.M. (2009). The possibility and probability of a gut-to-brain connection in autism. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry , Volume 21(4), pp. 205 - 211 Reichle, J., Sigafoos, J., & Piche, L. (1989). Teaching an adolescent with blindness and severe disabilities: A correspondence between requesting and selecting preferred objects. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 14, pp. 75 – 80 Reichle, J. (1991a). Defining Decisions, In - Reichle, J., York, J., & Sigafoos, J. (Eds.), Implementing Augmentative and Alternative Communication: Strategies for Learners with Severe Disabilities . Paul H. Brookes Publishing Reichle, J. (1991b). Developing communicative exchanges, In - Reichle, J., York, J., & Sigafoos, J. (Eds.), Implementing Augmentative and Alternative Communication: Strategies for Learners with Severe Disabilities . Paul H. Brookes Publishing Reichle, J., & Sigafoos, J. (1991a). Establishing an initial repertoire of requesting In - Reichle, J., York,J., & Sigafoos,J. (Eds.), Implementing Augmentative and Alternative Communication: Strategies for Learners with Severe Disabilities . Paul H. Brookes Publishing Reichle, J., & Sigafoos, J. (1991b). Establishing spontaneity and generalization In - Reichle, J., York,J., & Sigafoos,J. (Eds.), Implementing AAC: Strategies for learners with severe disabilities , pp. 157 - 171, Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. Reichle, J., & Sigafoos, J. (1991c). Bringing communicative behavior under the control of the appropriate stimuli In - Reichle, J., York,J., & Sigafoos,J. (Eds.), Implementing AAC: Strategies for learners with severe disabilities , pp. 193 - 213, Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co. Reichle, J., York,J., & Sigafoos,J. (Eds.) (1991). Implementing Augmentative and Alternative Communication: Strategies for Learners with Severe Disabilities . Paul H. Brookes Publishing Reid, D.H., & Parsons, M.B. (1991). Making choice a routine part of mealtimes for persons with profound mental retardation. Behavioral Residential Treatment , Volume 6, pp. 249 - 261 Reid, D.H., Phillips, J.F., & Green, C.W. (1991). Teaching persons with profound multiple handicaps: A review of the effects of behavioral research. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 24(2), pp. 319 - 336 Reid, D.H., Everson. J.M., & Green, C.W. (1999). A systematic evaluation of preferences identified through person-centred planning for people with profound multiple disabilities . Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 32(4), pp. 467 – 477 Reid, D.H., Parsons, M.B., & Green, C.W. (2001). Evaluating the functional utility of congregate day treatment activities for adults with severe disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 106(5), pp. 460 - 469 Reid, D.H., Green, C.W., & Parsons, M.B. (2003). An outcome management program for extending advances in choice research into choice opportunities for supported workers with severe multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 36(4), pp. 575 – 578 Reimer, A., & Siemonsma-Boom, M. (2013). Motoriek en visuele beperkingen [Motoric and visual impairments]. In - R. van Empelen, R. Nijhuis-van der Sanden, & A. Hartman (Eds.), Kinderfysiotherapie . pp. 639 – 659. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Reed Business Education. Reisman, J. (1993). Using a sensory integrative approach to treat self-injurious behavior in an adult with profound mental retardation. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 47, pp. 403 – 411 Reiss, D., & Marino, L. (2001). Mirror self-recognition in the bottle-nose dolphin: a case of cognitive convergence. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America , Volume 98, pp. 5937 – 5942 Reiss S. & Rojahn J. (1993). Joint occurrence of depression and aggression in children and adults with mental retardation. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 37, pp. 287 – 294 Remington, B. (1996). Assessing the occurrence of learning in children with profound intellectual disability: A conditioning approach. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 43(2), pp. 101 - 118 Repp, A.C., Felce, D., & de Kock, U. (1987). Observational studies of staff working with mentally retarded persons: a review. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 8(2), pp. 331 - 350 Repp, A.C., Felce, D., & Barton, L.E. (1988). Basing the treatment of stereotypic and self-injurious behaviors on hypotheses of their causes. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 21, pp. 281 - 289
Resman, M.H. (1981). Effect of sensory stimulation on eye contact in a profoundly retarded adult. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 35, pp. 31 - 35 Reynolds, A. (2012). Pets as therapy: where is the evidence? Nursing & Residential Care , Volume 14(9), pp. 478 - 481 Reynolds, F. (2002). A survey of opportunities and barriers to creative leisure activity for people with learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 30 (2), pp. 63 - 67 Rhodes, J., & Hewett, D. (2010). The Human Touch: physical contact and making a social world available for the most profoundly disabled. PMLD Link . Volume 22(2), pp. 11 - 14 Richmond, G., Schroder, S.R., & Bickel, W. (1986). Tertiary prevention of attrition related to self-injurious behaviours. In K.D. Gadow (Ed.), Advances in Learning and Behavioural Disabilities , Volume 5. London: JAI Press Rickson, D.J. (1997). The music therapist working in New Zealand schools with children who have disabilities. Annual Journal of the New Zealand Society for Music Therapy , 1997 edition, pp. 44 - 53 Rickson, D.J. (2001). A Music Therapy Practice in Special Education Settings in New Zealand. New Zealand Society for Music Therapy , 2001 edition, pp. 26 - 47 Rickson, D.J. (2006). Reflections on the nature of relationship in brief music therapy encounters with children who have developmental difficulties. New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 4, pp. 23 - 45 Rickson, D.J. (2007). Music Therapy in Special Education: Do We Need More Evidence? A response to K. McFerran & J. Stephenson. British Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 21(1), pp. 28 - 29 Rickson, D.J., & McFerran K. (2007). Music Therapy in Special Education: Where are we now? New Zealand Journal of Educational Practice , Volume 8(1), pp. 40 - 47 Rickson, D.J. (2008). The potential role of music in special education (The Promise) - New Zealand music therapists consider collaborative consultation. New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 6, pp. 76 - 97 Rickson, D.J. (2010). The development of a music therapy school consultation protocol for students with high or very high special educational needs . Thesis: Doctor of Philosophy in Music. New Zealand School of Music, Wellington, Rimmer, J.H., Braddock, D., & Fujiura, G. (1993). Prevalence of obesity in adults with mental retardation: implications for health promotion and disease prevention. Mental Retardation , Volume 31(2), pp. 105 - 110 Rimmer, J.H. (1994). Fitness and rehabilitation programs for special populations . McGraw-Hill Humanities, Social Sciences & World Languages. Rimmer, J.H., Braddock, D., & Marks, B. (1995). Health characteristics and behaviors of adults with mental retardation residing in three living arrangements. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume16(6), pp. 489 - 499 Rimmer, J.H., & Wang, E. (2005). Obesity prevalence among a group of Chicago residents with disabilities. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation , Volume 86(7), pp. 1461 - 1464 Rimmer, J.H., & Yamaki, K. (2006). Obesity and intellectual disability. Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews , Volume 12(1), pp. 22 - 27 Rimmer, J.H., Yamaki, K., Lowry, B.M., Wang, E., & Vogel, L.C. (2010). Obesity and obesity ‐ related secondary conditions in adolescents with intellectual/developmental disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 54(9), pp. 787 - 794 Rincover, A., Newsom, C.D., Lovaas, 0.I., & Koegel, R.L. (1977). Some motivational properties of sensory reinforcement in psychotic children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology , Volume 24, pp. 312 - 323 Rincover, A. (1978). Sensory extinction: a procedure for eliminating self-stimulatory behavior in developmentally disabled children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology , Volume 6(3), pp. 229 - 310 Rincover, A., Cook, R., Peoples, A., & Packard, D. (1979). Sensory extinction and sensory reinforcement principles for programming multiple adaptive behavior change . Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 12(2), pp. 221 - 233 Rincover, A., Newsom, C.D., & Carr, E.G. (1979). Using sensory extinction procedures in the treatment of compulsive like behavior of developmentally disabled children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology , Volume 47(4), pp. 695 - 701 Rincover, A. (1981). How to Use Sensory Extinction . Pro Ed Rincover, A., & Devaney, J. (1982). The application of sensory extinction procedures to self-injury. Analysis and Intervention in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 2, pp. 67 - 81 Risley, T.R. (1996). Get a life! Positive behavioral intervention for challenging behaviour through life arrangement and life coaching. In L.K. Koegel, R.L. Koegel, & G. Dunlap (Eds.), Positive behavioral support : including people with difficult behavior in the community . Baltimore: Brookes Ritchie, F. (1993). Opening Doors: The Effects of Music Therapy with People who have Severe Learning Difficulties and Display Challenging Behaviour. In Heal, M., & Wigram, T., (Eds.) Music Therapy in Health and Education , London: Jessica Kingsley. Roberts, M. (2001). Off-task behavior in the classroom: Applying FBA and CBM . National Association of School Psychologists and The Guidance Channel (www.guidancechannel.com) Roberts, S., & Rues, J. (1999). Using cueing strategies and behavior state analysis to increase alertness and responsiveness among infants with severe cognitive and multiple disabilities . (Model Demonstration Project, H324M990015) Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education. Roberts, S., Arthur-Kelly, M., Foreman, P., & Pascoe, S. (2005). Educational approaches for maximizing arousal in children with multiple and severe disability: New directions for research and practice in early childhood contexts. Pediatric Rehabilitation , Volume 8(2), pp. 88 - 91 Robertson, J., Emerson, E., Gregory, N., Hatton, C., Turner, S., Kessissoglou, S., & Hallam, A. (2000). Lifestyle related risk factors for poor health in residential settings for people with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 21(6), pp. 469 – 486 Rochat, P. (2003). Five levels of self-awareness as they unfold early in life. Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 12, pp. 717 – 731 Rochat, P., Broesch, T., & Jayne, K. (2012). Social awareness and early self-recognition. Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 21, pp. 1491 - 1497 Rochefort, C., Gheusi, G., Vincent, J.D., & Lledo, P.M. (2002). Enriched Odor Exposure Increases the Number of Newborn Neurons in the Adult Olfactory Bulb and Improves Odor Memory. The Journal of Neuroscience , Volume 22(7). pp. 2679 – 2689 Rodin, J. & Langer, E.J. (1977). Long-Term Effects of a Control-Relevant Intervention with the Institutional Aged. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology , Volume 35, pp. 897 – 902 Rogers, B., Stratton, P., Victor, J., Kennedy, B., & Andres, M. (1992). Chronic regurgitation among persons with mental retardation: a need for combined medical and interdisciplinary strategies. American Journal of Mental Retardation . Volume 96, pp. 522 – 527 Rogers P.J., Kainth, A., & Smit, H.J. (2001). A drink of water can improve or impair mental performance depending on small differences in thirst. Appetite . Volume 36. pp. 57 - 58 Rojahn, J., & Sisson, L. (1990). Stereotyped behaviour. In Matson, J (Ed.), Handbook of Behaviour Modification with the Mentally Retarded . pp. 181 - 223. New York: Springer US Rojahn, J. (1994). Epidemiology and topographic taxonomy of self-injurious behavior. In T. Thompson & D.B. Gray (eds.), Destructive Behavior in Developmental Disabilities: Diagnosis and Treatment , pp. 49 - 67. Thousand oaks: Sage Rojahn, J., Matson, J.L., Lott, D., Esbensen, A.J., & Smalls, Y. (2001). The behaviour problems inventory: An instrument for the assessment of self-injury, stereotyped behavior, and aggression/destruction in individuals with developmental disabilities. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , Volume 31(6), pp. 577 – 588 Rojahn, J., Schroeder, S., & Hoch, T. (2008). Self-Injurious Behaviour in Intellectual Disabilities . Oxford: Elsevier. Rojahn, J., Rowe, E.W., Kasdan, S., Moore, L.,& van Ingen, D.J. (2011). Psychometric properties of the Aberrant Behaviour Checklist, the Anxiety, Depression and Mood Scale, the Assessment of Dual Diagnosis and the Social Performance Survey Schedule in adults with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32, pp. 2309 - 2320 Rojahn, J., Barnard-Brak, L., Richman, D., Dotson, W., Medeiros, K., Wei, T., & Abby, L. (2012). Behavior Problems in Individuals with Cornelia de Lange Syndrome: Population-Specific Validation of the Behavior Problem Inventory-01. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 25, pp. 505 – 515 Rowland, C., & Schweigert, P. (1989). Tangible symbols: Symbolic communication for individuals with multisensory impairments. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 5(4), pp. 226 - 234 Rolandelli, P.S., & Dunst, C.J. (2003). Influences of hippotherapy on the motor and social-emotional behavior of young children with disabilities. Bridges , Volume 2(1), pp. 1 - 5 Rose, S., & Massey, P. (1993). Adventurous Outdoor Activities: An Investigation into the benefits of Adventure for Seven People with Severe Learning Difficulties. Mental Handicap Research . Volume 6. pp. 287 - 301 Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent self-image. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Ross E. & Oliver C. (2002). The relationship between levels of mood, interest and pleasure and challenging behaviour in adults with severe and profound intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 42, pp. 191 – 197 Rokvic, V. (2007). The Meaning and Role of Touch with an Adult with Profound Learning Disability in Dance Movement Therapy , Unpublished MA dissertation, Goldsmith University Rosenzweig, M.R., Krech, D., Bennett, E.L., & Diamond, M.C. (1962). Effects of environmental complexity and training on brain chemistry and anatomy: A replication and extension. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology , Volume 55(4), pp. 429 - 437 Rosenzweig, M.R., & Bennett, E.L. (1972). Cerebral changes in rats exposed individually to an enriched environment. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology , Volume 80(2), pp. 304 - 313 Rowland, C.M., & Schweigert, P. (1989). Tangible symbols: symbolic communication for individuals with multisensory impairments. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 6(4), pp. 226 - 234 Rowland, C.M., & Schweigert, P. (2000). Tangible symbols, tangible outcomes. Augmentative and Alternative Communication , Volume 16, pp. 61 - 78 Royeen, C.B. (1985). Domain specification of the construct tactile defensiveness. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 39, pp. 596 – 599 Royeen, C.B. (1986). The development of a touch scale for measuring tactile defensiveness in children. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 40, pp. 414 – 418 Royeen, C.B. (1987a). Redefining tactile defensiveness . Paper presented at the Tactile Defensiveness Treatment, Research and Theory Workshop, Boston. Royeen, C.B. (1987b). TIP-Touch inventory for preschoolers: A pilot study. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics , Volume 7, pp. 29 – 40 Royeen, C.B., Miller, L.J., & Fortune, J. (1987). An analysis of tactile defensiveness and measures of development in elementary school aged children . Paper presented at the research forum of the annual meeting of the American Occupational Therapy Association, Indianapolis. Royeen, C.B., & Lane, S.J. (1991). Tactile processing and sensory defensiveness. In A.G. Fisher, E.A. Murray, & A.C. Bundy. (Eds.), Sensory Integration: Theory and Practice (pp. 108-136). Philadelphia: F. A. Davis. Rues, J. (1986). Developing basic motor skills in infants and children with severe handicaps: An experimental analysis with implications for education and treatment . Final report. Kansas: Kansas University Rusalova, M.N. (2005). Characteristics of inter-hemisphere interactions at different levels of consciousness. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology , Volume 35, pp. 821 – 827 Rusch, R.G., Hall, J.C., & Griffin, H.C. (1986). Abuse provoking characteristics of institutionalized mentally retarded individuals. American Journal of Mental Deficiency . Volume 90(6). pp. 618 - 624 Sacks, O. (1989). Seeing Voices . University of California press. Picador Edition (1991). ISBN 0-330-31716-4 Salmento, M., & Bambara, L.M. (2000). Teaching staff members to provide choice opportunities for adults with multiple disabilities. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions , Voulme 2(1), pp. 12 - 21 Saloviita, T. (2000). The structure and correlates of self-injurious behavior in an institutional setting. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 21, pp. 501 - 511 Salzen, E.A. (1998). Emotion and self-awareness, Applied Animal Behaviour Science , Volume 57, pp. 299 - 313 Sams, M.J., Fortney, E.V., & Willenbring, S. (2006). Occupational therapy incorporating animals for children with autism: A pilot investigation. The American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 60(3), pp. 268 – 274 Samuel, J. (2001a). Intensive Interaction, Clinical Psychology Forum , Volume 148, pp. 22 - 25 Samuel, J. (2001b). Intensive Interaction in context, Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(3), pp. 25 - 30 Samuel, J., & Pritchard, M. (2001). The ignored minority: Meeting the needs of people with profound learning disability. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(2), pp. 34 - 44 Samuel, J. (2003). An Evaluation of Intensive Interaction in Community Living Settings for Adults with Profound Learning Disability , DclinPsychol thesis, Open University/BPS. Samuel, J., Nind, M., Volans, A. & Scriven, I. (2008) ‘An evaluation of Intensive Interaction in community living settings for adults with profound intellectual disabilities’, Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 12(2), pp.111 - 126 Sandiford, P.J. (1997). A positive Outlook on Challenging Behaviour . National Children's Bureau Sandler, A.G., & Voogt, K. (2001). Vestibular stimulation: Effects on visual and auditory alertness in children with multiple disabilities. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 13(4), pp. 333 - 341 Sasso, G.M., Reimers, T.M., Cooper, L.J., Wacker, D., Berg, W., Steege, M., Kelly, L., & Allaire, A. (1992). Use of descriptive and experimental analyses to identify the functional properties of aberrant behavior in school settings. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 25, pp. 809 - 821 Saunders, M.D., Questad, K.A., Kedziorski, T.L., Boase, B.C., Patterson, E.A., & Cullinan, T.B. (2001). Unprompted mechanical switch use in individuals with severe multiple disabilities: An evaluation of the effects of body position. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 13(1), pp. 27 - 39 Saunders, M.D., Smagner, J.P., & Saunders, R.R. (2003). Improving methodological and technological analyses of adaptive switch use of individuals with profound multiple impairments. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 18, pp. 227 - 243 Saunders, M.D., Timler, G.R., Cullinan, T.B., Pilkey, S., Questad, K.A., & Saunders, R.R. (2003). Evidence of contingency awareness in people with profound multiple impairments: response duration versus response rate indicators. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 24(4), pp. 231 - 245 Saunders, M.D., Saunders, R.R., Mulugeta, A., Henderson, K., Kedziorski, T., Hekker, B., & Wilson, S. (2005). A novel method for testing learning and preferences in people with minimal motor movement. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 26(3), pp. 255 - 266 Saunders, R.R., McEntee, J.E., & Saunders, M.D. (2005). Interaction of reinforcement schedules, a behavioral prosthesis, and work-related behavior in adult with mental retardation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 38(2), pp. 163 - 176 Savage, L.M., Buzzetti, R.A., & Ramirez, D.R. (2004). The effects of hippocampal lesions on learning, memory, and reward expectancies. Neurobiology of Learning and Memory . Volume 82(2), pp. 109 - 119 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1977). Initial acquisition of symbolic skills via the Yerkes computerized language analogue system , Presentation at Nonspeech Language Intervention Conference, Gulf Shores, Al, March 1977 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Wilkerson, B., & Bakeman, R. (1977). Spontaneous gestural communication among conspecifics in the pygmy chimpanzee. In - Progress in ape research , Bourne, G. (Ed.) , pp. 97 - 116. New York: Academic Press Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1978). Symbolization, language, and chimpanzees: A theoretical reevaluation based on initial language acquisition processes in four young pan troglodytes. Brain and Language , Volume 6, pp. 265 - 300 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Rumbaugh, D. , & Boysen, S. (1978a). Linguistically mediated tool use and exchange by chimpanzees. Behavioral and Brain Sciences . Volume 1, pp. 539 - 554 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Rumbaugh, D. , & Boysen, S. (1978b). Symbolic communication between two chimpanzees. Science , Volume 201: pp. 641 - 644 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1979). Symbolic communication - its origins and early development in the chimpanzee. New Directions for Child Development . Volume 3, pp. 1 - 15 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1980a). Language analogue project, phase II: Theory and tactics. In - Children's language , Nelson, K. (Ed.), pp. 267 - 307. New York: Gardner Press Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1980b). Requisites of symbolic communication - Or, are words for birds? The Psychological Record , Volume 30, pp. 305 - 315 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1980c). A response to Herbert Terrace's paper, "Linguistic apes". The Psychological Record . Volume 30, pp. 315 - 318 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Rumbaugh, D. , & Boysen, S. (1980). Do apes use language? American Scientist , Volume 68, pp. 49 - 61 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Rumbaugh, D., Smith, S.T., & Lawson, J. (1980). Reference: The linguistic essential. Science . Volume 210, pp. 922 - 924 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1981). Can apes use symbols to represent their world? In - The Clever Hans Phenomenon: Communication with horses, whales, apes, and people, Sebeok, T. & Rosenthal, R. (Eds.). pp. 35 - 59. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences , Volume 364 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Rumbaugh, D. (1982). Ape language research is alive and well: A reply. Anthropos , Volume 77: pp. 568 - 573 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Pate, J., Lawson, J., Smith, S.T., & Rosenbaum, S. (1983). Can a chimpanzee make a statement? Journal of Experimental Psychology: General . Volume 112. pp. 457 - 492 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Romski, M.A., Sevcik, R.A., & Pate, J. (1983). Assessing symbol usage versus symbol competency. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General . Volume 112, pp. 508 - 512 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1984a). Verbal behaviour at a procedural level in the chimpanzee. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Volume 41, pp. 223 - 250 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1984b). Pan paniscus and Pan troglodytes: Contrasts in preverbal communicative competence. In - The pygmy chimpanzee: Evolutionary biology and behavior , Susman, R. (Ed.). pp. 395 - 413. New York: Plenum Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1986). Ape language: From conditioned response to symbol . Oxford: Oxford University Press. New York: Columbia University Press Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., McDonald, K., Sevcik, R.A., Hopkins, W., & Rubert, E. (1986). Spontaneous symbol acquisition and communicative use by pygmy chimpanzees. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General . Volume 115, pp. 211 - 235 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1987). Communication, symbolic communication, and Language: Reply to Seidenberg and Petitto. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General . Volume 116, pp. 288 - 292 Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1998). A new look at ape language: Comprehension of vocal speech and syntax. In - Comparative perspectives in modern psychology . Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. Leger, D.W. (Ed.) . pp. 201 - 255. Lincoln, Nebraska: University of Nebraska Press Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., Sevcik, R., Brakke, K., Rumbaugh, D. & Greenfield, P. (1990). Symbols: Their communicative use, combination, and comprehension by Bobobos (pan paniscus). In - Advances in infancy research (Volume 6, pp. 221-278). Lipsett, L. & Rovee-Collier, C. (Eds). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S. (1992). Pan to man: The language link . Presentation at the American Association for the Advancement of Science, February 8, 1992, Chicago Savage-Rumbaugh, E.S., & Lewin, R. (1994). Kanzi: The ape at the brink of the human mind. London: Doubleday Savarimuthu, D., & Bunnell, T. (2002). The effects of music on clients with learning disabilities: a literature review . Complementary Therapies in Nursing & Midwifery . Volume 8, pp. 160 -165 Saxby, H., Thomas, M., Felce, D., & De Kock, U. (1986). The use of shops, cafes and public houses by severely and profoundly mentally handicapped adults. British Journal of Mental Subnormality , Volume 32, pp. 69 - 81 Saxby, H, & Morgan, H. (1993). Behaviour Problems in Children with Learning Disabilities: to what extent do they exist and are they a problem? Child Care, Health and Development , Volume 19, pp. 149 - 157 Scarborough, D.R., Boyce, S., McCain, G., Oppenheimer, S., August, A., & Strinjas, J.N. (2006). Abnormal physiological responses to touch among children with persistent feeding difficulties. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology . Volume 48, pp. 460 464 Scarth, S.B. (2001). Dance Movement therapy with adults with severe learning difficulties and behaviours that challenge. ADMT quarterly , Volume 12(3), pp. 9 - 17 Schaaf, R.C., & Miller, L.J. (2005). Occupational therapy using a sensory integrative approach for children with developmental disabilities. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews , Volume 11, pp. 143 – 148 Schaffer, R. (1984). Sensory integration therapy with learning disabled children: A critical review. Canadian Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 51, pp. 73 - 77. Schalock, R.L., Harper, R.S., & Genung, T. (1981). Community integration of mentally retarded adults: Community placement and program success. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 85(5), pp. 478 - 488. Schalock, R.L., Brown, I., Brown, R., Cummins, R.A., Felce, D., Matikka, L., Keith K.D., & Parmenter, T. (2002). Conceptualization, measurement, and application of quality of life for people with intellectual disabilities: Report of an international panel of experts. Mental Retardation , Volume 40(6), pp. 457 – 470 Schalock, R.L., & Verdugo, M.A. (2002). Handbook on quality of life for human service practitioners . Washington, DC: American Association on Mental Retardation. Schalock, R.L. (2004). The concept of quality of life: what we know and do not know. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 48(3), pp. 203 – 216 Schalock, R.L., Verdugo, M.A., Jenaro, C., Wang, M., Wehmeyer, M., Xu, J., & Lachapelle, Y. (2005). A cross-cultural study of quality of life indicators. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 110(4), pp. 298 – 311 Schalock, R.L. (2010). The measurement and use of quality of life-related personal outcomes, in - Enhancing the Quality of Life of People with Intellectual Disabilities , R. Kober, Ed., pp. 3 – 17, Springer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands Schalock, R.L. & Verdugo, M.A . (2012). A leadership guide for today’s disabilities organizations . Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes. Schellingerhout, R., Smitsman, A.W., & Cox, R.F.A. (2005). Evolving patterns of haptic exploration in visually impaired infants. Infant Behavior & Development , Volume 28, pp. 360 – 388 Schepis, M.M., & Reid, D.H. (1994). Training direct service staff in congregate settings to interact with people with severe disabilities: A quick, effective and acceptable program. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 9(1), pp. 13 – 26 Schepis, M.M., & Reid, D.H. (1995). Effects of a voice output communication aid on interactions between support personnel and an individual with multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 28(1), pp. 73 – 77 Schmitt, J.A.J., Benton, D., & Wolfgang Kallus, K. (2005). General methodological considerations for the assessment of nutritional influences on human cognitive functions. European Journal of Nutrition . Volume 44. pp. 459 – 464 Schneider, M.J., Bijam-Schulte, A.M., Janssen, C.G.C., & Stolk, J. (1995). The origin of self-injurious behaviour of children with mental retardation. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities . Volume 42, pp. 136 - 148 Schneider, R.S. (2016). Making Sense: A Guide to Sensory Issues . Future Horizons Schroeder, S.R., Schroeder, C.S., Smith, B., & Dalldorf, J. (1978). Prevalence of self-injurious behaviors in a large state facility for the retarded: a three year follow-up. Journal of Autism and Childhood Schizophrenia , Volume 8, pp, 261 - 269 Schrojenstein Lantman ‐ de Valk, H.V., Akker, M.V.D., Maaskant, M.A., Haveman, M.J., Urlings, H.F.J., Kessels, A., & Crebolder, H.F.J. (1997). Prevalence and incidence of health problems in people with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 41(1), pp. 42 - 51 Schulz, R., & Hanusa, B.H. (1978). Long-Term Effects of Control and Predictability-Enhancing Interventions: Findings and Ethical Issues. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology , Volume 36. pp. 1202 – 1012 Schwartz, B. (2005). The Paradox of Choice: Why More Is Less . Harper Perennial; New edition edition. Schwartzman, L., Yu, C.T., & Martin, G.L. (2003). Choice responding as a function of choice presentation method and level of preference in persons with developmental disabilities. International Journal of Disability, Community & Rehabilitation , Volume 1, pp. 1 - 7 Schwartzman, L., Martin, G.L., Yu, C.T., & Whiteley, J. (2004). Choice, Degree of Preference, and Happiness Indices with Persons with Intellectual Disabilities: A Surprising Finding . Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 39(3), pp 265 - 269 Scott, N. (2005). Special needs, special horses. A guide to the benefits of therapeutic riding . University of North Texas Press Scott, R.C., King, M.D., Gadian, D.G., Neville, B.G., & Connelly, A. (2003). Hippocampal abnormalities after prolonged febrile convulsion: a longitudinal MRI study. Brain . Volume 126. pp. 2551 – 2557 Scoggins, A. (2016). The Effects of Positive-Interactions Staff Training on the Behavior of Staff and Clients during Small Groups in a Center-Based Program of Adult Day Services . (Doctoral dissertation, University of Kansas). Sears, C.J. (1981). The Tactilely Defensive Child. Academic Therapy , Volume 16(5), pp. 563 - 569 Sears, C.J. (1994). Recognizing and coping with tactile defensiveness in young children. Infants & Young Children . Volume 6(4). pp. 46 - 53 Seay, B., & Harlow, H.F. (1965). Maternal separation in the rhesus monkey. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease , Volume 140(6), pp. 434 - 441 Sebba, J. (1988). The Education of People with Profound and Multiple Handicaps. Resource Material for Staff Training . Manchester University Press Sebba, J., Byers, R., & Rose, R. (1995). Redefining the Whole Curriculum for Pupils with Learning Difficulties (revised edition). London: David Fulton Publishers Seifert, M. (2002). Menschen mit schwerer Behinderung in Heimen. Ergebnisse der Ko¨lner Lebensqualita¨t-Studie [Humans with severe handicap in homes. Results of the Cologne quality of life study]. Geistige Behinderung, Volume 3, pp. 203 - 222 Seltzer, M.M., & Krauss, M.W. (2001). Quality of life of adults with mental retardation / developmental disabilities who live with family. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews , Volume 7, pp. 105 – 114 Serpell, J. (1991). Beneficial effects of pet ownership on some aspects of human health and behaviour. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine . Volume 84(12). pp. 717 - 720 Seung, H., Rogalski, Y., Shankar, M., & Elder, J. (2007). The gluten-and casein-free diet and autism: Communication outcomes from a preliminary double-blind clinical trial. Journal of Medical Speech Language Pathology , Volume 15(4), pp. 337 - 345 Seys, D., Duker, P., Salemink, W., & Franken-Wijnhoven, J. (1998). Resident behaviors and characteristics as determinants of quality of residential care: An observational study. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 19(3), pp. 261 – 273 Shapiro, M., Parush, S., Green, M., & Roth, D. (1997). The efficacy of the "Snoezelen" in the management of children with mental retardation who exhibit maladaptive behaviours. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume 43(2), pp. 140 - 155 Sharma, V.M., Sridharan, K., Pichan, G., & Panwar, M.R. (1986). Influence of heat-stress induced dehydration on mental functions. Ergonomics . Volume 29, pp. 791 - 799 Sheehy, K., & Nind, M. (2005). Emotional well-being for all: mental health and people with profound and multiple learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 33, pp. 34 - 38 Shenk, D. (2003). Concept of Information Overload, Encyclopedia of International Media and Communications , Volume 2, pp. 395 - 405 Shentoub, S.A., Soulairac, A., & Rustin, E. (1955). Compartement de l'enfant arriere devant Ie mirior. Enfance . Volume 7, pp. 333 - 340 Shere, B., & Kastenbaum, R. (1966). Mother child interaction in cerebral palsy: Environment and psychosocial obstacles to cognitive development, Genetic Psychology Monographs , Volume 73, pp. 255 - 335 Sheridan, M.D. (1964). Development of auditory attention and language symbols in young children. In - Renfrew, C. & Murphy, K.(Eds.), The child who does not talk . Clinics in developmental medicine. Spastics Society Medical Educational & Information Unit. William Heinemann medical books Ltd. Shevin, M., & Klein, N.K. (1984). The importance of choice-making skills for students with severe disabilities. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 9, pp. 159 - 166 Shirreffs, S.M., Merson, S.J., Fraser, S.M., & Archer, D.T. (2004). The effects of fluid restriction on hydration status and subjective feelings in man. British Journal of Nutrition . Volume 91. pp. 951 - 958 Shogren, K.A., Lopez, S.J., Wehmeyer, M.L., Little, T.D., & Pressgrove, C.L. (2006). The role of positive psychology constructs in predicting life satisfaction in adolescents with and without cognitive disabilities: An exploratory study. Journal of Positive Psychology , Volume 1, pp. 37 – 52 Shogren, K.A., Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Soukup, J.H., Little, T.D., Garner, N., & Lawrence, M. (2007). Examining individual and ecological predictors of the self-determination of students with disabilities. Exceptional Children , Volume 73, pp. 488 – 509 Shogren, K.A., Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Soukup, J.H., Little, T., Garner, N., & Lawrence, M. (2008). Understanding the construct of self-determination: Examining the relationship between the arc’s self-determination scale and the American Institute for Research self-determination scale. Assessment for Effective Instruction , Volume 33, pp. 94 – 107 Shogren, K.A., Palmer, S.B., Bovaird, J., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (2010). Locus of control orientations in students with Intellectual Disability, Learning Disabilities, and no disabilities: A latent growth curve analysis. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 35(3-4), pp. 80 - 92 Shogren, K.A., Palmer, S.B., Wehmeyer, M.L., Williams-Diehm, K., & Little, T.D. (2012). Effect of intervention with the self-determined learning model of instruction on access and goal attainment. Remedial and Special Education , Volume 33, pp. 320 – 330 Shogren, K.A., Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Rifenbark, G.G., & Little, T.D. (2015). Relationships between self-determination and post-school outcomes for youth with disabilities . Journal of Special Education . Volume 48(4), pp. 256 – 267 Shonkoff, J.P. (2011). Protecting brains, not simply stimulating minds. Science , Volume 333(6045), pp. 982 - 983 Shurtleff, T.L., Standeven, J.W., & Engsberg, J.R. (2009). Changes in Dynamic Trunk/Head Stability and Functional Reach After Hippotherapy. Archives of Physical Medical Rehabilitation , Volume 90, pp. 1185 - 1195 Siegel-Causey, E., Guy, B., & Guess, D. (1995). Severe and Multiple Disabilities. In - E.L. Meyen and T.M. Skrtic (Eds.), Special Education and Student Disability: an Introduction. Traditional, Emerging and Alternative Perspectives (4th ed.). Denver: Love Publishing. Siegel-Causey, E., & Bashinski, S.M. (1997). Enhancing initial communication and responsiveness of learners with multiple disabilities: A tri-focus framework for partners. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities , Volume 12(2), pp. 105 - 120 Siewertsen, C., French, E., & Teramoto, M. (2015). Autism Spectrum Disorder and Pet Therapy. Advances in Mind - Body Medicine , Volume 29(2), pp. 22 - 25 Sigafoos, J., & Dempsey, R. (1992). Assessing choice making among children with multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 25, pp. 747 – 756 Sigafoos, J., Roberts, D., Couzens, D., & Caycho, L. (1992). Improving instruction for adults with developmental disabilities: Evaluation of a staff training package. Behavioral Interventions , Volume 7(4), pp. 283 - 297 Sigafoos, J., Roberts, D., Couzens, D., & Kerr, M. (1993). Providing opportunities for choice-making and turn-taking to adults with multiple disabilities. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities , Volume 5, pp. 297 - 310 Sigelman, C.K., Schoenrock, C.J., Spanhel, C.L., Hromas, S.G., Winer, J.L., Budd, E.C., & Martin, P.W. (1980). Surveying Mentally Retarded Persons: Responsiveness and Response Validity in Three Samples. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 84 (5), pp. 479 - 486 Sigelman, C.K., Budd, E.C., Spanhel, C.L. & Schoenrock, C.J. (1981a) When in doubt say yes: acquiescence in interviews with mentally retarded persons. Mental Retardation . Volume 19, pp. 53 - 58 Sigelman, C.K., Budd, E.C., Spanhel, C.L. & Schoenrock, C.J. (1981b). Asking questions of mentally retarded persons: a comparison of yes-no and either-or formats, Applied Research in Mental Retardation, Volume 2, pp. 347 - 357 Sigelman, C.K., Schoenrock, C.J.,Winer, J.L., Spanhel, C.L., Hromas, S.G., Martin, P.W., Budd, E.C., & Bensberg, G.J. (1981). Issues in interviewing mentally retarded persons: An empirical study. In R.H. Bruininks, C.E. Meyers, B.B. Sigford, & K.C. Lakin (Eds.), Deinstitutionalization and community adjustment of mentally retarded people (Monograph No. 4). Washington, D.C.: American Association on Mental Deficiency. Sigelman, C.K., Budd, E.C., Winer, J.L., Schoenrock, C.J., & Martin, P.W. (1982). Evaluating Alternative Techniques of Questioning Mentally Retarded Persons. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 86(5), 1982, pp. 511 - 518 Sigelman, C.K., Winer, J.L. & Schoenrock, C.J. (1982). The responsiveness of mentally retarded persons to questions. Education and Training of the Mentally Retarded , Volume 17, pp. 120 - 124 Sigelman, C.K., Schoenrock, C.J., Budd, E.C., Winer, J.L., Spanhel, C.L., Martin, P.W., Hromas, S.G., & Bensberg, G.J. (1983). Communicating with Mentally Retarded Persons: Asking Questions and Getting Answers , Research and Training Center in Mental Retardation, Texas Tech University Sigelman, C.K., & Budd, E.C. (1986). Pictures as an aid in questioning mentally retarded persons, Rehabilitation Counselling Bulletin , Volume 29, pp. 173 - 181 Silva, K., Correia, R., Lima, M., Magalhães, A., & de Sousa, L. (2011). Can dogs prime autistic children for therapy? Evidence from a single case study. Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine , Volume 17, pp. 1 – 5 Simeon, D.T., & Grantham-McGregor, S,M. (1990). Nutritional deficiencies and children's behaviour and mental development. Nutrition Research Reviews . Volume 3. pp. 1 - 24 Simmons, B, & Watson, D. (2014). Challenging the Developmental Reductionism of ‘Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities’ Through Academic Innovation. PMLD Link , Volume 26(3), Issue 79, pp. 25 - 27 Simon, T.J., Hespos, S.J., & Rochat, P. (1995). Do infants understand simple arithmetic? A replication of Wynn (1992). Cognitive Development , Volume 10(2), pp. 253 - 269 Singer, W. (2008). Epigenesis and brain plasticity in education. In - A. Battro, K. Fischer, & P. Léna (Eds.), The Educated Brain: Essays in Neuroeducation (pp. 97-109). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Singh, N.N., Lancioni, G.E., O’Reilly, M.F., Molina, E.J., Adkins, A.D., & Oliva, D. (2003). Self-determination during mealtimes through microswitch choice-making by an individual with complex multiple disabilities and profound mental retardation. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions , Volume 5(4). Singh, N.N., Lancioni, G.E., Winton, A.S.W., Wahler, R.G., Singh, J., & Sage, M. (2003). Mindful caregiving increases happiness among individuals with profound multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 25(2), pp. 207 – 218 Singh, N.N., Lancioni, G.E., Winton, A.S.W., Molina, E.J., Sage, M., Brown, S., et al. (2004). Effects of Snoezelen room, activities of daily living skills training, and vocational skills training on aggression and self-injury by adults with mental retardation and mental illness. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 25(3), pp. 285 - 293 Singh, N.N., Lancioni, G.E., Winton, A.S.W., Wahler, R.G., Singh, J., & Sage, M. (2004). Mindful care-giving increases happiness among individuals with profound multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 25(2), pp. 207 - 218 Singh, V., & Ghai, A. (2009). Notions of self: Lived realities of children with disabilities. Disability and Society , Volume 24(2), pp.129 - 145 Sisson, L.A., Kilwein, M.L., & Van Hasselt, V.B. (1988). A graduated guidance procedure for teaching self-dressing skills to multi-handicapped children. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 9(4), pp. 419 - 432 Skeja, E. (2014). The impact of cognitive intervention program and music therapy in learning disabilities. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences , Volume 159, pp. 605 - 609 Skinner, B.F. (1938). The Behavior of Organisms:An Experimental Analysis , New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts Slater, A., Mattock, A., & Brown, E. (1990). Size constancy at birth: Newborn infants' responses to retinal and real size. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology , Volume 49(2), pp. 314 - 322 Slater, A., Morison, V., Somers, M., Mattock, A., Brown, E., & Taylor, D. (1990). Newborn and older infants' perception of partly occluded objects. Infant Behavior and Development , Volume 13(1), pp. 33 - 49 Slater, A., Mattock, A., Brown, E., & Bremner, J.G. (1991). Form perception at birth: Revisited. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology , Volume 51(3), pp. 395 - 406 Sloneem, J., Arron, K., Hall, S.S., & Oliver, C. (2009). Self-injurious behaviour in Cornelia de Lange syndrome: 2. association with environmental events’. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53, pp. 590 – 603 Sloper, P., Knussen, C.,Turner, S., & Cunningham, C. (1991). Factors relating to stress and satisfaction with life in families of children with Down's syndrome. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry , Volume 32, pp. 655 - 676 Smidt, A., Balandin, S., Reed, V., & Sigafoos, J. (2007). A communication training programme for residential staff working with adults with challenging behaviour: Pilot data on intervention effects. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 20 (1), pp. 16 – 29 Smith, A.M., Roux, S., Naidoo, N.T., & Venter, D.J.L. (2005). Food choices of tactile defensive children. Nutrition . Volume 21(1), pp. 14 – 19 Smith, B., Moore, Y., & Phillips, C.J. (1983). Education with understanding? Special Education; Forward Trends, Volume 10(2): pp. 21 - 24 Smith, B. (1994). Handing over control to people with learning difficulties. In J. Coupe-O'Kane and B. Smith - Taking Control: Enabling people with learning difficulties . David Fulton Publishers Smith, B. (1996). Discussion: Age-appropriate or Developmentally appropriate Activities? In - Coupe O’Kane, J. & Goldbart, J. (eds) Whose Choice? - Contentious Issues For Those Working With People With Learning Difficulties. London: David Fulton. Smith, K.A., & Gouze, K.R. (2004). The Sensory-Sensitive Child . Collins Smith, L.J. (1996). A behavioural approach to the treatment of non ‐ retentive encopresis in adults with learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 40(2), pp. 130 - 139 Smith, L. (2001). Communication Partnerships with People with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review , Volume 6(2), pp.16 - 21 Smith, M.D. (1985). Managing the aggressive and self-injurious behavior of adults disabled by autism. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 10, pp. 228 - 232 Smith, P. (2006). Choice and control: What families want from school and community supports. Paper presented at the Annual conference of TASH, Baltimore, MD. Smith, P., & Routel, C.R. (2010). Transition failure: The cultural bias of self-determination and the journey to adulthood for people with disabilities. Disability Studies Quarterly , Volume 30(1), pp. 1 – 22 Smith, R.B., Morgan, M., & Davidson, J. (2005). Does the daily choice making of adults with intellectual disability meet the normalisation principle? Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability . Volume 30(4), pp. 226 – 235 Smith, S.A., Press, B., Koenig, K.P., & Kinnealey, M. (2005). Effects of sensory integration intervention on self-stimulating and self-injurious behaviors. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 59, pp. 418 – 425 Smith Roley, S., Mailloux, Z., Miller-Kuhaneck, H., & Glennon, T. (2007). Understanding Ayres' Sensory Integration . OT Practice . Volume 12(7) Snell, M., & Brown, F. (eds.) (2000). Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities . (5th edition). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merril. Snow, E. Langdon, P., & Reynolds, E.S. (2007). Care staff attributions toward self-injurious behaviour exhibited by adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 11(1), pp. 47 – 63 Snyder A.W., & Thomas M. (1997). Autistic artists give clues to cognition, Perception , Volume 26, pp. 93 - 96 Snyder A.W., & Mitchell D.J. (1999). Is integer arithmetic fundamental to mental processing? The mind’s secret arithmetic. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences , Volume 266 (1419), pp. 587 - 592 Snyder A.W. (2001). Paradox of the savant mind, Nature , Volume 413, pp. 251 - 252 Snyder, A.W., Mulcahy, E., Taylor, J.L., Mitchell, D.J., Sachdev, P., & Gandevia, S.C. (2003). Savant-like skills exposed in normal people by suppressing the left fronto-temporal lobe. Journal of Integrative Neuroscience , Volume 2(02), pp. 149 - 158 Snyder, A.W., Bossomaier, T., & Mitchell, D.J. (2004). Concept formation: 'object' attributes dynamically inhibited from conscious awareness. Journal of Integrative Neuroscience , Volume 3(01), pp. 31 - 46 Snyder, A.W. (2009). Explaining and inducing savant skills: privileged access to lower level, less-processed information. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences , Volume 364(1522), pp. 1399 - 1405 Soto-Ares, G., Joyes, B., Lemaître, M.P., Vallée, L., & Pruvo, J.P. (2003). MRI in children with mental retardation. Pediatric Radiology , Volume 33(5), pp. 334 - 345 Sousa, D. (2007). How the Special Needs Brain Learns . Crown Press/Sage, CA USA. Sowers, J., & Powers, L. (1995). Enhancing the participation and independence of students with severe physical and multiple disabilities in performing community activities. Mental Retardation , Volume 33, pp. 209 – 220 Spevack, S., Martin, T.L., Hiebert, R., Yu, C.T., & Martin, G.L. (2004). Effects of choice of work tasks on on-task, aberrant, happiness and unhappiness behaviors of persons with developmental disabilities. Journal on Developmental Disabilities , Volume 11, pp. 79 – 98 Spiker, D., & Ricks, M. (1984). Visual Self-recognition in autistic children: Developmental relationships. Child Development , Volume 55: pp. 214 - 225 Spooner, F., Dymond, S.K.., Smith, A., & Kennedy, C.H. (2006). What we know and need to know about accessing the general curriculum for students with significant cognitive disabilities. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 31(4), pp. 277 – 283 Spragg, M. (2015). Music Therapy within a Multidisciplinary Special Education Team. In - C. Miller (Ed.), Arts Therapists in Multidisciplinary Settings: Working Together for Better Outcomes , pp. 83-95. Jessica Kingsley Publishers Spreat, S., Lipinski, D. Hill, J., & Halpin, M.E. (1986). Safety indices associated with the use of contingent restraint procedures. Applied Research in Mental Retardation . Volume 1000, pp. 528 - 532 Spreat, S., Lamina, J., Jefferys, J., Axelrod, S., Murphy, B.J., & McGuffin, P. (1990). The impact of environmental noise on mealtime social interactions in a residential facility for persons with mental retardations. Behavioral Residential Treatment , Volume 5(1), pp. 1 - 13 Srinivasan, P. (2009). A review of dietary interventions in autism. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry: Official Journal of the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists , Volume 21(4), pp. 237 - 247 Stafford, A.M. (2005). Choice Making: A Strategy for Students With Severe Disabilities. Teaching Exceptional Children . Volume 37(6), pp. 12 - 17 Stagnitti, K., Raison, P., & Ryan, P. (1999). Sensory defensiveness syndrome: A paediatric perspective and case study. Australian Occupational Therapy Journal . Volume 46(4), pp. 175 – 187 Stalker, K., & Harris, P. (1998). The Exercise of Choice by Adults with Intellectual Disabilities: A Literature Review. Journal of Applied Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 11, pp. 60 - 76 Stamatis, P.J. (2011). Non verbal communication in classroom interactions: A pedagogical perspective of touch. Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology , Volume 9 (3), pp. 1427 - 1442 Stamenovic, M. (2009). Engagement in Music Therapy: a detailed study of communication between the therapist and client presenting with severe and multiple handicaps . Master of Music Therapy Thesis: New Zealand School of Music, Wellington Stancliffe, R.J. (1995). Assessing opportunities for choice-making: A comparison of self- and staff reports. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 99, pp. 418 – 429 Stancliffe, R.J., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (1995). Variability in the availability of choice to adults with mental retardation. The Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation, Volume 5, pp. 319 – 328 Stancliffe, R.J. (1997). Community living-unit size, staff presence and resident’s choice making. Mental Retardation , Volume 35, pp. 1 – 9 Stancliffe, R.J., & Abery, B.H. (1997). Longitudinal study of deinstitutionalization and the exercise of choice. Mental Retardation , Volume 35, pp. 159 – 169 Stancliffe, R.J., & Lakin, K.C. (1998). Analysis of expenditures and outcomes of residential alternatives for persons with developmental disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 102(6), pp. 552 – 568 Stancliffe, R.J., Abery, B.H., & Smith, J. (2000). Personal control and the ecology of community living settings: Beyond living-unit size and type. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 105, pp. 431 – 454 Stancliffe, R.J., Abery, B.H., Springborg, H., & Elkin, S. (2000). Substitute decision making and personal control: Implications for self determination. Mental Retardation . Volume 38(5), pp. 407 - 421 Stancliffe, R.J. (2001). Living with support in the community: Predictors of choice and self determination. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews , Volume 7, pp. 91 – 98 Stancliffe, R.J., & Lakin, K.C. (2005). Costs and outcomes of community services for people with intellectual disabilities . Paul H Brookes Publishing. Stancliffe, R.J., Lakin, K.C., Larson, S., Engler, J., Bershadsky, J., Taub, S., Fortune, J., & Ticha, R. (2011). Overweight and obesity among adults with intellectual disabilities who use intellectual disability/developmental disability services in 20 US States. American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 116(6), pp. 401 - 418 Stanish, H.I., & Draheim, C.C. (2005). Assessment of walking activity using a pedometer and survey in adults with mental retardation. Adapted Physical Activity Quarterly , Volume 22(2), pp. 136 - 145 Stanton, D., Wilson, P., Foreman, N., & Duffy, H. (2000). Virtual environments as spatial training aids for children and adults with physical disabilities. 3rd International Conference on Disability, Virtual Reality and Associated Technologies . Steege, M.W., Wacker, D.P., Cigrand, K.C., Berg, W.K., Novak, C.G., Reimers, T.M., Sasso, G.M. and DeRaad, A. (1990). Use of negative reinforcement in the treatment of self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 23, pp. 459 - 467 Stein, Z., & Susser, M. (1985). Effects of early nutrition on neurological and mental competence in human beings. Psychological Medicine . Volume 15. pp. 717 - 726 Steiner, H. (2012). Sensational Journeys: 48 Personal Stories of Sensory Processing Disorder . Future Horizons Stenfert Kroese, B., & Fleming, I. (1992). Staff attitudes and working conditions in community-based group homes of people with learning difficulties, Mental Handicap Research , Volume 5, pp. 82 - 91 Stephenson, J. (2006). Music therapy and the education of students with severe disabilities. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities (formerly Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities), Volume 41(3), pp. 290 - 299 Sterba, J.A., Rogers, B.T., France, A.P., & Vokes, D.A. (2002). Horseback riding in children with cerebral palsy: Effect on gross motor function. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology , Volume 44, pp. 301 – 308 Stern, D.N. (1985). The Interpersonal World of the Infant: A View from Psychoanalysis and Developmental Psychology: A View from Psychoanalysis and Development Psychology . Karnac Books Sternberg, L. (1994). Individuals with Profound Disabilities: Instructional and Assistive Strategies (3rd edition), PRO-ED Inc., Austin, Texas Stevenson, K. (2003). Music therapy assisted communication with children with severe disabilities. The New Zealand Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 1, pp. 82 - 92 Stewart, L., Beange, H., & Mackerras, D. (1994). A survey of dietary problems of adults with learning disabilities in the community. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 7(1), pp. 41 - 50 Stock, S.E., Davies, D.K., Secor, R.R., & Wehmeyer, M.L. (2003). Self-directed career preference selection for individuals with intellectual disabilities: using computer technology to enhance self determination. Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation , Volume 19, pp. 95 – 103 Stolker, J.J., Scheifes, A., Egberts, A.C., & Heerdink, E.R. (2008). Inappropriate prescribing of antipsychotics to people with a mental disability and aggressive behavioural disorders. Nederlands Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde , Volume 152, pp. 1501 – 1502 Stone, V.E., Baron-Cohen, S., & Knight, R.T. (1998). Frontal lobe contributions to theory of mind. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience , Volume 10, pp. 640 - 656 Stonefelt, L.L., & Stein, F. (1998). Sensory integrative techniques applied to children with learning disabilities: An outcome study. Occupational Therapy International , Volume 5, pp. 252 – 272 Stores, R, Stores, G., Fellows, B.& Buckley, S. (1998). Daytime behaviour problems and maternal stress in children with Down's syndrome, their siblings, and non-intellectually disabled and other intellectually disabled peers. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 42, pp. 228 - 237 Storey, K., Bates, P., McGhee, N., & Dycus, S. (1984). Reducing the self-stimulatory behavior of a profoundly retarded female through sensory awareness training. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 38, pp. 510 – 516 Strange, J. (2013). Improvised music to support interaction between profoundly learning-disabled teenagers and their learning support assistants . Doctoral dissertation, Anglia Ruskin University Strnadova, I., & Evans, D. (2012). Subjective Quality of Life of Women with Intellectual Disabilities: The Role of Perceived Control over Their Own Life in Self-Determined Behaviour. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 25(1), pp.71 - 79 Strupp, M., Arbusow, V., Dieterich, M., Sautier, W., & Brandt, T. (1998). Perceptual and oculomotor effects of neck muscle vibration in vestibular neuritis. Ipsilateral somatosensory substitution of vestibular function. Brain: a Journal of Neurology , Volume 121(4), pp. 677 - 685 Stuss, D.T., Gallup, G.G., Jr., & Alexander, M.P. (2001). The frontal lobes are necessary for theory of mind. Brain , Volume 124, pp. 279 - 286 Sugden, D. (1989). Cognitive Approaches in Special Education . Lewes: Falmer Press. Suhr, J.A., Hall, J., Patterson, S.M., & Niinisto, R.T. (2004). The relation of hydration status to cognitive performance in healthy older adults. International Journal of Psychophysiology . Volume 53. pp. 121 - 125 Suhr, J.A., Patterson, S.M., Austin, A.W., & Heffner, K.L. (2010). The relation of hydration status to declarative memory and working memory in older adults. Journal of Nutrition, Health & Aging . Volume 14. pp. 840 - 843 Sullivan, M., & Lewis, M. (2000). Assistive technology for the very young: Creating responsive environments. Infants and Young Children , Volume 12 (4), pp. 34 - 52 Sullivan, M. W., & Lewis, M. (1990). Contingency intervention: A program portrait. Journal of Early Intervention , Volume 14, pp. 367 - 375 Sun, J., Chen, Q., Zhang, Q., Li, Y., Li, H., Wei, D., Yang, W., & Qiu, J. (2016). Training your brain to be more creative: brain functional and structural changes induced by divergent thinking training. Human Brain Mapping , Volume 37(10), pp. 3375 - 3387 Sutcliffe, J. (1990). Adults with learning difficulties: Education for choice and empowerment . National Institute for Adult Continuing Education (NIACE) in association with the Open University Press Sutherland, G., Couch, M.A., & Iacono, T. (2002). Health issues for adults with developmental disability. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 23(6), 422 - 445 Suzuki, W.A. (2015). Healthy Brain, Happpy Life . Dey Street Books Suzuki, W.A. (2016). How Body Affects Brain. Cell Metabolism , Volume 24, pp. 192 - 193 Swanson, H.L. (2000). What Instruction Works for Students with Learning Disabilities? Summarizing the Results from a Meta-Analysis of Intervention Studies. In: R. Gersten, E.P. Schille, & S. Vaughn (eds). Contemporary Special Education Research: Syntheses of the Knowledge Base on Critical Instructional Issues , pp. 1-30, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Sweeney, L.A. (1989). Reducing learned dependency in potential and early augmentative communication users. Southeast Augmentative Communication Conference Proceedings Sweeney, L.A. (1991). Learned dependency and co-dependency among potential users of augmentative communication , American Speech Language Hearing Association Miniseminar, Atlanta, Georgia Sweeney, L.A. (1993). Helplessness, Dependency, an explanatory style as variables of employment potential among Augmented Communicators, First Annual Pittsburgh Employment Conference for Augmented Communicators Proceedings , August 20-22: Shout Press: Pittsburgh Sylwester, R. (1986). Synthesis of Research on Brain Plasticity: The Classroom Environment and Curriculum Enrichment. Educational Leadership , Volume 44(1), pp. 90 - 93 Symons, F.J., Davis M.L., & Thompson, T. (2000). Self-injurious behaviour and sleep disturbance in adults with developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 21, pp. 115 – 23 Symons, F.J., Sperry, L.A., Dropik, P.L., & Bodfish, J.W. (2005). The early development of stereotypy and self-injury: a review of research methods. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49(2), pp. 144 - 158 Symons, F.J., Harper, V.N., McGrath, P.J., Breau L.M., & Bodfish, J.W. (2009). Evidence of increased non-verbal behavioural signs of pain in adults with neurodevelopmental disorders and chronic self-injury. Research in Developmental Disabilities . Volume 30, pp. 521 – 528 Synofzik, M., Vosgerau, G., & Newen, A. (2008). I move, therefore I am: A new theoretical framework to investigate agency and ownership. Consciousness and Cognition , Volume 17, pp. 411 – 424 Szinnai, G., Schachinger, H., Arnaud, M.J., Linder, L., & Keller, U. (2005). Effect of water deprivation on cognitive-motor performance in healthy men and women. American Journal of Physiology. Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology . Volume 289. pp. 275 - 280 Szpunar, K.K. (2010). Episodic future thought: an emerging concept, Perspective in Psychological Science , Volume 5, pp. 142 – 162 Tadema, A.C., & Vlaskamp, C. (2010). The time and effort in taking care for children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: A study on care load and support. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 38(1), pp. 41 - 48 Takeuchi, E. (1994). Incidence of obesity among school children with mental retardation in Japan. American Journal on Mental Retardation . Volume 99(3), pp. 283 - 288 Tammet, D. (2007). Born on a blue day: Inside the extraordinary mind of an autistic savant . Simon and Schuster. Tammet, D. (2009). Embracing the wide sky: a tour across the horizons of the mind . Simon and Schuster. Tanabe, H., Hashikawa, K., Nakagawa, Y., Ikeda, M., Yamamoto, H., Harada, K., Tsumoto, T., Nishimura, T., Shiraishi, J., & Kimura, K. (1991). Memory loss due to transient hypoperfusion in the medial temporal lobes including hippocampus. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica . Volume 84. pp. 22 - 27 Tang, Y., Nyengaard, J.R., De Groot, D.M., & Gundersen, H.J.G. (2001). Total regional and global number of synapses in the human brain neocortex. Synapse , Volume 41(3), pp. 258 - 273 Tate, B.G., & Baroff, G.S. (1966). Aversive control of self-injurious behavior in a psichotic boy. Behavior Research and Therapy. Volume 4, pp. 281 - 287 Taylor, J.C., & Carr, E.G. (1992a). Severe behavior problems related to social interaction. I: Attention seeking and social avoidance. Behavior Modification , Volume 16, pp. 305 - 335. Taylor, J.C., & Carr, E.G. (1992b). Severe behavior problems related to social interaction. II: A systems analysis. Behavior Modification , Volume 16, pp. 336 - 371 Taylor, J.C., Sisson, L.A., McKelvey, J.L., & Trefelner, M.F. (1993). Situation specificity in attention-seeking problem behavior. Behavior Modification , Volume 17, pp. 474 - 497 Temple, V.A., & Walkley, J.W. (2003). Physical activity of adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , Volume 28, pp. 342 – 352 Temple, V.A., Frey, G.C., & Stanish, H.I. (2006). Physical activity of adults with mental retardation: Review and research needs. American Journal of Health Promotion , Volume 21(1), pp. 2 – 12 Ten Brug, A., Van der Putten, A.A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2013). Learn and apply: Using multi-sensory storytelling to gather knowledge about preferences and abilities of children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities – three case studies. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 17(4), pp. 339 - 360 Ten Brug, A., Munde, V.S., van der Putten, A.A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2015). Look closer: the alertness of people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities during multi-sensory storytelling, a time sequential analysis. European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 30(4), pp. 535 - 550 Ten Brug, A., Van der Putten, A.A., Penne, A., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2015). Factors Influencing Attentiveness of People With Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities to Multisensory Storytelling. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 12(3), pp. 190 - 198 Ten Brug, A., Van der Putten, A.A., Penne, A., Maes, B., & Vlaskamp, C. (2016). Making a difference? A comparison between multi ‐ sensory and regular storytelling for persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 60(11), pp. 1043 - 1053 Tenneij, N.H., & Koot, H.M. (2008). Incidence, types and characteristics of aggressive behaviour in treatment facilities for adults with mild intellectual disability and severe challenging behaviour. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 52, pp.114 – 124 Test, D.W., Karvonen, M., Wood, W.M., Browder, D., & Algozzine, B. (2000). Choosing a self-determination curriculum: Plan for the future. Teaching Exceptional Children , Volume 33(2), pp. 48 – 54 Test, D.W., Mason, C., Hughes, C., Konrad, M., Neale, M., & Wood, W.M. (2004). Student involvement in individualized education program meetings. Exceptional Children , Volume 70, pp. 391 – 412 Thoma, C.A., Pannozzo, G.M., Fritton, S.C., & Bartholomew, C.C. (2008). A qualitative study of pre-service teachers’ understanding of self-determination for students with significant disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 31, pp. 94 – 105 Thompson, B., & Guess, D. (1989). Students who experience the most profound disabilities: Teacher perspectives. In Brown, F., Lehr, D. (Eds.), Persons with profound disabilities: Issues and practices , pp. 3 - 41, Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes Thompson, J.R., Bradley, V.J., Buntinx, W.H., Schalock, R.L., Shogren, K.A., Snell, M.E., Wehmeyer, M.L., Borthwick-Duffy, S., Coulter, D.L., Craig, E.M., Gomez, S.C., Lachapelle, Y., Luckasson, R.A., Reeve, A., Spreat, S., Tassé, M. J., Verdugo, M.A., & Yeager, M.H. (2009). Conceptualizing supports and the support needs of people with intellectual disability. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 47(2), pp. 135 – 146 Thye, M.D., Bednarz, H.M., Herringshaw, A.J., Sartin, E.B. & Kana, R.K. (2017). The impact of atypical sensory processing on social impairments in autism spectrum disorder. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience , In Press Tierney, E., Quinlan, D., & Hastings, R.P. (2007). Impact of a 3 day training course on challenging behaviour on staff cognitive and emotional responses. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 20(1), pp. 58 – 63 Tilstone, C. (ed)(1991). Teaching Pupils with Severe Learning Difficulties . London: David Fulton Publishers. Timmeren, E.A., Putten, A.A.J., Schrojenstein Lantman ‐ de Valk, H.M.J., Schans, C.P., & Waninge, A. (2016). Prevalence of reported physical health problems in people with severe or profound intellectual and motor disabilities: a cross ‐ sectional study of medical records and care plans. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 60(11), pp. 1109 - 1118 Tipple, R. (1992). Art therapy with people who have severe learning difficulties. In - D. Waller & A. Gilroy (Eds.), Art therapy: A handbook , pp.105 – 124. Buckingham: Open University Press Tipple, R. (1993). Challenging assumptions: The importance of transference processes in work with people with learning difficulties. Inscape: Journal of the British Association of Art Therapists , Volume 2, pp. 2 – 9. Tohill, C., & Laverty, A. (2001). Sunshine, diet and mobility for healthy bones: an intervention study designed to implement these standards into the daily routine in an at risk population of adults with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , Volume 26, pp. 217 - 231. Tomlinson, J., Derrington, P., & Oldfield, A. (Eds.). (2012). Music Therapy in Schools: Working with Children of All Ages in Mainstream and Special Education . London: Jessica Kingsley. Tomporowski, P.D., Beasman, K., Ganio, M.S., & Cureton, K. (2007). Effects of dehydration and fluid ingestion on cognition. International Journal of Sports Medicine . Volume 28. pp. 891 - 896 Toolan, P., & Coleman, S. (1994). Music therapy, a description of process: Engagement and avoidance in five people with learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 38, pp. 433 - 444. Toolan, P., & Coleman, S. (1995). Music therapy, adscription of process: Engagement and avoidance in five people with learning disabilities. British Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 9(1), pp. 17 - 24 Tota, A., Lancioni, G.E., Singh, N.N., O'reilly, M.F., Sigafoos, J., & Oliva, D. (2006). Evaluating the applicability of optic microswitches for eyelid responses in students with profound multiple disabilities. Disability and Rehabilitation: Assistive Technology , Volume 1(4), pp. 217 - 223 Totsika, V., Toogood, S., Hastings, R.P., & Lewis, S. (2008). Persistence of challenging behaviours in adults with intellectual disability over a period of 11 years. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 52, pp. 446 – 457 Totsika, V., Felce, D., Kerr, M., & Hastings, R.P. (2010). Behavior problems, psychiatric symptoms, and quality of life for older adults with intellectual disability with and without autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders , 40(10), pp. 1171 – 1178 Touchette, P.E., MacDonald, R.F., & Langer, S.N. (1985). A scatter plot for identifying stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 18, pp. 343 – 351 Trachtenberg, J.T., Chen, B.E., Knott, G.W., Feng, G., Sanes, J.R., Welker, E., & Svoboda, K. (2002). Long term in vivo imaging of experience-dependent synaptic plasticity in adult cortex. Nature , Volume 420(6917), pp. 788 – 795 Treffert, D.A. (1988). The idiot savant: A review of the syndrome. American Journal of Psychiatry , Volume 145(5), pp. 563 - 572 Treffert, D.A. (1989). Extraordinary people . Bantam Press Trief, E. (2007). Research report: the use of tangible cues for children with multiple disabilities and visual impairments. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness , Volume 10 (10), pp. 613 – 619 Trief, E., Bruce, S.M., Cascella, P.W., & Ivy S. (2009). The development of a universal tangible symbol system. Journal of visual impairment & blindness . July 2009. pp. 425 - 431 Trief, E., Bruce, S.M., & Cascella, P.W. (2010). The selection of tangible symbols by educators of students with visual impairments and additional disabilities. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness . Volume 104 (8): pp. 499 - 504 Trief, E. (2013). STACS: Standardized tactual augmentative communication system . Louisville: American Printing House for the Blind. Trief, E., Cascella, P.W., & Bruce, S.M. (2013). A Field Study of a Standardized Tangible Symbol System for Learners Who Are Visually Impaired and Have Multiple Disabilities, Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness , May-June 2013. pp. 180 - 191 Trott, M., Laurel, M. K., & Windeck, S.L. (1993). SenseAbilities: Understanding Sensory Integration . Tucson: Therapy Skill Builders Tsakiris, M. (2017). The multisensory basis of the self: From body to identity to others. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology , Volume 70(4), pp. 597 - 609 Tsiouris J.A., Mann R., Patti P.J. & Sturmey P. (2003). Challenging behaviours should not be considered as depressive equivalents in individuals with intellectual disability. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 47, pp. 14 – 21 Turnbull, A.P., Turnbull, H.R., Erwin, E.J.,Soodak, L.C., & Shogren, K.A. (2010). Families, professionals, and exceptionality: A special partnership (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River,NJ: Merrill/Prentice Hall. Turner, F., & Shepherd, M. (2014). Doll Therapy in Dementia Care: A review of current literature. Communicare . Volume 1 (1) Tyler, H. (2002). Working, Playing and Relating - Issues in Group Music Therapy for Children with Special Needs. In - A. Davies & E. Richards (Eds.), Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company , pp. 216 - 230. London: Jessica Kingsley. Tynan, H., & Allen, D. (2002). The impact of service user cognitive level on carer attributions for aggressive behaviour. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 15(3), pp. 213 – 223 Tyrer, F., McGrother, C. W., Thorp, C. F., Donaldson, M., Bhaumik, S., Watson, J. M., & Hollin, C. (2006). Physical aggression towards others in adults with learning disabilities: Prevalence and associated factors. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 50, pp. 295 - 304 Tzu-Wei, Lin, & Yu-Min, Kuo (2013). Exercise Benefits Brain Function: The Monoamine Connection. Brain Sciences . Volume 3, pp. 39 - 53 Ullman, L., & Krasner, L. (Eds.) (1965). Case Studies in Behaviour Modification . New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston United Cerebral Palsy Associations, Inc. (1992). UCPA policy on communication access and free speech rights of Americans with disabilities . United Cerebral Palsy Associations, Inc. Policy manual. Washington, DC: UCPA Utley Adelizzi, J., & Goss, D.B. (2001). Parenting Children with Learning Disabilities , Bergin and Garvey Uyanik, M., Bumin, G., & Kayihan, H. (2003). Comparison of different therapy approaches in children with Down syndrome. Pediatrics International , Volume 45, pp. 68 – 73 Valdovinos M.G., Caruso M., Roberts C., Kim G., & Kennedy C.H. (2005). Medical and behavioural symptoms as potential side effects in adults with developmental disabilities. American Journal of Mental Retardation , Volume 110, pp. 164 – 70 Van De Sande, M.M., van Buul, V.J., & Brouns, F.J. (2014). Autism and nutrition: the role of the gut–brain axis. Nutrition Research Reviews , Volume 27(2), pp. 199 - 214 Van Delden, R., Reidsma, D., van Oorsouw, W., Poppe, R., van der Vos, P., Lohmeijer, A., Embregts, P., Evers, V., & Heylen, D. (2014). Towards an interactive leisure activity for people with PIMD. In - International Conference on Computers for Handicapped Persons, pp. 276 - 282. Springer, Cham. Van den Broek, E.G.C., Janssen, C.G.C., van Ramhorst, T., & Deen, L. (2004). Mensen met een (zeer) ernstige meervoudige beperking en slechtziendheid. Een inventariserend onderzoek naar het visueel functioneren (People with a (very) multiple severe limitation and poor eyesight. A survey of visual functioning). Nederlands Tijdschrift voor de Zorg aan personen met verstandelijke beperkingen , Volume 30, pp. 254 – 266 Van der Gaag, A. (1988). The development of a communication assessment procedure for use with adults with a mental handicap - an interim report. The British Journal of Mental Subnormality , Volume 34(66), pp. 62 - 68 Van der Gaag, A. (1988). CASP: The Communication Assessment Profile for Adults with a Mental Handicap . Speech Profiles Limited Van der Putten, A., Reynders, K., Vlaskamp, C., & Nakken, H. (2004). A functionally focused curriculum for children with profound multiple disabilities: A goal analysis. Journal Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 17(2), pp. 71 - 75 Van der Putten, A. (2005). Moving Toward Independence?: Evaluation of the" Mobility Opportunities Via Education" Curriculum with Children with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities . Rijksuniversiteit Groningen. Van der Putten, A., Vlaskamp, C., Reynders, K., & Nakken, H. (2005). Children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: The effects of functional movement activities. Clinical Rehabilitation , Volume 19(6), pp. 613 – 620 Van der Putten, A., Vlaskamp, C., Reynders, K., & Nakken, H. (2005b). Movement skill assessment in children with profound multiple disabilities: a psychometric analysis of the Top Down Motor Milestone Test. Clinical Rehabilitation , Volume 19(6), pp. 635 - 643 Van der Putten, A., Vlaskamp, C., & Poppes, P. (2009). The content of support of persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: An analysis of the number and content of goals in the educational programmes. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 22, pp. 391 – 394. Van der Putten, A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2011). Pain assessment in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities; a pilot study into the use of the pain behaviour checklist in everyday practice. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 32(5), pp. 1677 – 1684 Van der Putten, A., & Vlaskamp, C. (2011b). Day services for people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: An analysis of thematically organized activities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 8(1), pp. 10 - 17 Van der Putten, A., Bossink, L.W.M., Frans, N., Houwen, S., & Vlaskamp, C. (2017). Motor activation in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities in daily practice, Journal of Intellectual & Developmental Disability , Volume 42(1), pp. 1 - 11 Van Dijk, J. (1965). Motor development in the education of deaf-blind children. Proceedings of the Conference on the deaf-blind , Refsnes, Denmark (pp. 41–47). Boston: Perkins School for the Blind. Van Dijk, J. (1967). The non-verbal deaf-blind child and his world: His outgrowth towards the world of symbols. Proceedings of the Jaaverslag Institute voor Doven, 1964–1967 (pp. 73–110). Sint-Michielsgestel: Holland. Van Dijk, J. (1986). An educational curriculum for deaf-blind multi-handicapped persons. In - D. Ellis (Ed.). Sensory Impairments in Mentally Handicapped People . London: Croom Helm Van Hanegem, E., Enkelaar, L., Smulders, E., & Weerdesteyn, V. (2014). Obstacle course training can improve mobility and prevent falls in people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 58(5), pp. 485 - 492 Van Oorsouw, W.M., Embregts, P.J., Bosman, A.M., & Jahoda, A. (2009). Training staff serving clients with intellectual disabilities: A meta-analysis of aspects determining effectiveness. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30, pp. 503 - 511 Van Timmeren, E.A., Van der Putten, A.A.J., Schrojenstein Lantman-de Valk, H.M.J., Schans, C. P., & Waninge, A. (2016). Prevalence of reported physical health problems in people with severe or profound intellectual and motor disabilities: A cross-sectional study of medical records and care plans. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 60(11), pp. 1109 – 1118 Vargas, S., & Camilli, G. (1999). A meta-analysis of research on sensory integration treatment. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 53, pp. 189 - 198 Veit, S.W., Allen, G.J., & Chinsky, J.M. (1976). Interpersonal interactions between institutionalized retarded children and their attendants. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 80(5), pp. 535 - 542 Vernon, M. (1972). Mind over mouth: A rationale for 'total communication'. Volta Review , Volume 74, pp. 529 - 540 Vernon, M. (1987). Sensory Impairments in Mentally Handicapped People. American Annals of the Deaf , Volume 132(1), pp. 4 - 4 Vinter, A., Mounoud, P., & Husain, O. (1983). Accuracy and Stability of Self-Image of Mentally Retarded Adults. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 87(6), pp. 583 - 590 Vlaskamp, C. (1999). Een eigen perspectief. Een programma voor mensen met ernstige meervoudige beperkingen (Your own perspective. A program for people with severe multiple disabilities). Assen: Van Gorcum. Vlaskamp, C., & Nakken, H. (1999). Missing in execution therapies and activities for individuals with profound multiple disabilities. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities , Volume 45(2), pp. 99 - 109 Vlaskamp, C., & Verkerk, M.A. (2000). Zorg als proces – over zorgpraktijken en zorgvocabulaires (Care as a process - about care practices and care vocabularies). Dutch Journal of Care for persons with intellectual disabilities , Volume 26, pp. 4 – 16 Vlaskamp, C., & Oxener, G. (2002). Communicatie bij mensen met ernstige meervoudige beperkingen: Een overzicht van assessment en interventie methoden (Communication in people with severe multiple disabilities: An overview of assessment and intervention methods). Dutch Journal of Care for persons with intellectual disabilities , Volume 28, pp. 226 - 237 Vlaskamp, C., de Geeter, K.I., Huijsmans, L.M., & Smit, I.H. (2003). Passive activities: the effectiveness of multisensory environments on the level of activity of individuals with profound multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 16(2), pp. 135 - 143 Vlaskamp, C. (2005). Assessing people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. In J. Hogg & A. Langa (Eds.), Assessing adults with intellectual disability: A service provider’s guide (pp. 152 - 163). Blackwell Publishers: Oxford. Vlaskamp, C., Fonteine, H., & Tadema, A. (2005). Handleiding bij de lijst 'Alertheid van kinderen met zeer ernstige verstandelijke en meervoudige beperkingen . [Manual of the list 'Alertness in children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities']. Groningen: Stichting Kinderstudies. Vlaskamp, C., & Cuppen-Fonteine, H. (2007). Reliability of assessing the sensory perception of children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: A case study. Child Care, Health and Development , Volume 33(5), pp. 547 - 551 Vlaskamp, C., Hiemstra, S.J., & Wiersma, L.A. (2007). Becoming aware of what you know or need to know: Gathering client and context characteristics in day services for persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(2), pp. 97 - 103 Vlaskamp, C., Hiemstra, S.J., Wiersma, L.A., & Zijlstra, B.J.H. (2007). Extent, duration, and content of day services' activities for persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 4(2), pp. 152 - 159 Vlaskamp, C., & Nakken, H. (2008). Therapeutic interventions in the Netherlands and Belgium in support of people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 43(3), pp. 334 - 341 Vlaskamp, C., & Van der Putten, A. (2009). Focus on interaction: The use of an Individualized Support Program for persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 30(5), pp. 873 – 883 Vlaskamp, C., Fonteine, H., Tadema, A., & Munde, V.S. (2010). Manual for the “Alertness in people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities” checklist . Groningen: Stichting Kinderstudies. Vogeley, K., & Fink, G. R. (2003). Neural correlates for first-person perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences , Volume 7(1), pp. 38 – 42 Vogiatzoglou, A., Ockelford, A., Welch, G., & Himonides, E. (2011). Sounds of intent: Interactive software to assess the musical development of children and young people with complex needs. Music and Medicine , Volume 3(3), pp. 189 - 195 Von Tetzchner, S., & Martinsen, H. (1992). Introduction to Sign Teaching and the Use of Communication Aids . Whurr Publishers Vos, P. de Cock, P., Petry, K., van den Noortgate, W., & Maes, B. (2010). What makes them feel like they do? Investigating the subjective well-being in people with severe and profound disabilities, Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 31(6), pp. 1623 – 1632 Vos, P., De Cock, P., Petry, K., Van den Noortgate, W., & Maes, B. (2010b). Do you know what I feel? A first step towards a physiological measure of the subjective well-being of persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 23(4), pp. 366 - 378 Vos, P., de Cock, P., Munde, V., Neerinckx, H., Petry, K., Van Den Noortgate, W., & Maes, B. (2013). The role of attention in the affective life of people with severe or profound intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 34(3), pp. 902 - 909 Vos, P. de Cock, P., Petry, K., van den Noortgate, W., & Maes, B. (2013). Investigating the relationship between observed mood and emotions in people with severe and profound intellectual disabilities, Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 57(5), pp. 440 – 451 Voss, M.W., Nagamatsu, L.S., Liu-Ambrose, T., & Kramer, A.F. (2011). Exercise, brain, and cognition across the life span. Journal of Applied Physiology , Volume 111, pp. 1505 – 1513 Vygotsky, L.S. (1993). The fundamentals of defectology. Translated by J.E. Knox & C.B. Stevens. In - Rieber, R.W. & Cartov, A.S. (Eds.). The collected works of L.S. Vygotsky . New York and London: Plenum Wachs, T.D., Moussa, W., Bishry, Z., Yunis, F., Sobhy, A.; McCabe, G., Jerome, N., Galal, O., Harrison, G, & Kirksey A. (1993). Relations between nutrition and cognitive performance in Egyptian toddlers. Intelligence . Volume 17(2). pp. 151 - 172 Walsh, R. (1997). When having means losing: Music therapy with a young adolescent with a learning disability and emotional and behavioural difficulties. British Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 11(1), pp. 13 - 19 Wang, J. (2014). Consumption of added sugars and development of metabolic syndrome components among a sample of youth at risk of obesity. Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism , Volume 39(4), page 512 Waninge, A. (2011). Measuring physical fitness in persons with severe or profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. University of Groningen Waninge, A., Evenhuis I.J., van Wijck, R., & Van der Schans, C.P. (2011). Feasibility and reliability of two different walking tests in people with severe intellectual and sensory disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities . Volume 24(6). pp. 518 - 527 Waninge, A., van der Putten, A.A., Stewart, R.E., Steenbergen, B., van Wijck, R., & van der Schans, C.P. (2013). Heart rate and physical activity patterns in persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research . Volume 27(11), pp. 3150 - 3158 Warburg, M. (1975). Blindness in mentally retarded children. Documenta Ophthalmologica , Volume 39(2), pp. 343 - 349 Warburg, M. (2001). Visual impairment in adult people with intellectual disability: literature review. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 45(5), pp. 424 - 438 Ward, L., & Townsley, R. (2005). ‘It’s about a dialogue’: working with people with learning difficulties to develop accessible information. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 33 (2), pp. 59 - 64 Ward, M.J. (1988). The many facets of self-determination. National Information Center for Handicapped Children and Youth with handicaps: Transition Issues , Volume 5, pp. 2 - 3 Ward, M.J. (1991). Self-determination revisited: Going beyond expectations. National Information Center for Handicapped Children and Youth with Handicaps: Transition Summary , Volume 7, pp. 3 - 5 Ward, M.J. (1996). Coming of age in the age of self-determination: A historical and personal perspective. In D. J. Sands & M. L. Wehmeyer (Eds.), Self-determination across the life span: Independence and choice for people with disabilities (pp. 1-14). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Ward, M.J., & Kohler, P. (1996). Promoting self-determination for individuals with disabilities: Content and process. In L. E. Powers, G. H. S. Singer, & J. Sowers (Eds.), Making our way: Building self-competence among children and youth with disabilities (pp. 275-290). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Ward, M.J., & Meyer, R.N. (1999). Self-determination for people with developmental disabilities and autism. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities , Volume 14(3), pp. 133 – 139 Ware, J. (Ed.)(1994). Educating of Children With Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties. London: David Fulton Ware, J. (2003). Creating a responsive environment (second edition), David Fulton Publishers Ware, J. (2004). Ascertaining the views of people with profound and multiple learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 32 (4), pp. 175 - 179 Ware, J., & Donnelly, V. (2004). Assessment for Learning for Pupils with PMLD – the ACCAC Insight Project, PMLD Link , Volume 16(3), Issue 49, pp. 12 - 17 Ware, J. (2005). Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties. In: Lewis, A. and Norwich, B. (eds). Special Teaching for Special Children . Berkshire: Open University Press, pp. 67 - 80 Ware, J., Julian, G., & McGee, P. (2005). Education for children with severe and profound general learning disabilities in Ireland: factors influencing teachers’ decisions about teaching these pupils. European Journal of Special Needs Education . Volume 20(2), pp. 179 - 194 Ware, J. (2010). Understanding and promoting access for people with learning difficulties: seeing the opportunities and challenges of risk, European Journal of Special Needs Education . Volume 25(1), pp. 107 - 109 Warner, C. (2005). Music therapy with adults with learning difficulties and severe challenging behaviour. PhD, University of the West of England. Available from: http://eprints.uwe.ac.uk/24593 Warren, S.A., & Mondy, L.W. (1971). To what behaviors do attending adults respond? American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 75(4), pp. 419 - 455 Watson Genna, C. (2001). Tactile Defensiveness and Other Sensory Modulation Difficulties. Leaven , Volume 37(3), pp. 51 - 55 Watson, J., & Knight, C. (1991). An evaluation of intensive interaction teaching with pupils with severe learning difficulties, Child language, Teaching and Therapy , Volume 7(3) pp.10 - 25 Watson, J. (1994). Using Intensive Interaction in the education of pupils with PMLDs (ii) Intensive Interaction: two case studies, in Ware, J. (Ed.) Educating Children with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties . London: David Fulton. Watson, J., & Fisher, A. (1997). Evaluating the effectiveness of Intensive Interactive teaching with pupils with profound and complex learning difficulties, British Journal of Special Education , Volume 24(2), pp. 80 - 87 Watson, J.S. (1972). Smiling, cooing, and 'The Game.' Merrill-Palmer Quarterly , Volume 18, pp. 323 - 339 Watson, T. (2002). Music Therapy with Adults with Learning Disabilities. In Bunt, L., & Hoskyns, S., (Eds.). The Handbook of Music Therapy , London: Routledge. Watson, T., & Vickers, L. (2002). A Music and Art Therapy Group for People with Learning Disabilities. In Davies, A., & Richards, E., (Eds.) Music Therapy and Group Work: Sound Company , London: Jessica Kingsley. Watson, T. (Ed.). (2007). Music Therapy with Adults with Learning Disabilities . Hove: Routledge. Watson, T. (2007b). Working with people with profound and multiple learning disabilities in music therapy. In - Watson, T. (Ed.). Music Therapy with Adults with Learning Disabilities . Chapter 8, pp. 98 - 111. Hove: Routledge. Weber, Y., & Westmoquette, K. (2010). Equine-Assisted Therapy as a Treatment Method for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders - a qualitative study . Department of Neurobiology, Care Sciences and Society, Karolinska Institute Webster, M. (2008). Scientist finds fish are as clever as mammals - In Sarah Knapton article, Daily Telegraph, 29 Aug 2008 Wehman, P. (2013). Life beyond the classroom:Transition strategies for young people with disabilities (5th ed.). Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Berkobien, R. (1991). Self-determination and self-advocacy: A case of mistaken identity. The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps Newsletter , Volume 7(4) Wehmeyer, M.L . (1992a). Self-determination and the education of students with mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation , Volume 27, pp. 302 - 314 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1992b). Self-determination: Critical skills for outcome oriented transition services. The Journal for Vocational Special Needs Education , Volume 15, pp. 3 - 9 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1993). Perceptual and psychological factors in career decision making of adolescents with and without cognitive disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume16, pp. 135 - 146 Wehmeyer, M.L . (1994). Perceptions of self-determination and psychological empowerment of adolescents with mental retardation. Education & Training in Mental Retardation & Developmental Disability , Volume 29 (1), pp. 9 - 21 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Kelchner, K. (1994). Interpersonal cognitive problem-solving skills of individuals with mental retardation. Education Training in Mental Retardation , Volume 29, pp. 265 - 278 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1995). A career education approach: Self-determination for youth with mild cognitive disabilities. Intervention in School and Clinic , Volume 30 (3), pp. 157 - 163 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Kelchner, K. (1995). The Arc's self-determination scale . Arlington, TX: The Arc National Headquarters. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Kelchner, K. (1995). Interpersonal cognitive problem solving skills of individuals with mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 29, pp. 265 - 278 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Metzler, C.A. (1995). How self-determined are people with mental retardation? The national consumer survey. Mental Retardation , Volume 33 (2), pp. 111 - 119 Wehmeyer, M.L., Kelchner, K., & Richards, S. (1995). Individual and environmental factors related to the self-determination of adults with mental retardation. Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation , Volume 5, pp. 291 - 305 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Ward, M.J. (1995). The spirit of the IDEA mandate: Student involvement in transition planning. Journal of Vocational Special Needs Education , Volume 17, pp. 108 - 111 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1996a). Self-determination as an educational outcome: Why is it important to children, youth and adults with disabilities? In D.J. Sands & M.L. Wehmeyer (Eds.), Self determination across the life span: Independence and choice for people with disabilities (pp. 15 – 34). Baltimore, MD: Brookes. Wehmeyer, M.L. (1996b). Student self-report measure of self-determination for students with cognitive disabilities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 31, pp. 282 – 293 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Kelchner, K. (1996). Perceptions of classroom environment, locus of control and academic attributions of adolescents with and without cognitive disabilities. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 19(1), pp. 15 - 29 Wehmeyer, M.L., Kelchner, K., & Richards, S. (1996). Essential characteristics of self-determined behaviors of adults with mental retardation and developmental disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 100, pp. 632 - 642 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Schwartz, M. (1997). Self-determination and positive adult outcomes: A follow-up study of youth with mental retardation or learning disabilities. Exceptional Children , Volume 63, pp. 245 – 255 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1998). Self-determination and individuals with significant disabilities: Examining meanings and misinterpretations. Journal of The Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps , Volume 23 (1), pp. 5 - 16 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Sands, D.J. (1998). Making it happen: Student involvement in education planning, decision making, and instruction. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Schwartz, M. (1998). The relationship between self-determination and quality of life for adults with mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 33(1), pp. 3 – 12 Wehmeyer, M.L. (1999). A functional model of self-determination: Describing development and implementing instruction. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities , Volume 14 (1), pp. 53 - 61 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Bolding, N. (1999). Self-determination across living and working environments: A matched-samples study of adults with mental retardation. Mental Retardation , Volume 37, pp. 353 – 363 Wehmeyer, M.L., Agran, M., & Hughes, C . (2000). A national survey of teacher's promotion of self-determination and student-directed learning. Journal of Special Education , Volume 34, pp. 58 - 68 Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Agran, M., Mithaug, D.E., & Martin, J.E. (2000). Promoting causal agency: The self determined learning model of instruction. Exceptional Children , Volume 66, pp. 439 – 453 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Bolding, N. (2001). Enhanced self-determination of adults with intellectual disabilities as an outcome of moving to community-based work or living environments. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities Research , Volume 45, pp. 371 – 383 Wehmeyer, M.L, & Schalock, R.L. (2001). Self-Determination and Quality of Life: Implications for Special Education Services and Supports , Focus on Exceptional Children. Wehmeyer, M.L., Abery, B., Mithaug, D.E., & Stancliffe, R.J. (2003). Theory in self-determination: Foundations for educational practice . Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Garner, N.W. (2003). The impact of personal characteristics of people with intellectual and developmental disability on self-determination and autonomous functioning. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 16, pp. 255 – 265 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Palmer, S.B. (2003). Adult outcomes from students with cognitive disabilities three years after high school: The impact of self-determination. Education and Training in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 38, pp. 131 – 144 Wehmeyer, M.L., Field, S.I., Doren, B., Jones, B., & Mason, C. (2004). Self-determination and student involvement in standards-based reform. Exceptional Children , Volume 70, pp. 413 - 425 Wehmeyer, M.L., Lawrence, M., Kelchner, K., Palmer, S., Garner, N., & Soukup, J. (2004). Whose Future Is It Anyway? A student directed transition planning process (2nd ed.). Lawrence, KS: Beach Center on Disability. Wehmeyer, M.L. (2005). Self-determination and individuals with severe disabilities: Reexamining meanings and interpretations. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 30, pp. 113 – 120 Wehmeyer, M.L., Agran, M., Hughes, C., Martin, J., Mithaug, D.E., & Palmer, S.B. (2007). Promoting self-determination in students with intellectual and developmental disabilities . New York: Guilford. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Field, S. (2007). Self-determination: Instructional and assessment strategies . Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press. Wehmeyer, M.L. (2008). The impact of disability on adolescent identity. In M. Sadowski (Ed.), Adolescents at school: Perspectives on youth, identity, and education (2nd ed., pp. 167 – 184). Cambridge: Harvard Education Press. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Shogren, K.A. (2008). Self-determination and learners with autism spectrum disorders. In R. Simpson & B. Myles (Eds.), Educating children and youth with autism: Strategies for effective practice (2nd ed., pp. 433 – 476). Austin, TX: Pro-Ed. Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Lee, Y, Williams-Diehm, K.L., & Shogren, K.A. (2011). A randomized-trial evaluation of the effects of Whose Future is it Anyway? on self-determination. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals , Volume 34, pp. 45 - 56 Wehmeyer, M.L., Fields, S., & Thoma, C. (2012). Self-determination in adolescent transition education. In M. L. Wehmeyer & K. A. Webb (Eds.), Handbook of Adolescent Transition for Youth with Disabilities (pp. 171 - 190). New York: Routledge. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Shogren, K.A. (2012). Self-determination: Getting students involved in leadership. In P. Wehman (Ed.), Life beyond the classroom: Transition strategies for young people with disabilities (5th ed., pp. 39 - 66). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Wehmeyer, M.L., Shogren, K.A., Palmer, S.B., Williams-Diehm, K.L., Little, T.D., & Boulton, A. (2012). The impact of the self-determined learning model of instruction on student self-determination. Exceptional Children , Volume 78, pp. 135 – 153 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Smith, T.E.C. (2012). Promoting self-determination and social inclusion: A review of research-based practices. In D. Zagar, M. L. Wehmeyer, & R. Simpson (Eds.), Educating students with autism spectrum disorders: Research-based principles and practices (pp. 227 - 246). New York: Taylor & Francis. Wehmeyer, M.L., Tasse, M., Davies, D., & Stock, S. (2012). Support needs of adults with intellectual disability across domains: The role of technology. Journal of Special Education Technology , Volume 27 (2), pp.11 - 22 Wehmeyer, M.L. (2013). Self-determination: The most natural support. In M. L. Heward (Ed.), Exceptional children: An introductory survey of special education (10th ed., pp. 132 - 133). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill/Prentice Hall. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Abery, B.H. (2013). Self-Determination and Choice. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities . Volume 51 (5), pp. 399 – 411 Wehmeyer, M.L., & Shogren, K.A. (2013). Self-determination and student involvement. In P. Wehman (Ed.), Life beyond the classroom: Transition strategies for young people with disabilities (5th ed., pp. 41 - 68). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Wehmeyer, M.L., & Little, T.D. (2013). Self-determination, positive psychology, and disability. In M.L. Wehmeyer (Ed.), Handbook of positive psychology and disability (pp. 116 - 136). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S.B., Shogren, K.A., Williams-Diehm, K., & Soukup, J. (2013). Establishing a causal relationship between interventions to promote self-determination and enhanced student self-determination. Journal of Special Education , Volume 46(4), pp. 195 –210 Wehmeyer, M.L. (2014). Self-Determination: A Family Affair. Family Relations , Volume 63 (February): pp. 178 – 184 Wells, M.E., & Smith, D.W. (1983). Reduction of self-injurious behavior of mentally retarded persons using sensory integrative techniques. American Journal of Mental Deficiency , Volume 87, pp. 664 – 666 Welsh Assembly Government (2006). Routes for Learning: Assessment Materials for Learners with Profound Learning Difficulties and Additional Disabilities . Cardiff: Welsh Assembly Government Werner, E.E., & Smith, R.S. (1980). An epidemiologic perspective on some antecedents and consequences of childhood mental health problems and learning disabilities. In S. Chess and A. Thomas (Eds.), Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry and Development . Brunner/Mazel, New York, pp.133 - 147 Werner, S. (2012). Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature on Decision-Making since the Convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities (CRPD) , Public Health Reviews ,Volume 34 (2), pp. 1 - 27 Wertheimer, A. (ed.) (2000) Everyday Lives; Everyday Choices . London: The Foundation for People with Learning Disabilities. Westergaard, G.C., & Hyatt, C.W. (1994). The responses of bonobos (Pan paniscus) to their mirror images: Evidence of self recognition. Human Evolution , Volume 9(4), pp. 273 – 27 Wheeler, B.L. (1999). Experiencing Pleasure in Working with Severely Disabled Children. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 36(1), pp. 56 - 80 Whitaker, S. (1989). Quality of life and people with a very profound handicap. British Journal of Mental Subnormality , Volume 35, pp. 3 - 7 White, B. (2015). ‘What sound can you make?’ A case study of a music therapy group for children with autism, learning disabilities and challenging behaviours. Approaches: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 7(2), pp. 197 - 206 Whiteley, P., Rodgers, J., Savery, D., & Shattock, P. (1999). A gluten-free diet as an intervention for autism and associated spectrum disorders: preliminary findings. Autism , Volume 3(1), pp. 45 - 65 Whiteley, P., Haracopos, D., Knivsberg, A.M., Reichelt, K.L., Parlar, S., Jacobsen, J., Seim, A., Pedersen, L., Schondel, M.. & Shattock, P. (2010). The ScanBrit randomised, controlled, single-blind study of a gluten-and casein-free dietary intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders. Nutritional Neuroscience , Volume 13(2), pp. 87 - 100 Whiteley, P., Shattock, P., Knivsberg, A.M., Seim, A., Reichelt, K.L., Todd, L., Carr, K., & Hooper, M. (2013). Gluten-and casein-free dietary intervention for autism spectrum conditions. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience . Volume 6, article 344, pp. 1 - 8 Whiteley, P. (2015). Nutritional management of (some) autism: a case for gluten-and casein-free diets? Proceedings of the Nutrition Society , Volume 74(3), pp. 202 - 207 Whitman, T.L. (1990). Self-regulation and mental retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation , Volume 94 (4), pp. 347 - 362
Whittle, H., & Townend, S. (1995). Communication and technology for students with profound and multiple learning disabilities (PMLD) within the classroom setting. Communication Matters , Volume 9(2), pp. 15 - 16 Wier, K., Cooney, M., Walter, M., Moss, C., & Carter, E.W. (2011). Fostering self-determination among children with disabilities: Ideas from parents for parents . Madison, WI: Natural Supports Project, Waisman Center, University of Wisconsin-Madison Wiggs, L., & Stores, G. (1996) Severe sleep disturbance and daytime challenging behaviour in children with severe learning disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research . Volume 40(6), pp. 518 – 528 Wiggs, L., & Stores, G. (1998). Behavioural treatment for sleep problems in children with severe learning disabilities and challenging daytime behaviour: effect on sleep patterns of mother and child. Journal of Sleep Research , Volume 7(2), pp. 119 - 126 Wiggs, L., & Stores, G. (2004). Sleep patterns and sleep disorders in children with autistic spectrum disorders: insights using parent report and actigraphy. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology , Volume 46(6), pp. 372 - 380 Wigram, A.L. (1988). Music therapy: Developments in mental handicap. Psychology of Music , Volume 16, pp. 42 – 51 Wigram, T., & DeBacker, J. (Eds.). (1999). Clinical Applications of Music Therapy in Developmental Disability, Pediatrics and Neurology . London: Jessica Kingsley. Wigram, T., Pederson, I. N. & Bonde, L.O. (2002). A Comprehensive Guide to Music Therapy: Theory, Clinical Practice, Research and Training . London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Wigram, T., & Lawrence, M. (2005). Music therapy as a tool for assessing hand use and communicativeness in children with Rett Syndrome. Brain & Development, Volume 27, pp. 95 - 96 Wilbarger P., & Wilbarger J. (1991). Sensory defensiveness in children . Santa Barbara, CA: Avanti Educational Programs. Wilder, J., & Granlund, M. (2003). Behaviour style and interaction between seven children with multiple disabilities and their caregivers. Child: care, health and development , Volume 29(6), pp. 559 - 567 Wilkens, J. (2017). Photographic Memory: Photographic Memory Training, Advanced Techniques to Improve Your Memory & Strategies to Learn Faster . Create Space Independent Publishing Platform Wilkinson, C. (1994). Teaching pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties to exert control, in J. Coupe O’Kane & B. Smith (eds) Taking Control: enabling people with learning difficulties , London: David Fulton Williams, C.A., Peters, S.U., & Calculator, S.N. (2009). Facts About Angelman Syndrome , 7th Edition, January 1, 2009. Angelman Syndrome Foundation Williams, M. (2010). Meaningful participation for people with PMLD. PMLD Link . Volume 22(2), Issue 66, pp. 23 Williams, R.K. (1991). Choices, communication, and control: A call for expanding them in the lives of people with severe disabilities. In L. Meyer, C. Peck, L. Brown (Eds.), Critical Issues In The Lives Of People With Severe Disabilities (pp. 543 - 544). Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. Williams, S. Dagnan, D. Rodgers, J., & McDowell, K. (2012). Changes in attributions as a consequence of training for challenging and complex behaviour for carers of people with learning disabilities: A systematic review. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 25(3), pp. 203 – 216 Williams-Diehm, K., Wehmeyer, M.L., Palmer, S., Soukup, J.H., & Garner, N. (2008). Self-determination and student involvement in transition planning: A multivariate analysis. Journal on Developmental Disabilities , Volume 14(1), pp. 25 – 36 Willink, M., Widdershoven, G., van Schrojenstein Lantman-de Valk, H., Metsemakers, J. & Dinant, G. (2009). Autonomy in relation to health among people with intellectual disability: a literature review. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 53(9), pp. 816 - 826 Willis, D., Grace, P.J., & Roy, C. (2008). A central unifying focus for the discipline: Facilitating humanization, meaning, choice, quality of life, and healing in living and dying. Advances in Nursing Science , Volume 31(1), pp. 28 - 40 Willner, P., Bailey, R., Parry, R., & Dymond, S. (2010). Performance in temporal discounting tasks by people with intellectual disabilities reveals difficulties in decision-making and impulse control. American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities . Volume 115, pp. 157 - 171 Willoughby-Booth, S. & Pearce, J. (1998). On the edge: Art therapy for people with learning difficulties and disordered personalities. In M. Rees (Ed.), Drawing on difference: Art therapy with people who have learning difficulties , pp.63 – 78. London: Routledge. Wilson, E.B. (1975). Sensory integration therapy for children with learning disorders. Rehabilitation in Australia , Volume 12, 27 – 29 Wilson, M.M., & Morley, J.E. (2003). Impaired cognitive function and mental performance in mild dehydration. European Journal of Clinical Nutrition . Volume 57(2), Supplement. pp. 24 - 29 Wilson, P.G., Reid, D.H., Phillips, J.F., & Burgio, L.D. (1984). Normalization of institutional mealtimes for profoundly retarded persons: Effects and non-effects of teaching family-style dining. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 17, pp. 189 - 201 Wilson, P.G., Reid, D.H., & Green, C.W. (2006). Evaluating and increasing in-home leisure activity among adults with severe disabilities in supported independent living. Research in Developmental Disabilities , Volume 27(1), pp. 93 - 107 Wilson, T.D. (2009). Know thyself, Perspectives in Psychological Science , Volume 4, pp. 384 – 389 Winchel, R.M., & Stanley, M. (1991). Self-injurious behaviour: a review of the behaviour and biology of self-mutilation. The American Journal of Psychiatry , Volume 148(3), pp. 306 - 317 Windsor, J., Piche, L.M. & Locke, P.A. (1994). Preference testing: a comparison of two presentation methods. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 15, pp. 439 - 455 Winefield, A.H. (1983). Cognitive performance deficits induced by exposure to response-independent positive outcomes. Motivation and Emotion , Volume 7, pp. 145 - 155 Wise, J. (2011). Shared decision making must move from rhetoric to reality, says King’s Fund . BMJ , 2011; 343: d4734 Wolf, J., & Joannou, K. (2012), Choice Making and Individuals with Significant Disabilities , University of Kansas Wolf-Schein, E. (1998). Considerations in Assessment of Children with Severe Disabilities including Deaf-blindness and Autism. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education , Volume 45(1). pp. 35 - 55 Wong, J.G., Clare, I.C.H., Holland, A.J., Watson, P.C., & Gunn, M. (2000). The capacity of people with a ‘mental disability’ to make a health care decision. Psychological Medicine , Volume 30, pp. 295 - 306 Wood, D., Wood, H., Griffiths, A., & Howarth, A. (1986). Teaching and talking with deaf children . J. Wiley and Sons Wood, W.M., Fowler, C.H., Uphold, N., & Test, D.W. (2005). A review of self- determination interventions with individuals with severe disabilities. Research & Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities , Volume 30 (3), pp. 121 - 146 Woodcock, J., & Lawes, C. (1995). Music Therapy and People with Severe Learning Difficulties who Exhibit Self-injurious Behaviour. In: Wigram, T., Saperston, B., & West, R., (Eds.), The Art and Science of Music Therapy: a Handbook , London: Harwood Academic Press. Woollett, K. & Macguire, E.A. (2011). Acquiring “the Knowledge” of London's Layout Drives Structural Brain Changes. Current Biology . Volume 21(24-2). pp. 2109 – 2114 Wragg, T. (1996). Year of the twerp and big chief I-spy. Last Word. Times Educational Supplement . No. 4138, Friday January 5th, page 64 Wyatt, M. (2001). The Disabled Enclave: Issues in the Dance Movement Therapist’s Counter transference with Severely Handicapped Adolescents. Master of Arts in Dance Movement Therapy, Unpublished Dissertation presented to the faculty of Laban Centre, London. Goldsmith, University of London Wylie, M.E. (1983). Eliciting Vocal Responses in Severely and Profoundly Mentally Handicapped Subjects. Journal of Music Therapy , Volume 20(4), pp. 190 - 200 Wyman, R. (1986). Multiply handicapped children . Souvenir Press Wyman, R. (2000). Making Sense Together: Practical approaches to supporting children who have multisensory impairments . Second Edition. Human Horizons Series Wynn, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human infants. Nature , Volume 358(6389), pp. 749 - 750 Yack, E., Sutton, S., & Aquilla, P. (1998). Building bridges through sensory integration . Willowdale, Ontario: Special Needs Project. Yamaki, K. (2005). Body weight status among adults with intellectual disability in the community. Mental Retardation , Volume 43(1), pp. 1 - 10 Yang, L.J. (2003). Combination of extinction and protective measures in the treatment of severely self-injurious behaviour. Behavioural Interventions , Volume 18, pp. 109 - 121 Yang, Q., Zhang, Z., Gregg, E., Flanders, D., Merritt, R., & Hu, F. (2014). Added Sugar Intake and Cardiovascular Diseases Mortality Among US Adults. JAMA Internal Medicine , Volume 174 (4), pp. 516 - 524 Yasuhara, A., & Sugiyama, Y. (2001). Music therapy for children with Rett syndrome. Brain & Development , Volume 23, pp. 82 - 84. York, J., Nietupski, J., & Hamre-Nietupski, S. (1985). A decision making process for using microswitches. Journal of the Association for the Severely Handicapped , Volume 10, pp. 214 - 223 Yu, C.T., Spevack, S., Hiebert, R., Martin, T.L., Goodman, R., Martin, T.G., Harapiak, S. & Martin, G.L. (2002). Happiness indices among persons with profound and severe disabilities during leisure and work activities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities . Volume 37(4), pp. 421 – 426 Yu, C.T., & Martin, G.L. (2003). Tangibles, Pictures, and Verbal Descriptions: Which Should Be Used in Choice Presentations? Journal on Developmental Disabilities. Volume 10(1), pp. 137 -140 Yudkin, J. (1972). Pure, White and Deadly: The Problem of Sugar . London: Davis-Poynte Yudkin, J. (2012). Pure, White and Deadly: The Problem of Sugar (revised edition). Penguin Zainuddin, M.S.A., & Thuret, S. (2012). Nutrition, adult hippocampal neurogenesis and mental health. British Medical Bulletin . Volume 103(1). pp. 89 -114 Zangari, C., Lloyd, L., & Vicker, B. (1994). AAC: An historic perspective, AAC , March 1994, Volume 10 (1), pp. 27 - 59 Zeedyk, M.S., Davies, C.E., Parry, S., & Caldwell, P. (2009).Fostering social engagement in Romanian children with communicative impairments: The experiences of newly trained practitioners of Intensive Interaction, British Journal of Learning Disabilities , Volume 37(3), pp.186 - 196 Zeedyk, M.S., Caldwell, P., & Davies, C.E. (2009). How rapidly does Intensive Interaction promote social engagement for adults with profound learning disabilities and communicative impairments? European Journal of Special Needs Education , Volume 24(2), pp.119 – 137 Zeng Y., Zhao Y., & Bai J. (2016). Towards Robot Self-consciousness (I): Brain-Inspired Robot Mirror Neuron System Model and Its Application in Mirror Self-recognition. In - Liu CL., Hussain A., Luo B., Tan K., Zeng Y., Zhang Z. (Eds.). Advances in Brain Inspired Cognitive Systems. Lecture Notes in Computer Science , Volume 10023. Springer, Cham Zhang, D., Wehmeyer, M.L, & Chen, L. (2005). Parent and teacher engagement in fostering the self-determination of students with disabilities: A comparison between the United States and the Republic of China. Remedial and Special Education , Volume 26, pp. 55 - 64 Zhang, J., Mayton, M. R., & Wheeler, J.J. (2013). Effectiveness of gluten-free and casein-free diets for individuals with autism spectrum disorders: An evidence-based research synthesis. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities , Volume 48(2), pp. 276 - 287 Zhou, L., Iwata, B.A., Goff, G.A., & Shore, B.A. (2001). Longitudinal analysis of leisure-item preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis , Volume 34, pp. 179 – 184 Zijlstra, H.P., Vlaskamp, C., & Buntinx, W.H. (2001). Direct-care staff turnover: An indicator of the quality of life of individuals with profound multiple disabilities. European Journal on Mental Disability , Volume 22, pp. 39 – 56 Zijlstra, R. (2003). Dancing with elephants. A study of the implementation of the education program in the care for people with severe multiple disabilities . Groningen: Stichting Kinderstudies. Zijlstra, R., & Penning, C. (2004). People with severe intellectual and multiple disabilities. In - M. Kersten & D. Flikweert (Eds.), Onderzoek over grenzen thematische rapportages en beschouwingen naar aanleiding van het 12de IASSID, Montpellier 2004 (pp. 49 – 63). Utrecht: NGBZ en LKNG/NIZW Zijlstra, H.P., & Vlaskamp, C. (2005). Leisure provision for persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities: quality time or killing time? Journal of Intellectual Disability Research , Volume 49(6), pp. 434 - 448 Zijlstra, H.P., & Vlaskamp, C. (2005b). The impact of medical conditions on the support of children with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities , Volume 18(2), pp. 151 - 161 Zilbovicius, M., Garreau, B., Tzourio, N., Mazoyer, B., Bruck, B., Martinot, J.L., Raynaud, C., Samson, Y., Syrota, A., & Lelord, G. (1992). Regional cerebral blood flow in childhood autism: a SPECT study. American Journal of Psychiatry , Volume 149(7), pp. 924 - 930 Zissermann, L. (1992). The effects of deep pressure on self stimulating behaviors in a child with autism and other disabilities. American Journal of Occupational Therapy , Volume 46, pp. 547 – 551 Ziviani, J., Poulsen, A., & O'Brien, A. (1982). Effect of a sensory integrative/neurodevelopmental programme on motor and academic performance of children with learning disabilities. Australian Occupational Therapy Journal , Volume 29, pp. 27 - 33 Zuckerman, M., Porac, J., Lathin, D., & Deci, E.L. (1978). On the Importance of Self ‐ Determination for Intrinsically ‐ Motivated Behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin , Volume 4 (3), pp. 443 ‐ 446 Zull, J.E. (2004). The art of changing the brain . Educational Leadership , Volume 62(1), 68 - 72